Full text of "American school building standards"

See other formats

, -'.If f

MIk

VMJXs

LIBRARY

THE UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA

SANTA BARBARA

PRESENTED BY

ROBERT B. STACY-JUDD

Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive

in 2007 with funding from

IVIicrosoft Corporation

littp://www.arcliive.org/details/americansclioolbuOOmilliala

American School Building
Standards

^OBT. B. StACY-jv

ARCHITECT

WILBUR T. MILLS. Architect
A. A. 1. A.

FRANKLIN EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHING COMPANY

COLUMBUS. OHIO

19 15

TO MY BROTHER

Edwin Stanton Mills

This book is affectionately dedicated by
—THE AUTHOR.

The Champlin Press, Columbus, Ohio

PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION

The present work is offered to the public in the belief that
there is still great need for the dissemination of reliable informa-
tion regarding correct design and construction in public school
buildings in this country, and that "every little helps."

The author makes no claim of originality for most of the
matter contained in the work, unless it be as regards arrange-
ment and selection. He has drawn freely upon all the well
known modem works upon the subjects treated, modifying con-
clusions as experience and the most recent authorities approve.
The controlling motive has been to so condense and standardize
the best present day practice as to produce a compact handbook
for ready reference, eliminating both the historical and purely
aesthetic phases of the subject, for the sake of utility.

The author acknowledges help received from, and opinions
influenced by, publications of TTie Boston Schoolhouse Com-
mission, Mr. Edmund M. Wheelright, Prof. A. D. F. Hamlin
of Columbia University, Mr. Warren R. Briggs, Mr. M. C.
Huyett, Prof. RoIIa C. Carpenter of Cornell University, Prof,
S. H. Woodbridge of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Mr. R. Clipston Sturgis, Mr. W. B. Ittner and others.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION

The changes in this edition consist of the omission of the
former chapter "The Man Who Knows"; revision of all other
chapters — particularly that one entitled "Selecting an Architect,"
referring to competitions, etc.; revision of all state codes, bring-
ing them up to date; and the correction of much other data
throughout the work.

Additional chapters have been added entitled, "The Wider
Use of the School Plant," and "The Cost of School Buildings,"
with tables of costs from the Boston and St. Louis annual reports
covering the past ten years.

Perhaps the most important addition is a set of tables, some
original with the author and others long in use but selected with
special reference to school building design. In presenting these
tables, no effort is made to cover any part of the engineering
field but only to render this work complete for its purpose as a
guide in school building design.

Finally, the list of school buildings has been so increased
and extended as to cover adequately all sections of the country,
and illustrations of interiors, details, special rooms, etc., added
to illustrate as fully as possible the best present day American
practice.

Acknowledgment is made to The U. S. Bureau of Educa-
tion, and the Russell Sage Foundation, the use of whose publi-
cations' in the preparation of this work has been of material
assistance; also to Mr. Charles L. Hubbard, whose articles on
Heating and Ventilating in The American Architect have sup-
plied some of the data employed in the revised chapters on Heat-
ing and Ventilating.

INTRODUCTION

The recent movements in education as affected by legisla-
tion have emphasized the physical plant as the basis of successful
school practice. School architecture, — ^including all the problems
of safety, sanitation, heating, lighting, ventilation and others,
having the physical well-being of the pupil in mind, — has been the
earnest study of many of the leading architects in the country.
The legislatures have attempted to embody in the law^s of the
several states the principles approved by an enlightened public
sentiment. Boards of Education and building committees have
often been perplexed and in doubt when attempting to meet the
needs of their communities. Mr. Mills in his "American School
Building Standards" has put within easy reach, in a systematic
form, all the essential problems of school architecture. The
new movement to utilize more fully the school buildings for social
and community purposes has introduced some new features both
in the forms of the buildings and the methods of furnishing.
Industrial and Vocational Education also present new needs.
There is no public problem more important to all the p>eople
than that surrounding the education of the children. The proper
housing of the children during school hours, and adequate pro-
vision for play are vital to their future citizenship.

Mr. Mills in his book has brought together in easily accessi-
ble form the legislation of the several states having school codes
and the complete code of the city of Boston. Standard methods
of construction and the best practices of the country are set out.
It will be understood that in the rapidly changing conditions of
the country no book will long be up-to-date in the details of the
information presented and this second edition will doubtless be
welcomed by those who made use of the first edition. An
experience of nine years on a city Board of Education has taught
me the necessity of great care by the building committees in
prosecuting the work of building and improvement of school

property. Every effort looking toward the perfecting of school
buildings should have cordial support. Boards of Education
and Architects will find a hand book such as Mr. Mills has
prepared an excellent guide in these matters.

The selection of an architect is of course the most vital
issue before Boards of Education when a building is to be
erected, but even when the most competent men are secured there
remains the necessity of careful study by the school authorities.
Reference to a digest of the laws and practices of the coimtry
will often serve to correct and avoid errors that might perpetuate
themselves for a generation or be corrected at heavy expense.

The demand for a second edition of this book is a signifi'
cant comment on the place it filled, and the author is to be com-
mended for his painstaking service to the public.

W. O. Thompson.

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

SELECTING AN ARCHITECT

It has been well said that the public school concerns inti-
mately more people than any other class of public edifices because
(I) every citizen avails himself of its privileges in his youth,
and sends his children to it in later years; and (2) its design
and construction unquestionably affects, for better or worse, the
health, happiness and morals of the pupils, whatever may be the
effect of the educational work carried on therein.

Much has been done in some states, and large cities, to-
ward standardizing and formulating data of school building de-
sign. Every school board member and every architect of school
buildings who does not master, in so far as he can, all such
details — which are now readily procurable — neglects a grave
civic duty; a duty which, as Professor Hamlin says, "is all the
more imperative when one reflects how large a span of the life
of a community is spent within the walls of its schools, and how
important it is to surround its children with the most perfect
environment for their hours of study. The school houses of
any community are the gauges of its enlightenment. They should
be the best and most carefully constructed buildings it possesses —
not the most splendid and ornate — but the most perfect in design
and most complete and thorough in execution and equipment."

These facts granted, one can hardly lay too much stress on
the importance of highly skilled architectural or engineering serv-
ice (or both) in the design and construction of school buildings.
Any school building which is at all worthy of a competent archi-
tect's attention, merits the services of the best man who can be
induced to undertake the work. Even were the financial differ-
ence necessary to secure the best man an item of considerable
size — and usually it is not — this is nothing compared to the risks
otherwise involved. No p>ower on earth can force an incom-
petent practitioner to do high grade, satisfactory work, or a dis-

honest one to do an honest job. No matter how many "smart"
or "practical" men may sit upon a board, good work cannot
be squeezed out of a f>oor architect, or honest work out of a
rogue.

Immediately the question arises, how may a board be sure
of selecting a satisfactory man? Like the "shortest road to the
yaller jackets' nest," the infallible method "aint been discovered
yet." But out of the experience of many boards and many
architects certain conclusions are now available and safe.

The first of these is that, whenever possible, the architect
should be chosen without competition by individual selection —
upon the basis of integrity, professional skill and experience, just
as men in other professions are selected. Where no sufficient
reasons exist for doing otherwise, this is by far the simplest,
easiest and least expensive method, and leaves no sore places to
be healed up.

In case it is desired to consider more than one man on the
individual basis, any desired number may be thus considered
and judged, either by personal hearing or from written and
photographic credentials (relating to executed work, etc., and
not competitive sketches) but care should be exercised to extend
to each candidate an absolutely equal and impartial hearing.
.Supporters of the personal method of selection offer the following
arguments in its favor:

( 1 ) Any other method involves competition among
several architects, the waste of much time, often much needless
expense, — both to owners and competitors, much annoyance and
sometimes hard feelings.

(2) In all competitions on the basis of drawings the
gambling instinct is appealed to, and the prospect of winnning
the prize tempts architects to submit the sort of work MOST
LIKELY TO WIN, regardless of real architectural merit; and
unless the owner retains professional advisers to guide him, he,
being incompetent to judge, is almost certain to select unwisely.

(3) Even if, by accident, the owner selects a com-
petitive DESIGN of real merit, he runs the risk of thus choos-

10.

Ing a MAN brillijmt in design but inexperienced or unsafe in
constructive ability, or perhaps even utterly irresponsible.

(4) Under the very best conditions of competition it is
exceedingly difficult to select an architect with absolute fairness
to each competitor, and it is practically impossible when the
owner trusts his own untrained judgment to make the selection.

However, in spite of these seemingly conclusive arguments
against competitions, it remains a fact that, aside from private
work done for individuals, the great majority of important archi-
tectural contracts are, have always been, and perhaps always will
be awarded by competition of one sort or another. And the
following are some of the reasons offered in explanation of this
state of affiairs..

1. Architects themselves are not of one mind in opposing
competitions. The American Institute of Architects selemnly
pronounces against comp)etitions and yet, recognizing their prev-
alence and growth, spends years trying to formulate a satis-
factory code for their regulation. Meantime, some of its most
prominent officers and members engage in competitions, — and in-
deed, some of them would hardly be known, or able to continue
in architecture without such practice.

2. The People practically demand competition in public
work, and look with suspicion and distrust upon all contracts not
so awarded. Nothing offers the yellow journal a more welcome
subject for sensation and cries of "Graft" than an award without
giving at least several good men a chance. As a result, there
are but few monumental public, or even semi-public buildings in
this country, the architects of which were not selected by com-
petition of some sort, while the list of those important building
designs selected in comp>etitions, and of those architects who have
become famous thereby would be a long and representative one.

3. Many individuals and bodies of men claim to see great
advantages in competitions arising from the number of different
designs or schemes presented to choose from, these being the
work of trained minds all directed to the solution of a given
problem; and some — but not all by any menas — are willing to

pay all competitors in order to secure this real or fancied ad-
vantage.

4. In many cases, competitions are unavoidable, such as
the requirement of competitions by law, or by condition of
bequests, or by reason of inability to choose otherwise from
among equals in ability or favoritism. And, as above stated,
they are almost unavoidable in public work.

To express in a word the best thought and advice upon the
subject: Be good, and if you can't be good, be as good as you
can. Always be sure your architect is "The man who knows."
If such a man, having the requisite integrity, ability and exi-
perience is available, have nothing to do with comp>etitions. But
if no such man is readily available, or if any reason exists, such
as above suggested, why the competition is wise, necessary or
unavoidable, then arrange your competition and its requirements
with the utmost care, being particularly watchful to have its
terms wise, honest and fair to all concerned, — or better yet, turn
the whole matter over to professional advisers who KNOW
HOW to guide you safely and wisely.

Since its foundation, over fifty years ago, the American
Institute of Architects has given much attention to the conduct
of comp>etitions, and altho the Institute at this time comprises less
than fifteen per cent of those who call themselves architects in
the United States, its present conclusions unquestionably repre-
sent the combined efforts of very many able men, both inside and
outside the profession, to find a satisfactory basis on which to
conduct comp>etitions. TTie attitude of the Institute is expressed
as follows :

When a competition is necessary or desirable it should be
of such form as to establish equitable relations between the owner
and the competitors.

To insure this:

(1.) The requirements should be clear and definite, and
the statement of them, since it must be in technical terms, should
be drawn by one familiar with such terms.

(2.) The competency of all compering should be as-
sured. The drawings submitted in a competition are evidence,
only in part, of the ability of the architect to execute the build-
ing. The owner, for his own protection, should admit to the
competition only those to whom he would be willing to entrust
the work; that is, to men of known honesty and competence.

(3.) The agreement between the owner and the com-
petitors should be definite, as becomes a plain statement of busi-
ness relations.

(4.) The judgment should be based on knowledge, and
since ideas presented in the form of drawings are intelligible
only to a trained mind, judgment should not be rendered until
the owner has received competent technical advise as to the merits
of those ideas.

To sum up: To insure the best results a competition should
have (1) a clear program, (2) competent competitors, (3) a
business agreement, (4) a fair judgment.

Fifteen years ago many competitions had none of these
provisions and few had all of them. The commonest form of
comperition was one that was open to all, had a program pre-
pared by a layman, was judged by the owner without profes-
sional assistance, contained no agreement, and made no provision
to eliminate the incompetent.

Even in the few years since the Institute first made its firm
stand against the abuses of competitions, the effect of that action
has been far greater than could have been foreseen. It has not
altogether eliminated ill-regulated competitions, but it has greatly
reduced their number, and it is safe to say that no competition of
prime importance is now conducted except in accordance with
the principles stated in the following Circular of Advice.

A CIRCULAR RELATIVE TO ARCHITECTURAL COMPETITIONS

Competitions are instituted to enable the owner* to choose

an architect through comparison of the designs submitted. The

*The person, corporation or other entity instituting a competition,
whether acting directly or through representatives, is herein called "the
owner,"

American Institute of Architects, believing that the mterests of
both owner and competitors are best served by fair and equitable
agreements betw^een them, issues this circular as a statement of the
principles which should underlie such agreements.

The Institute does not assume to dictate the owTier's course
in conducting competitions, but aims to assist him by advising the
adoption of such methods as experience has proved to be just and
wise.

So important, however, does the adoption of such methods
appear to architects that members of the Institute do not take
part in competitions except under conditions based on this circular
and specifically set forth in Articles 1 6 and 1 8.

( 1 ) On Competitions in General. — A competition exists
when two or more architects prepare sketches at the same time for
the same project.

(2) On the Employment of a Professional Adviser. —
No competition shall be instituted without the aid of a comf>etent
adviser. He should be an architect of the highest standing and
his selection should be the owner's first step. He must be chosen
with the greatest care, as the success of the comp>etition will de-
pend largely upon his experience and ability.

The expert's advice is of great value to the owner, for
example, in so drawing the program as to safeguard him against
the employment of an architect who submits a design largely ex~
ceeding in cost of execution the sum at his disposal, and in help-
ing him to avoid the disappointment, embarrassment and litigation
which so often result from competitions conducted without expert
technical advice.

The duties of the expert are to advise those who hold the
competition as to its form and terms, to draw up the program, to
advise in choosing the competitors, to answer their questions, and
to conduct the competition.

(3) On the Forms of Competition. — The following forms
of competition are recognized:

Limited. In this form, participation is limited to a certain
number of architects whose names should be stated in the program

and to any one of whom the owner is wilHng to entrust the work.
In a limited comp)etition the competitors may be chosen (a) from
among architects whose abiHty is so evident that no formal in-
quiry into their qualifications is needed, or (b) from among archi-
tects who make application accompanied by evidence of their
education and experience.

The limited form has the advantage that the owner and the
professional adviser may meet competitors and discuss the terms
of the competition with them before the issuance of the program.
Form (a) is the simplest and most direct form of competition.

Open. The Institute believes that a competition open to all
who wish to participate without regard to their qualifications is
detrimental to the interests alike of owner and of architects. It
will, therefore, give its approval to that form only when con-
ducted in two stages, since by that means alone it is possible to
insure anonymity of submission while safeguarding the owner's
interests against the selection as winner of a person lacking the
qualifications set forth in Article 4 hereof.

In this form there is a first stage open to all, in which the
competitive drawings are of the slightest nature, involving only
the fimdamental ideas of the solution. These drawings are
accompanied by evidence of the competitor's education and expe-
rience. From the first stage a small number who have thus
demonstrated their comp>etence to design the work and to carry
it successfully into execution are chosen to take part in a final
and strictly anonymous stage involving competitive drawings of
the type indicated in Article 8 hereof.

(4) On the Qualification of Competitors. — The interests
of the owner may be seriously prejudiced by admitting to a lim-
ited competition or to the second stage of an open competition
any architect who has not established to the satisfaction of the
owner his competence to design and execute the work.

It is sometimes urged that by admitting all who wish to take
part some unknown but brilliant designer may be found. If the
object of a competition were a set of sketches, such reasoning

might be valid. But sketches give no evidence that their author
has the matured artistic ability to fulfil their promise, or that he
has the technical knov/ledge necessary to control the design of the
highly complex structure and equipment of a modern building, or
that he has executive ability for large affairs, or the force to com-
pel the proper execution of contracts. Attempts have often been
made to defend the owner's interests by associating an architect
of ability with one lacking in experience. These have generally
resulted in failure.

As the owner should feel bound, not only legally, but in
f>oint of honor, to retain as his architect the competitor to whom
the award is made, it is essential that the competitors in a limited
competition, or in the second stage of an open competition, should
be selected with the greatest care in consultation with the pro-
fessional adviser, and that there should be included among them
only architects in whose ability and integrity the owner has ab-
solute confidence, and to any one of whom he is willing to entrust
the work.

(5) On the Number of Competitors. — Experience has
demonstrated that the admission of many competitors is detrimental
to the success of a competition. When there are many, each
knows that he has but a slight chance of success, and he is there-
fore less aroused to his best effort than when there are but a few.
As the owner is interested only in the best result, he is ill-advised
to sacrifice quality for quantity.

(6) On Anony^mit}) of Competitors. — Absolute and ef-
fective anonymity is a necessary condition of a fair and unbiased
competition. The signing of drawings should not be permitted
nor should they bear any motto, device or distinguishing mark.
Drawings and the accompanying sealed envelopes containing
their author's names should be numbered upon receipt, the en-
velopes remaining unopened until after the award.

(7) On the Cost of the Proposed Work- — No statement
of the intended cost of the work should be made umless it has
been ascertained thai the work as described in the program can

be properly executed within the sum named. In general it is
wiser to limit the cubic contents of the bviilding than to state a
limit of cost.

The program should neither require nor permit competitors
to furnish their own or builders' estimates of the cost of executing
the work in accordance with their designs. Such estimates are
singularly unreliable. If the cubage be properly limited they are
unnecessary.

(8) On the Jury of Award. — To insure a wise and just
award and to protect the interests of both the owner and the com-
petitors, the competitive drawings should be submitted to a jury
so chosen as to secure expert knowledge and freedom from per-
sonal bias.

Such a jury thoroughly understands and can explain the
intent of the drawings. It discovers from them their authors'
skill in design, arrangement and construction. Because of its
trained judgment its advice as to the merits of the designs sub-
mitted is of the highest value to the owner.

The jury must consist of at least three members, one of
whom must, and a majority of whom should, be practicing archi-
tects. One or more members of the jury may be chosen by the
competitors.

It is the duty of the jury to study carefully the program
and all conditions relating to the problem and the competition
before examining the designs submitted; to refuse to make or rec-
ommend an award in favor of the author of any design that does
not fulfil the conditions distinctly stated as mandatory in the pro-
gram; to give ample time to the careful study of the designs; and
to render a decision only after mature consideration. The jury
should see to it that a copy of its rep>ort reaches every competitor.

The professional adviser should not be a member of the jury,
as his judgment is apt to be influenced by his previous study of
the problem.

(9) On the Competitive Drawings. — The purpose of an
architectural competition is not to secure fully developed plans,

but such evidence of skill in treating the essential elements of the
problem as will assist in the selection of an architect. The draw-
ings should, therefore, be as few in number and as simple in char-
acter as will express the general design of the building. A jury
of experts does not need elaborate drawings.

(10) On the Program. — The program should contain
rules for the conduct of the competition, instructions for competi-
tors and the jury, and the agreement between the owner and the
competitors. Uniform conditions for all competitors are funda-
mental to the proper conduct of competitions. Lengthy pro-
grams and detailed instructions as to the desired accommodations
should be avoided, as they confuse the problem and hamper
the competitors. The problem should be stated broadly. Its so-
lution should be left to the competitors.

A distinction should be clearly drawn between the manda-
tory and the advisory provisions of the program, i. e., between
those which if not met preclude an award in favor of the author
of a design so failing and those which are merely optional or of a
suggestive character. The mandatory requirements should be set
forth in such a way that ihey cannot fail to be recognized as
such. They should be as few as jxjssible, and should relate only
to matters which cannot be left to the discretion of the competi-
tors.

It is difficult to summarize briefly the program, but it should
at least:

(a) Name the owner of the structure forming the subject
of the competition, and state whether the owner institutes the com-
petition personally or through representatives. If the latter, name
the representatives, state how their authority is derived, and define
its scope.

(b) State the kind of competition to be instituted, and in
limited competitions name the competitors ; or in open competitions,
if the competition is limited geographically or otherwise, state the
limits.

(c) Fix a time and place for the receipt of the designs.
The time should not be altered except with the unanimous con-
sent of the competitors.

(d) Furnish exact information as to the site.

(e) State the desired accommodation, avoiding detail.
(/) State the cost if it be fixed or, better, limit the cubic

contents.

(g) Fix uniform requirements for the drawings, giving the
number, the scale or scales, and the method of rendering.

(h) Forbid the submission of more than one design by
any one competitor.

(/) Provide a method for insuring anonymity of submis-
sion.

(/') Name the members of the jury or provide for their
selection. Define their powers and duties. If for legal reasons
the jury may not make the final award, state such reasons and in
whom such power is vested.

(^) Provide that no award shall be made in favor of any
design until the jury shall have certified that it does not violate
any mandatory requirement of the program.

(/) Provide that during the competition there shall be no
communication relative to it between any competitor and the
owner, his representatives or any member of the jury, and that
any communication with the professional adviser shall be in writ-
ing. Provide also that any information, whether in answer to
such communications or not, shall be given in writing simultane-
ously to all competitors. Set a date after which no questions will
be answered.

(m) State the number and amotmt of pajonents to com-
petitors.

(n) Provide that the professional adviser shall send a
report of the competition to each competitor, including therein
the report of the jury.

(o) Provide that no drawing shall be exhibited or made
public until after the award of the jury.

(p) Provide for the return of unsuccessful drawings to
tljeir respective authors within a reasonable time.

(q) Provide that nothing original in any of the unsuc-
cessful designs shall be used without consent of, and compensa-
tion to, the author of the design in which it appears.

(r) Include the contract between the owTier and the com-
petitors.

(s) Include the contract between the owner and the
architect receiving the award.

(11) On the Agreement. — An owner who institutes a
competition assumes a moral obligation to retain one of the com-
petitors as his architect. In order that architects invited to com-
pete may determine whether they will take part it is essential that
they should know the terms upon which the winner will be em-
ployed; and it is of the utmost importance to the owner that
those terms should be so clearly defined that no disagreement as
to their meaning can arise after the award is made. Unless they
be so defined, delay is likely to occur and disagreements to arise
at a time when a complete understanding between owner and
architect is most important for the welfare of the work.

TTierefore, there must be included in the program a form
which guarantees the appointment of one of the competitors as
arcliitect and provides an agreement operative upon that ap>-
pointment, defining his employment in terms consonant with the
best practice. This must conform in all fundamental respects to
the typical form of agreement appended to this circular.

(12) On Payments to Unsuccessful Competitors. — In a
limited competition and in the second stage of an open competi-
tion each competitor, except the winner, should be paid for his
services.

(13) On Legality of Procedure. — It is highly important
that each step taken in connection with a competition and every
provision of the program should be in consonance with law. TTiose
charged with holding the competition should know and state their
authority. If they are not empx)wered to bind their principal by

contracts with the competitors, they should seek and receive such
authority before issuing an invitation.

If authority cannot legally be granted to the jury to maJce
the award, that fact should be stated, and the body named in
which such authority is vested.

(14) On the Conduct of the Orvner. — In order to main-
tam absolute impartiality toward all competitors, the owner, his
representatives and all connected with the enterprise should, as
soon as a professional adviser has been appKjinted, refrain from
holding any cotmnunication in regard to the matter with any
architect except the adviser or the jurors. The meeting with
competitors described in Article 3 is of course an exception.

(15) On the Conduct of Architects. — An architect
should not attempt in any way, except as a duly authorized com-
petitor, to secure work for which a competition is in progress, nor
should he attempt to influence, either directly or indirectly, the
award in a competition in which he is a competitor.

An architect should not accept the commission to do the
work for which a competition has been instituted if he has acted
in an advisory capacity, either in drawing the program or making
the award.

An architect should not submit in competition a design
which has not been produced in his own office or under his o\yn
direction.

No competitor should enter into association with another
architect, except with the consent of the owner. If such associates
should win the comi>etition, their association should continue un-
til the completion of the work thus won.

During a competition, no competitor should hold any com-
munication relative to it with the owner, his representatives or any
member of the jury, nor should he hold any communication with
the professional adviser, except it be in writing.

When an architect has been authorized to submit sketches
for a given project, no other architect should submit sketches for
it until the owner has taken definite action on the first sketches,

since, as far as the second architect is concerned, a comp>etition is
thus established.

( 1 6) On the Participation of Members of the Institute. —
Members of the American Institute of Architects do not take part
as competitors or jurors in any competition the program of which
has not received the formal approval of the Institute, nor does a
member continue to act as professional adviser after it has been
determined that the program cannot be so drawn as to receive
such approval.

(17) Committees. — In order that the advice of the Insti-
tute may be given to those who seek it and that its approval may
be given to programs in consonance with its principles, the Insti-
tute maintains the following committees:

(a) The Standing Committee on Competitions, represent-
ing the Institute in its relation to competitions generally. This
committee advises the sub-committees and directs their work and
they report to it.

(fe) A sub-committee for the territory of each Chapter,
representing the Institute in its relation to competitions for work
to be erected within such territory.

The President of the Chapter is ex-oficio chairman of the
sub-committee, the other members of which he appoints. The
sub-committees derive their authority from the Institute and not
from the Chapters.

An apF>eal from the decision of a sub-committee may be
made to the Standing Committee. The Standing Committee may
approve, modify or annul the decision of a sub-committee.

(18) The Institute's Approval of the Program. — TTie
approval of the Institute is not given to a program unless it meet
the following essential conditions:

(a) 'That there be a professional adviser,
(h) TTiat the competition be of one of the forms described
in Article 3.

(c) That the program contain an Agreement and Condi-
tions of Contract between Architect and Owner in conformity
with those printed in the Appendix of this circular, that it in-

elude no provisions at variance therewith, that it contain terms of
payments in accord with good practice, and that it specifically set
forth the nature of expert engineering services for which the arch-
itect will be reimbursed.

(J) That the program make provision for a jury of at
least three persons.

(e) That the program conform in all particulars to the
spirit of this circular.

When the program meets the above essential conditions, the
approval of the Institute may be given to it by the sub-committee
for the territory in which the work is to be erected, or if there be
no sub-committee for that territory, then by the Standing Com-
mittee on Comf>etitions.

If, for legal or other reasons, the Standing Committee deem
that deviations from the essential conditions are justified, it may
give the approval of the Institute to a program containing such
deviations. Power to give approval in such cases is, however,
vested only in the Standing Committee.

The Professional Adviser, when duly authorized in writing
by the proper committee, may print the Institute's approval as a
part of the program or otherwise communicate it to those invited
to compete.

COMPETITIONS NOT APPROVED BY THE INSTITUTE
As only about one in eight architects of this country, and
very few in Canada belong to the Institute, there is in some
quarters objection to the Institute competition programs, especially
the requirements that judges must be members of the Institute,
and that Institute members may not participate in competitions
the progrEuns of which are not officially approved by the Institute.
Also the selection of a jury of three, and other features, involve
a burden of expense very few owners or boards are willing to
pay, except in the case of buildings of monumental character, or
of enormous cost. In such cases programs similar to that of the
Institute, but modified in these particulars, may be used with
satisfactory results, but of course Institute members in such cases
will presumably not compete if invited, and competitors will have
to be selected eunong architects not in the Institute.

THE SCHOOL ROOM

The controlling elements in planning a school building are
the class rooms and the communications, the former being, of
course, the fundamental unit in every school house design. Ex-
perience demonstrates that for the utmost efficiency a school room
in an elementary building should not seat more them forty pupils,
but in high schools, the work being done largely by lectures, no
definite limit can be placed upon the seating capacity of rooms.

SIZE OF ROOMS

In school rooms each pupil has a desk. Under ideal con-
ditions the room should be proportioned to allow 20 square feet
of floor space and 260 cubic feet of volume for each pupil, but
under no conditions should these figures be less than 1 5 square
feet of floor space and 200 cubic feet of voliime per pupil. It
is almost universal practice to make school rooms slightly oblong
with the teacher's desk at one end of the room, in the proportion
of 24 feet by 30 feet and 25 feet by 32 feet, etc., with ceiling
heights of not less than 12 feet or more than 14 feet. Primary
school rooms should not be made smaller than other rooms in
elementary buildings because activity is absolutely vital in small
children, and the rooms should be ample in size to provide op-
portunity for much physical exercise, outside of net seating space.

LIGHTING

Some architects have resorted to the use of prismatic glass
in lighting school rooms producing a glare annoying to both
teachers and pupils, but under ordinary conditions of lighting it
may be stated emphatically that the school room cannot be too
well lighted. The writers on school hygiene, and the laws of
different states vary somewhat, but there is substantial agreement

1 '-'

□ □ □

□

□ ^

1 °

en □ □

□

1 ^

□ □ □

□

a ,

i ^

□ n □

□

1 '-'

□ □ a

□

□ '

1 ^

□ □ □

□

□ 1

1 □

□ □ p

□

cJH

1 ^

□ □ □

□

°l

■

Tig a

•FtG C

LIGHTING AND SEATING OF SCHOOL ROOMS.

The upper drawings show ideal designs for school rooms, one to seal
48 and the other 40 pupils. Dimensions given, also the arrangement of win-
dows, heat and vent flues, door, etc., correspond with the best present day
practice. Some authorities insist upon two exits, and such should be the
case in non-fireproof buildings. ,

Fig. A, illustrates imperfect lighting with dark spaces between windows
and in corners.

Fig. B, is a vertical section through the school room, illustrating the light
shut out near ceiling by transom bars and fancy top windows.

Fig. C, is a similar secton showing correct location of windows with
reference to floor and ceiling.

that the amount of transparent glass surface admitting light to
school rooms should in no case be less than one-fifth of the
floor space of the room, while the laws of some states require
one- fourth of the floor space in actual glass area. In rooms with
ceilings 1 3 feet or more in height it is easily possible to secure
even a higher ratio of glass than last stated and such opportunities
should never be neglected. Care should also be observed to give
rooms with a northern or poorly lighted exposure sufficient added
glass surface to furnish the room with an abundance of light.
As a rule, the use of prismatic glass should be permitted only in
school rooms having obstructed sky lines, or dark exposure, and
should be carefully shaded when the lighting justifies it.

DIRECTION OF LIGHT

There is now practically no dissent from the opinion that
the prop>er method of lighting a school room is from the left side
of the pupils, and that if it is necessary to admit light in any other
side of the room it must be at the rear of the pupils. It is, of
course, out of the question to admit light from in front of the
pupils, as the light shining directly into their eyes would produce
immediate and serious results. It is also very bad practice to
admit light from the right of pupils because the great majority of
children are right-handed and thus could not work at writing
without casting a shadow thereon by the hand. When windows
are placed in the rear of the pupils, even though the pupils them-
selves may not be injured by such an arrangement, the teachers
are compelled to face the light almost continually, thus entailing
risk of serious injury to their eyes. Further, when light comes
from more than one direction into a school room the conflicting
lights are almost certain to cause shiny places to appear on the
blackboards, and the corners of the room between the walls con-
taining windows are too dark for use as blackboard spaces.
Rooms lighted from one side only have a constant light on all
portions of the walls, no shiny spots on blackboards and no dark
corners. Thus it will be seen that there are some objections to

Detail.- o?"^i LL.

FIG. 2. WINDOW DETAILS
28

all lighting schemes except the one in which the light is brought
from the left of the pupils, to which no reasonable objections can
be stated.

THE DESIGN OF WINDOWS

Windows in school rooms should always extend as near
the ceiling as possible. It is said that actual tests show that the
upper one- fourth of windows furnish one-third of the effective
light coming through the entire window. It is therefore obvious
that windows with transoms at the top, and windows having
arches and fancy tops seriously decrease the amount of light
which is admitted to school rooms and should never be used in
school buildings. The windows in school rooms should also be
set with the least possible space between them, large mullions
being carefully avoided, as these cause deep shadows producing
alternate zones of light and shadow, which are annoying and in-
jurious to the eyes. Window sills in school rooms are usually
set at least three feet up from the floor.

FINISH OF WALLS

The walls of school rooms should be finished smooth but
without high gloss, and painted so that they may be washed down
and thoroughly cleaned as often as desired. There is general
unanimity of preference for greenish tints in the decoration of
school rooms, although other warm tints are used, particularly
in rooms having sunless or cold exposures. Reds, yellows, blues
and grays, — except grays of an olive tint, — should be avoided.
The paint used should have no gloss but should dry flat. The
ceilings may be made white or of a lighter tint than is used for
the side walls.

WINDOW SHADES

Window shades in school rooms should be opaque. In case
it is necessary to have the color of the shade exposed to the out-
side some particular tint to match the color of the building,

duplex shades should be used so that the inside surface may be
of somewhat the same tint as that used on the walls or a trifle
darker. Window shades should be hung on adjustable rollers
so that tlie entire shade, roller included, may be removed to
any part of the window desired. Venetian blinds should never
be used in the school room, if for no other reason than because
they are unsemitary.

BLACKBOARDS

Slate blackboards are much to be preferred over any other
sort, but several brands of artificial blackboard can be obtained
which are practically satisfactory and produce excellent results.
In elementary school buildings as much blackboard as possible
should be provided in every room. The height of blackboards
from the floors should be as follows: Primary grades, 20
inches; intermediate grades, 22 inches; grammer grades, 26
inches and none over 30 inches. Backboards should be at least
3 feet 6 inches high, and 4 feet is better. All blackboards
should have a chalk trough at the bottom at least 3 inches wide
containing a woven wire cover Y^ inch mesh, easily removable.
The trough may also well be furnished with cleanout holes in
which the chalk dust may be brushed and removed by proper
receptacles. In many of the better class of buildings mechanical
means are provided for removing this refuse. Hooks should
also be provided on the under side of chalk troughs to receive
rulers or yard sticks, emd in primary and intermediate grades a
shelf may be provided over blackboards to receive pictures,
drawings and art objects, although this shelf is a dust catcher
and other provisions for pictures, etc., is preferred.

DOORS

Each school room should be provided with at least one
door 40 inches to 44 inches wide near the teacher's end of the
room, and where finances will admit, the door should be glazed
with plate glass, the lower half of which is chipped. Transoms
may be used with the doors if desired, although in all buildings

in which mechanical ventilating apparatus is installed the tran-
soms should be made stationary and serve only for an architec-
tural effect or for increased light in corridors, etc.

OTHER CONVENIENCES OF THE SCHOOL ROOM

Every school room should contain a small closet for the
personal use of the teacher, having sufficient space for the
clorage of her wraps and personal effects. It should be made
large enough to contain a limited number of books such as may
he kept at the school room for reading to pupils, etc. Platforms
lor teachers' desks are but little used and are only provided up>on
special request to meet specific conditions.

PICTURE MOLDING

Every school room should be provided with picture molding,
as well as the principal corridors. The best picture mold for the
rooms is the "Outersite" mold manufactured by the Union Metal
Corner Co., Boston, Mass. This molding consists of galvanized
iron to be attached to the walls before any plastering is done.
When the plastering is put on the walls, nothing is seen of the
mold except an opening about j/g inch wide in which the picture

TlNI^HED

Plaster

/IB

•1 — ' — -

m^l

■;M Picture 'Hol'd

FIG. 3.

View of Outersite Galvanized Iron Picture Molding

hangers may be inserted. This molding is not only strong, cheap
and easily put up, but has the ideal advantage of being dust
proof.

DECORATION OF SCHOOL ROOMS

The decoration of school rooms with pictures is every year
regarded with more favor. While there is no doubt that many
school walls contain pictures of satisfactory quality, it is prob-
ably true that in many instances such decoration of rooms is
subject to just criticism.

Perhaps the pictures are too small for the space, or in-
adequate in carrying p>ower on account of having much fine detaul
which cannot be seen at a distance; or pictures that hang in
balancing spaces are of widely different sizes, giving an un-
balanced look to the decoration. Such errors, and many others

Boor

i^:?°bi ^

FIG. 4. SCHEME FOR SCHOOL ROOM D^XORATION

have come about because no systematic plan for the decoration of
the room has been made at the start and the work has been
carried on in a haphazard way.

There is no soimd reason why plans for the decoration of
a school room should not be devised in advance, — the spaces on
walls considered, and the pictures selected with due attention to
appropriateness to grade and studies taught in the room.

To meet this necessity a simple method of making plans
for systematic school room decoration has been devised by the
Elson Art Publication Co., Inc., of Belmont, Mass.

One such plan is shown in illustration on page 32. The
scale sheets, with illustrations of pictures made to the same scale
as the sheets, may be obtairjed from them. With this material,
and the directions accompanying them, anyone can make the
necessary plans with very little labor and without any expert
knowledge of plan making.

THE SCHOOL BUILDING

GENERAL CHARACTER

A principle of architecture generally recognized is that a
building should express by its general character the purpose for
which it is erected, a principle very applicable to school build-
ings because it is so easy to comply with this requirement. The
school building should be simple, dignified and plain and should
be built of the most enduring materials procurable; first, because
this contributes to its safety, permanence and endurance, and
second, because the true character of the building will be best
expressed through such materials. If at all possible, not only
the exterior but the interior walls should be made of masonry
construction. The building should be as near absolutely fire-
proof as possible and in case it is more than one story in height,
it will be found that the difference in p>ercentage of cost between
a combustible building and a fireproof building, at the present
time, is very small indeed. There is practically no dissent at
the present time from the view that in every school building the
corridors, stairways, entrances, etc., must be absolutely fireproof
and that emergency exits, also fireproof, must be provided. To
insist upon less severe requirements means to endanger the lives
of pupils for a very niggardly saving of exp>ense which can be
justified upon no grounds whatever.

EDUCATIONAL PLAN

The design of school buildings, particularly hi^ schools,
is of course dependent uf>on the educational policy employed in
the city where the building is located. The educational methods
in grade schools throughout the United States are practically
uniform, but in high schools there are at least two well defined
plans which differ from each other very widely. The first plan
is to so arrange the building that all of the pupils are at all

times separated into classes and occupying class rooms. At the
end of the recitation period, or study period, as the case may be,
the pupils move from the class rooms in which they have been
during the last period to the room which they are to occupy
during the next period.

In the second educational scheme, large study rooms are
provided in which pupils who are not actually engaged in reci-
tations are required to spend their time, and at the end of the
various periods the pupils leave the study rooms to go to their
various recitation rooms, and the pupils who have been in reci-
tation return to the study rooms. In some schools separate study
rooms are required for each class, one for freshmen, one for
sophomores, etc. In other buildings one study room is provided
for freshmen and sophomores and a second room for juniors and
seniors. The adherents of both of these general schemes are
pronounced in favor of their own particular arrangement, and
undoubtedly there are advantages on both sides. In general,
however, it may be said that, particularly in states like Ohio,
where the laws require 20 square feet of floor space for each
high school pupil, the study rooms for Ohio high schools must
be of relatively enormous size, and there is sure to be con-
siderable waste space in the building because of the fact that it
is almost impossible to estimate accurately the proper size of the
study rooms. Owing to this fact, the common practice is to
make study rooms larger than need be, resulting usually in a
considerable amount of waste space. In the plan where the
pupils are at all times kept in separate class rooms there need be
no waste space at all, as the class rooms are provided sufficient
in number and size to accommodate the entire enrollment of the
school.

On the other hand, the study room scheme has an economic
advantage in one respect, — one teacher is able in the large room
to supervise during the study period the maximum number of
pupils. As this question is one of educational administration it
is only necessary to be referred to here for its bearing on the
architectural design of the building. No architect can intel-

ligently design a high school building until he is personally
familiar with the educational methods to be employed in the
building itself.

THE BUILDING SITE

There are but few cities in the United States in which it
is not possible to obtain abundance of ground for school build-
ings in any part of the city. In the cities referred to the con-
ditions must, of course, be met as they exist and fortunately our
largest cities are producing admirable results even under the con-
ditions referred to. Everywhere else suitable grounds may be
obtained for any building to be erected, and the latter should be
set as far from streets and adjoinimg buildings as possible, thus
ensuring ( 1 ) an abundance of free air to circulate all about
it, (2) clear light so that every room in the building may be
properly lighted, and (3) the absence of dust and noise.
Various rules have been laid down for the proper distance to be

'UGET ^VND

The Stawr ^Vicmny

iERjcK Heath -Architect
L.A.>ricR©i,seN • Engineer,

WAi.H.

One of the most magnificent school sites in the world.
37

left between a school building and any adjoining buildings, some
maintaining that a line drawn from the foot of the wall of the
school building to the top of the nearest structure should cover
an angle not more than 30 degrees with the horizontal. The
Ohio law allows 45 degrees. In any case it is absolutely es-
sential that play grounds surrounding schools should be ample
and well cared for.

PLAY GROUNDS

Many teachers connected with the play ground associa-
tions of the large cities are emphatic in their statements that prop-
erly conducted play grounds are powerful factors in the moral
and mental development of school children. It is a common
saying that Americans, as a people, take life too seriously, and
the utmost care should be exercised to prevent this condition in
school children by definite provisions for recreation, especially as
the curriculum in our city schools is already exacting and be-
coming more so.

These Playground Associations are doing wonderful work
in developing public sentiment in favor of systematic playground
work and facilities; these playgrounds serving as social centers,
open to those who need them, at all hours and the year around.
School gardens, both for agriculture and horticulture are also
features of many recent school plants. We are not here con-
cerned with these features except in so far as they affect school
buildings and equipment.

ORIENTATION

Owing to the fact that streets in many of our cities run
North and South or East and West, it is usually necessary to
set the buildings parallel with the streets, but this arrangement is
not as good as that which admits of setting the school building
at an angle with the North and South direction so that in all
seasons of the year every room in the building will at some time
during the day receive direct sunlight. Medical authorities agree
that the spread of many forms of disease can be arrested by an
abvindance of sunlight. While trees beautify the surroundings

of the school building, care should be exercised not to have them
close enough to the building to interfere with the perfect light-
ing of every room.

Where it is necessary to arrange school buildings parallel
with North and South lines, it is wise, if possible, to have most
of the windows on the East and West facades, thus avoiding a
part of the heat and glare of direct Southern exposure.

FOUNDATIONS AND BASEMENT

The foundation of every school building should be abun-
dantly waterproofed, an item in building construction which until
recent years has not received very great attention, but which now
is so thoroughly worked out that the basement may easily be
made moisture proof at slight expense. In the smaller school
buildings of the country, basement stories are usually made use
of not only for heating equipment, but for play rooms, etc., and
in such cases it is only necessary to provide that all such rooms
shall be clean, well lighted and hygenic in character. But in
the larger and better class of buildings, economic considerations
and the desire to avoid going up in the air with several stories,
often renders it advisable to make use of the basement for actual
school purposes, in which case every rule which applies to the
prop>er design of school rooms in any other story applies also
to the basement.

NUMBER OF STORIES

There has been a remarkable change in public sentiment
in recent years regarding the number of stories admissible in a
prop>erly designed school building, and it may safely be said that
there is a strong sentiment against having more than two stories
above the basement, except where necessity demands it. In
many cases the basement story is made the same height as other
stories, the basemen't floor being placed at the ground level or a
very slight distance below it. In some of our largest cities where
suitable sites carmot be procured, it becomes absolutely neces-
sary to erect buildings three and even more stories in height, but

such design is inexcusable under other conditions, and indeed
some of the buildings referred to contain elevators for the use of
pupils. There can be no debating the prop>osition that, on
hygienic grounds, school buildings should not exceed two stories
above basement unless elevators are provided for the use of at
least female pupils. Serious troubles may be brought upon
young growing girls by too frequent climbing of stairs and there
is, of course, an added danger in case of fire or panic.

ATTIC

The attic of a school building should be floored with a
tight floor, not only because of the convenience of access to all
paits of the building, but also to prevent an undue radiation of
heat from the school rooms in winter and the sup>er-heating of
school rooms in the upper story in warm weather. In any case
the greatest care must be exercised in all parts of the attic to
provide against fire and to give the attic space suitable ventila-
tion.

ROOFS

It will hardly be denied that there is a substantial pref-
erence in favor of flat roofs for school buildings. While it can
not be denied that many beautiful effects are obtained by the
use of pitched roofs — especially in cases where tile and other
ornamental coverings are used, it must be granted that money so
expended can often be used to better advantage elsewhere in the
building. It is a well-known fact that flat roofs are rjot only
more economically constructed, but seldom cause terrible leakage
or expense for repairs. In the larger cities they are also used as
playgrounds.

ENTRANCES AND EXITS

No school building should be constructed having less than
two large entrances and exits, and all entrances and exits should
be fireproofed. It is perhaps safe to say that no school build-
ing can have too liberal provision of entrances and exits. No
set rule can be laid down for the dimensions for such portions of

Example of fireproof "smoke partitions, " between stairways and cor-
ridors, required by the Ohio Code.

the building without knowing the magnitude, and capacity of the
building in which they occur, but if builders are Hberal to the
point of extravagance in this regard it must be remembered that
they are thereby only adding to the safety of the building.
Steps entering school buildings should always be placed on the
inside of the building. All vestibules should be large and
roomy to provide shelter for the children and to prevent the
interior corridors from direct contact with the outside weather.
Every entrance should have a suitable lobby with inner and
outer doors to protect the interior of the building from draughts
and storm. All vestibule corridors and stairways in every school
building should be carefully and abundantly lighted by direct
light from outdoors, and long narrow corridors in every case
should be avoided. In many of the states, laws now require that
all doors throughout public buildings shall open outward, and in
any case this rule should be adhered to in school buildings.

CORRIDORS

Main corridors should be at least 8 feet wide and in build-
ings of eight rooms or larger, 10 feet should be the minimum
width. Secondary corridors may be eight feet or wider, and all
corridors should be as straight and as perfectly lighted as pos-
sible. See the Boston requirements, and the Ohio Code.

STAIRWAYS

The simplest standards of common sense dictate that every
school building should contain at least two stairways, and there
is a growing demand that all stairways must be fireproof, but
it is not enough simply to require that there be two stairways.
It must also be required that they be so placed in the building
that in case one becomes stopped up, because of lire or panic,
the other stairway will not be affected thereby. It is the height
of bad design to have the two stairways terminate in one hall in
the center of the building. In case the building is more than
two stories high both stairways should be carried from the bot-
tom of the building to the top. Whether the stairways are fire-
proof or not, they should be enclosed in absolutely fireproof
masonry walls from top to bottom, and in non-fireproof build-
intgs there should be direct access from the stairway enclosure to
the ground, regardless of the connections between the stairways
and the interior portions of the building. Large windows should
also be provided on the stair landings, being accessible from the
landings themselves, thus reducing the risk of panic, and crowding
in the stairways, not only by providing an abundance of light but
a means of egress from the building in case of emergency. Cir-
cular or angle steps should never be permitted in a school build-
ing under any circumstances.

In case stairways are built fireproof, they should be con-
structed of iron or steel, with treads of slate, marble or cement,
or treads of cast iron, containing an inserted tread of lead
similar to the Mason Safety tread. A simple form of iron or
steel stairway can be constructed at a very slight increase in
cost over the ordinary type of stairway, all items considered.

Ideal Staicway
Double Widxh

Ideal Staisway
Single Width

Details of Stairways

FIG. 5-

There is considerable difference of opinion regarding the cor-
rect width for stairways, but there is comparative agreement that
the maximum width of steps between raihngs should not exceed
five feet. In other words, if a flight of stairs must be 8 or 10
feet in width, it should be separated in the middle by a balustrade
consisting of an iron railing and screen between the railings and
steps, thus making an equivalent of two stairways in one. In
case this arrangement is followed an iron rail should continue
around the platform as shown in figure (5). It is well to avoid
more than two runs of steps between one floor and the next, and
never to permit a single stair run without a landing. In the best
design the two runs should be in reverse directions, and so
designed that there is no opening or well left between the runs.
The landings of stairways and the spaces at bottom and top of
same should always be liberal, and many authorities recommend
the filling out of square corners as shown in figure (5). The
height of risers in school stairways should never exceed 7 inches,
and from 6 inches to 6|/2 inches is much better practice. See
the Boston and Ohio Codes.

FLOORS

It is almost generally conceded that for finishing floors of
school rooms maple is preferable to all other woods because of
its toughness and the closeness of its grain. While it is not as
hard as oak, yet the latter is much more objectionable because

FIG. 6,

of its open grain. Rift sawed Georgia pine has also been used
extensively for school room floors, but, in case the maple cannot
be procured to advantage, the writer prefers to finish school room
floors with plastic cement of which there are several first class
brands on the market. These are especially fine for corridors
and toilet rooms where money is not available for tile or marble.
These cements are fireproof and do not produce any dust from
the friction of human feet, such as is the case with ordinary
cement floors. Further, seats or furniture may be fastened to
the floor in same manner as on wood flooring and all cracks
end unhygienic features are absolutely removed. But best of all,
by the use of such materials for flooring, it is possible to make a
cove and base cor.'linuous with the floor, as showTi in figure (6),
thus rendering the floor one of the sanitary features of the school
cove and base continuous with the floor, as shown in figure (6),
For soundproofing of floors in non-fireproof buildings the writer
usually follows the plan indicated in figure (6), from which it
will be seen that an air space is provided between the sub-floor
and finishing floor, which with an abundance of deadening felt
should be almost impervious to the passage of ordinary school
room sounds.

PLASTERING

The plastering used in school buildings should be what is
known as hard or cement plaster finished with smooth white coat

HxAMPLElS OF MoDE-RM

Scheme No 5 Coat Rocm ARRANGEMErnr,s

FIG. 7.

Figure 7 illustrates four coat room schemes all in common use. Ad-
vantages are claimed for each one. In fireproof buildings perhaps scheme
No. 3 is most used because of economy. Of the others, the author prefers
scheme No. 2.

to be decorated with paint. Corners of walls and ceilings should

be concave and all fancy cornices, moldings, etc., should be

avoided. No school surfaces should be covered with wall paper

or finished with a rough surface which would prevent washing or

wiping down the walls at frequent periods during the school

year, if advisable.

WAINSCOTING

.Wainscoting should never be used in a school building
unless money enough is available to render it possible to use
glazed brick or tile. Wainscoting of wood is unsanitary, soon
becomes unsightly and also increases fire risk.
COAT ROOMS

There is perhaps no feature of school design upon which
there is, at the present day, a greater divergence of opinion than
^e question of coat rooms. It is generally conceded that in

Co«T Rack —

dEAT

B-5' Book Shelved

C = Te AC HERVS CLOSET

HT- Heat Inlet

FIG. 8.

Figure 8 illustrates a type of coat closet, which is hardly a coal room,
but is more like a coat rack or wardrobe. It consists of a rack or frame-
work about eight feet high, erected about five feet away from the wall con-
taining heat and vent registers.

The back or wall side of this rack contains hooks for clothing, but no
doors or covering for same. The front or room side of the rack may be
covered with blackboard, may contain shelves for books, or both blackboard
and shelves as shown.

Admirers of this scheme claim many advantages for it, but chiefly that
it enables teachers to have surveillance of the coat room space without leav-
ing the school room. To offset this and other advantages claimed, however,
it must be granted that the scheme is unsightly, unsanitary, wasteful of spacs
and more expensive than any other coat hanging scheme above described.

primary and grammar school buildings the coat room should be
connected with the school room; but some authorities hold that
there should be tight doors between coat rooms and school rooms,
while other authorities contend that there should be only open-
ings between the two. These people hold that the foul air, in
finding its way to the vent stacks, should proceed from the
school room into the coat room and thence out through the vents
to the roof. Under this plan there is no access direct from the
coat room to the corridor. Other authorities prefer connection
between the coat room and corridor, and a separate ventilating
system for the coat rooms from that which serves the school
rooms. Still other authorities recommend a system of large
closets in connection with the school rooms themselves, as shown
in scheme (3), the door of the coat closet consisting of a roll-
ing or sliding partition which is lowered to the floor after the
wraps are in place, this partition containing vent registers at the

bottom. In any case it may be said that the minimum size for
a coat room adjoining a standard class room should be 125
square feet floor space and that coat room must, if possible, be
well lighted and in every case thoroughly ventilated. In build-
ings above the grammer grades the almost universal practice, at
the present day, is to provide separate coat rooms not located in
connection with the school rooms which they serve, and in the
better buildings lockers are provided for the use of each pupil, the
entire system of coat rooms being included in the system of forced
ventilation in the building.

TYPES OF SCHOOL BUILDINGS

In villages and in many cities below the first class, all the
grades including high school have been provided for in one build-
ing. Just now however, there is a strong movement toward hous-
ing schools in buildings designed and equipped for the specialized
work of each school. Even towns and villages are now erecting
primary, intermediate, technical and high schools of admirable
types and complete equipment. Examples of all these types are
found in the illustrated section of this work.

The growth of manual training schools is now phenomenal.
It is only about thirty-five years since the first such school was
established by the city of St. Louis, and that in connection with
Washington University. The McKinley High School, St.
Louis, erected in 1902, is probably the earliest type of our
present day technical high schools. Today magnificent institu-
tions of this type are found in all sections of the country, some
of the best of which are illustrated in the following pages.

Methods of instruction in all secondary schools have been
profoundly influenced, of late years, toward the natural sciences,
and college entrance requirements have been extended to include
laboratory work in these sciences. No longer is education wholly
a text book affair. Now the student is put in touch with first-
hand materials of knowledge, and guided and stimulated to make
over these crude facts into real practical demonstrated knowledge
for himself.

Following out this tendency, there is a very new movement
— probably the most recent and striking in the public educational
world — for the establishment of Junior high schools, at first at-
tempted merely to relieve congestion in high schools and eighth
grades, but finding almost instant favor in many localities.

The Junior high school is merely a school comprising the
first year high school, or ninth grade, the eighth grade and some-
times the seventh grade in a separate institution or classification;
housed by itself, equipped like a high school, and the system of
instruction modeled on high school lines. In many cities of the
second class, having but one central high school, the Junior high
school offers an admirable plan for extending the high school
training over a much wider field without crowding in either
branch of the work.

Prof. Edward L. Thorndyke of Columbia University, is
authority for the statement that out of 100 average pupils who
enter public schools, 90 finish the fourth year, 81 the fifth year,
68 the sixth year, 54 the seventh year, 40 the eighth year, 27
the first year high school, I 7 the second year, 1 2 the third year,
and only 8 the fourth year of high school. These figures were
based on official data in New England cities of 25,000 or ro<5rf
inhabitants. Only 40 per cent finished the eighth grade, and only
eight p>er cent finished the high school. Assuming these figures
reasonably correct with reference to the whole country, it is
evident that the Junior high school will bring high school
facilities and training to a largely increased percentage of pupils,
and undoubtedly also serve to attract many more to continue
through the senior high school to competition. All things con-
sidered it would seem that the Junior high school is here to stay.

All of the movements above briefly described, give rise to
the insistent demand for school buildings of highly specialized
types, designed and equipped with all the intelligence and care of
a watch factory or a great railway terminal. Many of the best
of such buildings re illustrated in the follov^nng pages, but a
separate and much more detailed work would be needed to
handle this one subject adequately.

SPECIAL ROOMS

APPARATUS ROOMS

i In every school building to contain any considerable
quantity of apparatus such as high school buildings, suitable
rooms should be provided for the storage and care of such ap-
paratus, and in proportion to the value of the apparatus is it im-
portant that such rooms should be fire-proof and fool-proof.
They should be provided with suitable cases in which the ap-
paratus may be protected from dust and interference, the cases
being furnished with lock and key so as to be kept under the
control of the head of the department at all times. It is always
desirable to have apparatus rooms connected with physical and
chemical laboratories, and the floor area of same should equal
about one- fourth to one-third that of the laboratory.

ASTRONOMY ROOM

High schools which are equipped with observatories should
have a small room adjacent to the observatory which may be
heated in cold weather, as the observatory itself is always cold.
This room may also contain cases for small instruments.

ASSEMBLY ROOMS OR AUDITORIUMS
Two different systems are used in the designing of Ameri-
can high school buildings with regard to Assembly Halls. In
some, especially those located in small cities and towns, the As-
sembly Hall is intended for use only as a public Auditorium, in
which ample stage facilities are necessary together with pro-
vision for stereopticon entertainments, and in which audiences of
from 800 to I 500 persons may be seated. In other buildings
the Assembly Hall partakes more of the nature of a study room,
being seated wath desks and intended for the use of pupils only.
In still other buildings the stage equipment is provided even

though the room be seated with desks for study purposes, and in
such schools the Assembly Hall is used not only for a study
room but also for such literary and chaf)el exercises as are con-
ducted for or by the pupils. In either of the latter schemes the
hall must be large enough to accommodate all pupils of that build-
ing at one sitting, this end being accomplished by different means
in different buildings.

Under the present heading, reference is had only to the
room intended as an auditorium in which no desks are provided
and the following are the important items regarding same. Such
rooms should never be placed higher than the second floor of a
building and never lower than the first floor, provided the base-
ment floor is below the ground, a "ground floor" Assembly Hall
being favored by all authorities and required by law in some
states. If galleries are used, entrance to the same may be had
from the second floor. Auditoriums in school buildings should
be provided with a stage as high as possible and at least 1 5 feet
in depth behind the curtain and should be equipped with a rig-
ging loft, dressing rooms and a small amount of drop scenery and
curtains, much the same as may be found in theaters. The
larger and more elaborate the Auditorium, the more liberal and
better equipped should be the stage. The floors of school
Auditoriums are almost invariably made level, or at least with
very slight incline, no attempt being made to copy theaters in
this regard.

Direct current outlet contained in an iron box should be
located in gallery to supply light for lanterns, and a white curtain
may well be included in the equipment of the stage for the same
purpose. An eimple switchboard should be provided on the
stage by which every light in the Auditorium may be controlled
at will, both separately and as a whole, and the stage should be
lighted with foot lights, borders, etc., in much the same manner
as the stage of a small theatre, all being controlled from the
switchboard.

Means of exit must be provided directly from the Audi-
torium to the ground outside regardless of exits provided inside

of the building, and no Auditorium should be placed high
enough above ground to render this impossible.

BALANCE ROOM

In the larger and more complete high schools a small room
is provided in connection with physical laboratory in which
delicate balances are kept in cases for experimental purposes.
These rooms need not be larger than 50 square feet area.

BATH ROOMS

Every school building containing a gymnasium should have
shower baths, arranged in separate groups for the exclusive use of
each sex. Probably the best type bath stall is the double stall
arrangement illustrated in chapter on Sanitation, consisting of an
outer stall with corner seat to serve as dressing room, and an
inner stall containing the shower, A curtain at the outside door
renders both stalls private, so the bather is protected until rubbed
down and robed. The number of bath rooms dei)ends of course
on the size of the school enrollment, and the space available.
One bath for each fifty pupils is a fair equipment.

Bath rooms should be in immediate communication with
the gymnasium, locker rooms and toilet rooms.

BIOLOGICAL ROOMS
In the better high schools biological rooms consist of a
pupil's laboratory, a private laboratory for the instructor, a dark
room and apparatus room all of which are described under their
several headings below. The biological laboratory should be
abundantly lighted and equipped with cabinet desks containing
a drawer for each pupil having the use of such desk, also glass
cases for specimens, and also containing suitable demonstration
table, preferably with slate top, and instructor's desk. Equip>-
ment of private laboratory and apparatus room may be made
as simple or elaborate as available finances will permit. The
size of biological or other laboratories is dependent upon the
number of pupils required to use them. If the building con-
tains a conservatory it should adjoin the biological laboratory.

BICYCLE ROOM

In cities and towns where bicycles are used to any extent
it is advantageous to have provision in school buildings for a
bicycle room containing permanent bicycle racks, and a bicycle
run from ground level down to the room. Such rooms should be
provided with substantial locks.

BOARD ROOM

In many places it is necessary to provide rooms in the
school building for the use of the Board of Education, the size
of which should be proportioned to the number of members on
the board. Such rooms should always be provided with private
toilet rooms, and if p)ossible a telephone closet and fireproof
vault. If the Clerk of the Board is a permanent employe, who
devotes his entire time to the work of the Board, an additiorjal
work room should be provided for his use having abundant light,
access to the vault and toilets.

BOILER ROOM

The boiler room for school buildings should if possible al-
ways be located outside of the main building. In case this is
impossible the floor above boiler room should be made both fire-
proof and heat-proof regardless of the construction of the balance
of the building. Boiler rooms must always be at least twice
the length of the boilers themselves to provide for cleaning flues,
and in case fuel is also contained in the same room abundant
provision must be made for storing same. No boiler room should
be less than 1 2 ft. clear height and considerably more height
is advisable.

BOTANICAL ROOMS

The botanical rooms may be practically the same as the
biological rooms. In many high schools the same group of rooms
are used for both subjects. It is very desirable to have a con-
servatory in connection with the botanical rooms.

BUSINESS DEPARTMENT

The Business Department in high schools should contain at
least three rooms, one each for bookkeeping, shorthand and type-
writing. Ordinarily the room for bookkeeping is made the size
of an ordinary school room and the other two rooms about one-
half this size. The rooms for shorthand and tyf>ewriting may be
separated simply by a glass partition, and be so located that one
instructor may oversee both rooms. The three rooms of this de-
partment should be well lighted, located en suite, and in the more
elaborate buildings may also be supplied with an additional
small room for the instructor's private use.

CHEMISTRY ROOMS
Rooms for the study of chemistry in high schools include
lecture room, laboratory, apparatus room, balance room and
dark room. The size of the lecture room and class-room is de-
pendent on the number of students required to use them, and the
other rooms proportioned thereto. The equipment of the labo-
ratory may be as elaborate and complete as finances will admit,
but in any case it is advisable to use work tables having closed

Chemical Laboratory, Emerson
Crose Photo Co.

hoods which are connected with suction pipes under the floor
and these, in turn, with vent risers in the walls leading to an
exhaust fan by means of which all air In the laboratory may be
drawn through the work tables and forced out doors; this method
of ventilation preventing the escape of foul odors into the build-
ing. The chemical laboratory should also be provided with a
floor drain readily accessible at all times.

clerk's office

The data for a clerk's office may be found under the head
of Board Rooms.

COAL ROOM

Coal rooms should be located outside of building if possi-
ble but always in conjunction with boiler or furnace room. They
should be large enough to contain not less than a half season's
supply of coal, and if possible a supply for the full season.

COAT ROOMS

This topic is treated in conjunction with school rooms but
as here employed refers to those rooms, in the larger high school
buildings, which are centrally located and Intended to contain
the wraps for an entire floor or any other large number of pupils.
Two systems prevail in this regard, one being the use of steel
or other closed lockers, each pupil being provided with his own
locker and the key thereto; and the other system consisting of
open racks in which the wraps are allowed to hang on individual
hooks and are kept under the espionage only of the janitor. The
users of both systems seem to be satisfied, so that it is largely a
matter of individual choice.

COMMERCIAL ROOMS
See paragraph on Business Rooms.

CONSERVATORY

In large and elaborate high schools a conservatory is pro-
vided in connection with the biological or botanical laboratory.

TTiis is a room constructed all of glass, located on a sunny side
of the building and so arranged with piping that it may be kept
at any desired degree of temperature uniformly. It usually con-
tains an aquarium and a counter-table under the windows con-
structed of slate and supported on brass pipe. It should be
separated from the laboratory by a partition all of glass, and
the frame work of the outside should be constructed in the same
manner as the highest grade hot-houses, preferably of metal
frame with glass filling.

director's room

In connection with large and complete gymnasiums, at least
one and preferably two rooms should be provided for the per-
sonal use of the director, this room being connected with the
gymnasium itself by a glass door or partition and being well
lighted, although skylight will answer for this purpose.

DINING ROOM

In buildings containing departments of domestic science a
small dining room is desirable in connection with the room in
which cooking experiments are conducted. This room need not
be large, say 1 80 square feet. It should have a dish cupboard.

Dining Room, Emerson School, Gary, Indiana.
59

DARK ROOMS

Dark rooms are considered one of the essentials of moJcrn
high school buildings to provide for photographic work. They
may be very small — not over fifty square feet area — and should
be provided with a sink, running water and two or three con-
venient shelves. The chief essential of these rooms is that they
must be absolutely dark, be painted on the inside with dull black
paint and be separated from any outside room by two doors or
some other device which will render it impossible by accident,
or otherwise, for any daylight to be admitted into the room
while experiments are going on.

DOMESTIC SCIENCE

The department of domestic science in present day schools
as a rule comprises two departments called by some domestic
economy and domestic art, the former consisting of a depart-
ment for the study of cooking and the latter for the study of
sewing, etc. The room for domestic economy is much like a
laboratory, and its size will be dependent upon the number of

Domestic Science Laboratory, Emerson School, Gary, Ind.
60

pupils to be accommodated, the work being done at specially
designed tables which must be so disp>osed as to leave abund-
ance of working room all around them. Provision must be made
for carrying gas supplies to each table and plumbing supplies
to each sink, and in addition, a general sink of liberal dimen-
sions and preferably of slate or soapstone should also be pro-
vided. Ample provision must be made for cupboards for the
storage of utensils, dishes, etc., and it is advisable if possible to
provide for a small ice-box for the preservation of food supplies.
The room for domestic art or sewing seldom needs to be
larger than the ordinary school room unit and in many buildings
only half this area is ample. The chief requirement for this
room is an abundance of light and ventilation.

DRAWING ROOMS

Every modern high school must make provision for both
free-hand and mechanical drawing, and while not necessary, it
is usually advisable that the rooms for these two departments
shall be close together and communicating. A first requisite
for drawing rooms in an abundance of light, preferably north
light, but skylight is also acceptable, especially for free-hand
drawing. Drawing rooms should contain cases for books, studies
and models, a teacher's desk and abundant provision for drawing
tables, easels and chairs or stools. The room for free-hand
drawing should contain a shelf not less than 18 inches wide and
about 2 feet 6 inches above the floor, and also a second shelf
about 1 2 inches wide located 7 feet or 8 feet above the floor,
both shelves extending clear around the room except where win-
dows and doors are located. The wall space between these
two shelves should be covered with Compo board or other soft
material which will readily take thumb tacks, and the outside
surface of same should then be covered with burlap of a neutral
tint.

DRESSING ROOMS

Two, and preferably four small dressing rooms should be
provided in connection with the stage of auditoriums or assem-

bly halls, and, while it is not necessary, it is nevertheless advisable
that these rooms should have outside light and ventilation and

stationary lavatory in each room. Gas lights should also be
provided as well as electric lights. See Bath Rooms.

EMERGENCY ROOMS
See Rest Rooms.

ENGINE ROOM
In every building containing machinery, such as engines,
dynamos, etc., a separate room or rooms must be provided to
contain the same so that this delicate machinery may not be con-
taminated with the dust from boiler or coal rooms, and so that
all machinery units may be kept within close compass, thus being
more easily attended to by the engineer. The electric switch-
board should always have connection by telephone or speaking
tube with the office of the principal or superintendent of the
building. The engine room should be lighted from outdoors
if possible, should be equipped with a clock containing the pro-
graun or control and alarm bell, provided the same are used else-
where in the building. The engine room should also contain
a sink and water-closet for the engineer's use, either in the room
itself or connected directly therewith.

FAN ROOM
Where blast fans are used for heating school rooms, ample
provision must be made for them in the proper location. Most
architects err in locating fan rooms by not providing for suffi-
cient height or proper means of obtaining fresh outside air. It
is always wise if possible to have fans located near the center
of the building so that the work to be done will be symmetrically
divided on both sides of the fan.

FURNACE ROOM

The general requirements of furnace rooms are similiar to
those of boiler rooms except for the provision regarding cleaning
of flues, but abundance of space should be left in front of fur-
naces for firing space. The height of rooms to contain hot air
furnaces need not be made as great as that for rooms to contain
boilers.

GYMNASIUM

Where gymnasiums are used in school buildings it is safe
to figure on an area for the gymnasium itself of about 8 or 10
square feet per pupil in the building, but every well equipp>ed
gymnasium should also have locker rooms, and rooms for show^er
baths and toilets for each sex in addition to the gymnasium itself.
The height of a gymnasium should be not less than 20 feet and
should be made 25 feet in the clear if possible. It is impossi-
ble to lay down any definite rule for the equipment of gymna-
siums, locker rooms, etc., because the requirements and supply
of money are seldom the same in any two cases. Elsewhere in
this book may be found the equipment schedule of the Boston
public schools, which is a safe guide.

It is generally considered best to locate gymnasiums in
basement stories, as it is much easier to sound-proof the ceiling
than it is to sound-proof floors, which would be necessary in
case the gymnasium were located in the upper stories. Every
gymnasium must be provided with the most liberal provision for
ventilation and, if possible, also have outside light, although the
latter is not an absolute essential. It is not necessary that gym-
nasiums should be heated to a high degree, but provision should
be made so that this matter may be within control.

Wherever possible, running tracks are provided in gjrmna-
siums, the chief requirement of which is that no radius of any
turns in same should be less than 15 feet, and that the floor of
running track should be slanted to allow for the inclination of
the runners' bodies. It is well to cover the floor of running
tracks with cork, and also to have the slant especially designed
so that the curves will be exactly correct. It is also of vital im-
portance to so design the supports of running tracks that it will
be impossible for runners to collide with them in going around
the track, no matter how close to the outside rail they may be
running.

The ideal floor for gymnasium is hard maple, cut opposite
to the grain of the wood, although some authorities recommend
hard asphalt and concrete covered with "battle ship" linoleum.

Jfhe use of pressed brick for inside walls of gymnasiums is
preferable to any other wall covering, although hard plaster is
used in some places. The circular iron stairway from the run-
ning track to the floor of gymnasium, and also the brass sliding
pole, are features which may well be included in the building
equipment.

JANITORS ROOM

Where the machinery is looked after by the jcinitor, the
engine room will answer the double purpose and no extra janitor's
room be required, but in buildings containing no engine room
and in buildings in which separate engineers are provided, the
janitor should be given a room for his own use, containing toilet
facilities and space for storage.

KINDERGARTEN

Primary, and in some cases intermediate school buildings,
should have two kindergarten rooms, separated by sliding or
folding doors, these rooms so isolated that games and music will
not disturb other classes. The floors and walls should be care-
fully sound-proofed. These rooms should never be located
above the first floor and should be provided with a separate
toilet room, equipped vnlh. low fixtures of special pattern for
the use of children. A circle should be painted on the floor and
the walls of the room may well be finished in the manner de-
scribed for drawing rooms, so as to provide for pictures,
models, etc.

KITCHEN

In all school buildings where lunches are served to pupils,
it is advisable to provide for a kitchen, the size and equipment
of which will be dependent on the number of pupils daily to be
taken care of. In any such room, however, ample smoke flues
must be provided, a liberal sink equipped with hot and cold
water, and such other equipment as the circumstances of the case
demand.

LIBRARY ROOM

Most American cities of the present day have large libra-
ries, so that it is rarely necessary to provide a library in school
buildings larger than necessary to contain such works of reference
as are especially required in the curriculum of the school. In
every case, however, a library should be well lifted, conven-
iently located, equipped with metallic book-cases and also with

good, comfortable chairs and tables. In some of the larger
high schools libraries are made sufficiently large to accommodate
an entire class at one time. In smaller buildings where no sepa-
rate library is possible provision is usually made in the superin-
tendent's or principal's office for sufficient book-cases to answer
the purpose.

LOCKER ROOMS

In connection wtih the gymnasium in basement, locker rooms
should be provided for each sex, which should be well ventilated
but may be lighted either by skylight or artificial light if neces-
sary. The lockers usually employed are of sheet steel construc-
tion, and usually two tiers in height provided with a lock and
key for the use of each pupil. Locker rooms usually also con-
tain compartments about 4 feet square built of slate or marble
partitions, and having either doors or curtains at the front, these
compartments being used as dressing rooms for the purjxjse of
classes doing gymnasium work. Locker rooms must always have
immediate access to the gymnasium and also lo the rooms con-
taining shower baths and toilets.

Locker rooms are also provided in the upper portions of
some school buildings, as described under the heading of coat
rooms. Wherever locker rooms are provided and steel lockers
made use of, it is wise to insist uf>on patterns which are con-
nected with the exhaust ventilating system, so that air may be
sucked through the lockers, thence to the wall risers and thus
out doors.

LUNCH ROOMS

In nearly all large cities, high school buildings must be pro-
vided with lunch rooms for the convenience of pupils. In some
buildings these rooms are not provided with conveniences for
serving any sort of food, but are merely intended to provide a
place in which pupils may eat limches brought with them to
school. This case is very simple, requiring simply a room of
ample size and convenient location, equipped with broad-armed
lunch chairs, such as are used in the various dairy lunches through-

Refectory, Scott High School, Toledo, Ohio.

cut the country. In other places provision is made for serving
w^arm food, and in such cases kitchens must be provided as
above described and permanent lunch tables or counters at
which the food may be served. It is impossible to give any
general requirements, owning to the great difference in custom
throughout the country in this regard, and differences in require-
ments and size.

MANUAL TRAINING DEPARTMENTS

Manual training departments of the present day school
buildings usually consist of rooms in v^hich are taught the art
of joinery, wood-turning, forging and metal working. This de-

Lathe Room, Emerson School, Gary, Ind. Copyrighted 1911, Crose
Photo Company.

partment should also always be provided with a liberal stock
room for the storage of materials and tools. Manual training
work is usually done in basement stories, and in portions of the
building so located that the noise cannot easily interfere with the
work in other portions of the building. Forges should, if possi-
ble, be connected with down draft suction pipes leading to ex-
haust fans, so that all smudge in these rooms may be forcibly
drawn out and forced into the open air without contaminating
the balance of the building. The equipment of each of the
rooms or departments named depends entirely upon the scope of
the work being undertaken, the number of pupils engaged in
the work and the finances available for the building and equip-
ment.

MUSEUM
Many school buildings contain museums, the chief require-
ments of which are that they should be well lighted, should be
fire-proof and equipped with the necessary cases of proper de-
sign for displaying the exhibits belonging to the school.

MUSIC ROOM
As a general rule music is taught in separate classes, but
many buildings also contain separate rooms for the teaching of

music. Such rooms need not be seated with desks but use may
be made of the wide armed lecture chair ordinarily used in lecture
rooms. Blackboard space must be provided and some musical
instrument such as piano or organ.

OBSERVATORY

Where high schools are equipped with observatories it is
essential that the walls supporting same must be solid masonary
from the ground to the observatory floor, and it is also essential
that the floor upon which the observers walk must not at any
point be in contact with the floor which supports the instruments.
The designing of observatories is an art in itself and the utmost
care should be exercised in providing for one which will work
satisfactorily. The majority of high school observatories in ex-
istence at the present time are not satisfactory.

PHYSICAL LABORATORY

As stated with regard to other laboratories, the size and
equipment of the physics laboratory is dependent uf>on the number
of pupils, the size of the building and the financial assets in hand.
In the larger buildings the physical laboratory is arranged en
suite with a physics lecture room, apparatus room, balance room,
dark room and also, where possible, a private laboratory and
office for the instructor of the department. The chief require-
ment of design in the physical laboratory is that none of the work
tables should contain any metal whatever in their construction
and that wherever it is necessary to use metal in any portion of
the room, it should not be of iron or steel. The physical labo-
ratory should be so arranged and designed that it will be as free
from vibrations as possible, and most authorities prefer this de-
partment to be located directly upon the ground in the basement
story.

PHYSIOLOGICAL ROOMS

Equipment should be practically the same as the biological
rooms. In many schools they are identical. A small museum,
and a small operating room for demonstrations upon small ani-

mas are convenient and useful, but not indispensable adjuncts to
the suite.

PLAY ROOMS

In grade buildings throughout the country, play rooms
should be provided but these are almost invariably located in the
basement. They should be made as cheerful as possible, one
being provided for each sex, and directly connected with toilet
rooms. It is also advisable to have doors opening to the out-
side from basement play rooms and that stone or cement stair-
ways be provided to give access directly therefrom to the play-
ground outside. A splendid finish for the interior walls of play
rooms is pressed brick.

Roof Play Ground, Washington Irving High School, New York.

principal's office

Every school building supervised by a principal should con-
tain an office for the use of the principal, and in large and im-
portant buildings both a public and private office and private

toilet room should be arranged for the use of the principal. In
buildings where the board of education or its clerk do not have
their offices, it is important that the principal should have a fire-
proof vault connected with his office.

RECITATION ROOM

Rooms for recitation purposes only, as distinguished from
class rooms, differ therefrom in the matter of size and in the
method of seating. Ordinary school rooms usually have fixed
and permanent desks. Recitation rooms are usually equipped
with wide armed lecture room chairs. School rooms seldom
provide for more or less than forty pupils, but class rooms are ar-
ranged with provision for seating any number from twenty to one
hundred. Such rooms seating more than forty pupils usually have
the floors arranged in steps so that pupils in the rear seats may
see over the heads of those in front. The rules for direction of
lighting school rooms are not held to be as immutable, in the case
of recitation rooms, as they are in ordinary school rooms.

REST ROOMS

Every school building should contain at least one emergency
or rest room which may be used by pupils of either sex taken
suddenly ill. These rooms should have a pleasant, simny ex-
posure, be well lighted and connected directly with a private
toilet room. They should be equipi>ed with a couch or daven-
port, easy chair a table and readirjg matter, and should have a
small cupboard containing medicine and other conveniences suit-
able for rendering first aid to the injured or sick.

SCIENCE LECTURE ROOM

Every important high school building should be equipped
with a large lecture room for the teaching of science, the floor
being arranged in steps to provide for the seating of classes in
chairs. The science lecture room should be provided with facili-
ties for lantern exhibitions eind shoiJd have a large and complete
demonstration table with slate top on which scientific experiments
of various sorts may be performed. The lighting in the room

should be so arranged as to be controlled by a switch, located on
or near this demonstration table, and some provision should be
made whereby the windows may be absolutely dark at the will
of the instructor upon a moment's notice.

SHOWER ROOMS

In connection with gymnasiums, provision should be made
for separate rooms for the use of each sex, equipped with shower
baths. The type of baths to be used are fully described else-
where. In, or adjacent to the shower room, should also be
provided toilet rooms of ample capacity and correct design. Th^
floor of shower rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms, etc., should be
of tile if jx)ssible, and certainly of waterproof material.

SHOPS

Rooms for the various mechanical trades of the manual
training departments may well be located in one-story structures
outside the main building, but in any case must be where their
noise will not disturb school rooms. These rooms are usually
unfinished, and have cement floors. Each room must be designed
to suit the trade taught in it, and it is impractical to lay down any
hard and fast rules as to size or equipment without knowing the
work to be done, and the number to be taught. Abundance of
light must always be provided.

STAGE

For description of stage requirements see Assembly Room,
Dressing Room, etc.

STUDY ROOMS

In high school buildings where the plan of separating the
classes into general study rooms is followed, these rooms are made
of a size sufficient to seat one or more classes together at a time at
desks, such as freshman-sophomore, junior-senior, etc. Where
this plan is followed the general rules as to area per pupil, ven-
tilation, lighting, etc., given in chapter on school rooms, should be
followed. It is also important where the study room system is

used that ample locker or coat rooms be locaced in proximity
thereto, for obvious reasons.

SUPERINTENDENT S OFFICE

The requirements for superintendent's rooms are identical
with those given for principal's office.

teachers' rooms

Nowadays it is a poor school building which does not pro-
vide a private room exclusively for the use of teachers. In every
building contairing such features for pupils, there should, as a
matter of course, be rest rooms, lunch rooms and toilet rooms for
teachers of each sex employed in the building. These may be
adjacent to, but should always be private from the pupils' rooms.
In case separate rest and lunch rooms cannot be arranged for
teachers, a flue for a hot plate and vent should be provided. If
possible — especially for women teachers, the toilet rooms should
adjoin the rest rooms. Closets or lockers for wraps, a book case,
and easy chairs are desirable features of teachers' rooms.

TOILET ROOMS

The equipment of toilet rooms is fully discussed under the
head of sanitation, etc., and it will suffice to say here that sep-
arate toilet rooms must be provided for each sex, and must be
well lighted and ventilated. If possible, the ventilation must be
performed by the suction of air through the fixtures, thence into
the wall risers and out doors, this system being entirely separate
from the general ventilating system of the building. Wherever
possible, separate private toilet rooms should be arranged for the
use of teachers of each sex, although these may be adjacent to
the rooms used by pupils.

VAULT

Fire-proof vaults should be provided as stated in paragraph
on principal's office and board room.

ZOOLOGICAL ROOMS

See Biological Rooms.

SANITATION

No effort will be made in these pages to deal with the sub-
ject of school hygiene which covers every aspect of school life
likely to affect the health of children, such as periods of study,
care of the eyes, discipline, medical inspection, etc. The purpose
of the present work is to cover the essentials of correct school
buildings without reference to administration.

Heating and ventilation also properly come under the head
of sanitation, as nothing is more important for correct sanitary
conditions than pure air, but this subject will be treated in a sep-
arate chapter. Sanitation as here considered will have reference
only to those features of school buildings which conduce to health-
fulness and comfort.

WALLS

In a previous chapter the recommendation has been offered
that school walls should be finished smooth and decorated with
paint, also that corners and mouldings should be finished round
so as to admit of easy cleaning. The first step in the proper san-
itation of the school building is to have it so designed as to be
easily and perfectly cleaned. When these provisions have been
made in the building itself, proper hygienic conditions of walls
will be maintained if janitors are forced frequently and thor-
oughly to brush or wash down the walls, and if provision is made
for having them recoated with paint at reasonable intervals.

In the designing of school rooms the use of wood frames
around doors and windows should be reduced to a minimum, and
the finish should be made as nearly like that which is used in hos-
pitals as possible. It will be found that it is not necessary to
use casings around windows and doors, as commonly done in
dwelling houses, but that the jambs of doors and windows may
be formed as shown in figure 2, page 28, thus eliminating all un-
necessary woodwork, mouldings and other devices upon which
dust is liable to gather and disease germs lodge.

SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE

Reference has already been made to the necessity of water-
proofing basements of school buildings to render them dry. It is
even more important that school buildings be so situated that the
grounds surrounding them may be readily drained, and that all
sewage resulting from the building itself may be quickly and
surely disposed of. Nearly all American cities at the present
time have effective sewer inspection, and definite codes governing
the construction of sewers, so that elaborate detail on this sub-
ject seems unnecessary. For cities in which no regulations exist
it is very easy to obtain copies of codes from neighboring cities
from which the standards of good work may be obtained. For
buildings in country districts in which no sewage facilities are
provided the service of sanitary engineers should be obtained to
design sewage disposal plants to care for the sewage from the
buildings. In every school building, the sewage and plumbing
system should be made absolutely tight, rendering the escape of
sewer gas in ^he building imp>ossible. In buildings set with al-
lowance for scant fall to the sewer, rendering the building liable
to the danger of sewage backing up into the basement, proper
valves or traps should be installed by means of which this may
be rendered imp>ossible.

PLUMBING FIXTURES
No part of the building so concerns its sanitary condition
as the system of plumbing, and the plumbing fixtures which are
installed therein. Probably no class of material entering into the
construction of buildings has been brought to a higher standard
in recent years than sanitary plumbing, and the best demonstra-
tion of this statement is an inspection of school buildings erected
fifteen or twenty years ago in comparison with those being
erected at the present time.

CLOSETS
Probably the first step in the present development, was the
abolition of the range and dry closet systems, and the develop-
ment of individual water flushing closets of sanitary design. The

process of development has been a long one, and has probably
not yet reached its utmost perfection, but several types of water
closets have been developed which are highly satisfactory for
school use. First among these may be mentioned the system of
closets known as latrines because they are the least satisfactory of
the types now in use. They are merely a modern development of
the old style range closet, in which a number of bowls are ar-
ranged consecutively and connected together in such a manner
that the entire range may be flushed by the flow of water which
is caused to pass through them at short intervals. They may also
be provided with positive means of ventilation, but care should be
exercised that the ventilation of closets has no connection what-
ever, with the system of ventilation controlling school rooms. The
merits claimed for latrines are that they are so simple in construc-
tion that it is almot ismpossible for them to get out of order, and
that the control of the flushing device rests entirely with the janitor
who adjusts the apparatus as desired. Properly constructed
latrines, connected with plumbing thoroughly well done, and so
designed as to be flushed automatically and powerfully, are quite
satisfactory and are being used in a large number of present day
schools.

However, another and better type of closet is being used
extensively, consisting of a F>orcelain bowl of either wash dowm
or siphon jet pattern, so designed that pressure on the seat of
the fixture admits water to the tank placed on the wall in the rear
of the closet. When the seat is released the water in the tank
immediately rushes into the bowl thoroughly flushing and cleansing
it and no more water is wasted than the operation requires. It is
impossible to make use of the fixture without having it thoroughly
flushed with water at each operation, and the mechanical part of
the apparatus is so hidden and protected from view that it is prac-
tically impossible for mischievous boys to cause any damage there-
to. Various other forms of sjjecial closets for school buildings
are on the market, but the one just described probably has more in
its favor than any other type yet developed. One closet should
be provided in each school building for every twenty-five boys and(

for every fifteen girls. Near every closet or system of closets

should be an ample number of lavatories supplied with soap and

towels, not only to provide pupils the

opportunity of washing but to teach

them the advisability of so doing.

Every water closet should be sur-
rounded with a partition, making a small
compartment to ensure privacy, but many
authorities contend that no doors should
be provided at the front of such com-
partments in elementary and intermediate
buildings. These partitions should be of
black slate, soap stone or marble, and
should be set up from the floor 10 or
1 2 inches and should
be of such design that
they may be frequently
and easily cleaned.
Water closets and
closet systems should
always be so arranged
that they may be well
lighted and easily
cleaned. Wherever
j)ossible provision
should be made for
the p>ositive ventilation
of every fixture, but
most certainly of every
toilet room. The closet
bowls should not ex-
ceed 1 4 inches in
height, in the lower
grades.

An excellent type of Water Closet which leaves no space under or be-
hind the closet where dirt may collect, and renders cleaning very easy.
Cpurtesy of Jaijies B. Clow & Sons, Chicago,

Section Tm rough
WXter Closet Stalls I • i*

Note

Height or WClos 5ea.t5
IN Primarv Graijes 13*
Ik High SCrioOL^ 16"

Plan of Water Closet 5talls

Details OF\trHTiLATED _Jl
Water Closets; 5talls
Utility Chamber Etc.

PRIMA.RV Ht&M 5c»<X3L

LEVATioN or Stall Doors

FIG. 9.

PATENTED BY JAMES B. CLOW & SONS. CHICAGO.
Good arrangement of Closets and Utility Chamber to Ventilate as
described on pages 79-80.

A utility space or working chamber should be provided behind
the backs of closets wherever possible, wherein all tanks, flushing
and plumbing pipes of every description may be concealed. A
door must be provided for the admittance of inspection or repair
men. In buildings having forced ventilation, these utility chaun-

Standard design for Toilet Stall Partitions. Courtesy of The J. L.
Mott Iron Works.

bers serve well the purp)ose of vent chambers, through which the
closet compartments may be ventilated. Individual compartments
should be at least 3 feet 6 inches, front to back, when doors are
used, and they should be 30 inches or more in width. The doors
should Of>en out.

URINALS

Next in importcmce to the closets comes the urinal fixtures.
A urinal which is sanitary must be so designed that it will ( I )
thoroughly flush frequently, (2) maintain a body of flowing
water to keep the surface of the urinal constantly flushed with-
out waste, and (3) be effectively ventilated. In buildings where

,"8

the saving of exp>ense is an important item the best type of urinal
now in use consists of a large exposed surface of black slate about
4 feet in height, the bottom of which is carried up from the floor
about 4 inches and out from the wall about the same distance.
TTie surface of the slate is kept constantly moist by a flow of
water supplied from the top of the slab. Under the bottom of

Porcelain Urinals in batteries. Courtesy of The J. L. Mott Iron Works.

the slab is provided a porcelain or cement trough into which the
water is received, and the space back of the urinal slab serves as
a vent chamber through which the air is drawn and forced to the
outside air. Such urinals are illustrated herewith. Recently a
much superior but more expensive urinal has been perfected, con-
sisting of solid white porcelain about 18 inches wide and 4 feet
high shaped like half of a cylinder standing on its end. These
urinals are all made in one piece having all exposed surfaces
glazed, and adjacent parts being fitted into each other with per-
fect cemented joints. The fixtures are built into the tile or ce-
ment floor of the toilet room and there are absolutely no open
joints or crevices into which foulness may gather and produce an-
noying odors. Each urinal is provided with a flushing device
which distributes water evenly over the concave surface of the
urinal, the flushing being accomplished by an automatic tank
which may be set to operate as often as desired. Each urinal is
also supplied with a vent opening protected by a shield under the
bottom of the urinal and thus f>erfect ventilation may be assured.
One urinal should be allowed for every eighteen or twenty boys.

LAVATORIES

So marjy admirable patterns of lavoratories are on the mar-
ket that it is hardly necessary to say much concerning them ex-
cept that the matter of individual use should always be considered,
and ample provision made whereby each pupil may have access
to a separate lavatory when necessary. Many of the solid porce-
lain and iron porcelain enameled lavatories are suitable for use in
school buildings. Those types are to be preferred which do not
have any direct connection with the walls, and every part where-
of is readily accessible for cleaning. All lavatories should be
provided v^ath self-closing cocks of substantial and durable pat-
tern, and should have some device for controlling the waste, other
than the old fashioned chain and stopper. Each lavatory should
be provided with liquid soap and a container from which same
may easily be obtained. Wherever possible, hot water should
be supplied to the lavatory as well as cold water.

Standard School Lavatories. Courtesy of The J. L. Mott Iron Works.

SINKS

Sinks should be provided for the use of janitors, engineers,
etc., which should be cast iron porcelain enameled, having roll
rim backs in one piece with the sink. These sinks should always
be supplied with both hot and cold water, where possible. In all
cities where gas may be obtained, it is now possible to have an
abundance of hot water, by means of instantaneous heaters, which
are both effective and economical.

SLOP SINKS

On every Hoor, and in very large buildings in two or more
places on each floor, there should be slop sinks, with hot and cold
water if possible. These may be solid porcelain or of iron pnirce-
lain enameled. They should have a back 12 inches above the
rim of the sink, the sink and back being all in one piece.

SHOWERS

In buildings equipped with gymnasiums, or in which it is
desirable to provide shower baths, they should be arranged in stalls
consisting of a dressing compartment and a shower compartment

a
o
tn

J6
I

DCf:

separated by duck curtains. The shower stalls and dressing stalL
may be constructed of either black slate, soap stone or marble
as the available funds may justify; and the shower stall should
be not less than 3 feet by 3 feet, inside measure, the dressing
stalls not less than 3 feet by 2 feet 6 inches, irjside measure, and
all stalls at least 6 feet 6 inches high above the finished floor. If
the funds will admit the shower stall should have a marble or por-
celain counter-sunk floor slab with combination drain and trap in
the center thereof. A curbing of the same material as the stall

Battery of four Drinking Foun-
tains in Iron Porcelain Enameled
Basin. Courtesy of The J. L.
Molt Iron Works.

All Porcelain Drinking Foun-
tain. Courtesy of James B. Clow

Sc Sons.

partitions 6 inches high should be provided between the shower
and dressing compartment to keep the water from splashing the
floor of the dressing room. The dressing room should be pro-
vided with a seat of the same materials as the walls thereof for
use in dressing.

Stall partitions should be set in the finished floor I inch.
The wide variety of shower fittings manufactured is fully illus-
trated in the catalogues of the various manufacturers from which
selection may be made in accordance with the funds available.
Essentials in every outfit are that the showers should be of plain
type, with shower head having removable face by means of ball
and socket joint so the angle may be changed at the will of the
bather. The shower should be provided with non-scalding valve,
and should come from the wall or ceiling instead of from the
floor. In the better class of work temperature regulating
chambers are always provided and if desirable needle baths,
sprays, etc., may be added to the equipment.

DRINKING FOUNTAINS
Another sanitary feature deemed necessary in every modem
school building is the drinking fountain, the first and most im-
portant requirement of which is that it must be of some type
which does not permit of the use of the old-style germ laden cup.
Owing to this requirement, leading manufacturers produce pedes-
tal fountains with porcelain bowls and with some type of bubbling
cup on top, by means of which a stream of running water, aris-
ing therefrom, may be used for drinking without the necessity of
any contact between the lips and the fixture. The better patterns
sof fountains are provided with self-closing faucets to avoid wast-
ing water, and the fitting through which the water emerges is made
of porcelain to prevent corrosion or discoloration which would
result in case metal is used.

LOCATION OF SANITARY CONVIENCES
There is much discussion of the prop>er location of toilet
rooms or sanitaries in school buildings. Some authorities assert
that toilet rooms for children should never be placed in the base-
ment and argue in favor of detached pavilions. Undoubtedly, it
is best in the large and more expensive types of buildings to pro-

FIG. 10.
Figure 8 illustrates an ideal arrangement for toilet rooms for either sex,
and shows the vent through which the foul air of the toilet room, after being
drawn through the fixtures themselves is exhausted to the open air, outside the
building.

vide ample toilet conveniences on each floor, located, wherever
possible, in well ventilated wings or separate portions of the
building, — ease of access and complete isolation being the two
principal requirements regarding their location. In amy case
every school building should be provided with at least one toilet
room on each floor for the use of teachers, and this may, without
disadvantage, be arranged in connection with the toilet rooms for
pupils. There can be no objection to the placing of toilet equip-
ments in basements provided the basements are dry, well lighted,
equipped with proper facilities for water supply and sewerage,
and also provided there is a good positive system of ventilation
of the compartments used for the toilet equipment.

FLOORS
The floors of toilet rooms must always be of non-absorbent
materials. If constructed of cement the cement must be absolutely
waterproof as elsewhere stated. Toilet room floors of unglazed
or semi-glazed tiles, or of artificial plastic cement, make ideal
materials for the purpose, especially because integral cove mould-
ings of same may be used at the walls instead of base mouldirsgs,
thus rendering it possible to keep the rooms absolutely clean.
Wherever the supply of funds will admit, toilet rooms should be
wainscoted with glazed tile or marble.

VACUUM CLEANING
One of the sanitary devices which has now been brought to
a high degree of excellence is a device whereby buildings may
be cleaned by means of vacuum equipment. Many different
systems of vacuum cleaners are on the market, some of which are
absolutely dependable and the cost of installing such plants is not
relatively very high, especially compared with the positive and
excellent results obtained therefrom. By means of such devices
not only floors but walls, ceilings and any other portions of rooms
desired may be thoroughly cleaned. Estimates of the cost of
installing such apparatus, full directions concerning their use,
and the results to be secured from them are readily obtainable
from any of the manufacturers of such apparatus.

FIREPROOF AND PANIC PROOF SCHOOL
BUILDINGS

Until very recent years the impression has prevailed that,
owing to its excessive cost over ordinary construction, no method
of fireproofing could be employed except in the largest and most
expensive school buildings, because the voting public would con-
sider such expenditure needless extravagance. This impression
has been somewhat strengthened by the ever increasing cost of
structural steel, and the difficulty of obtaining it without weeks
or months of annoying delay, which also added to the expense
and difficulty of fireproof construction.

Recently these conditions have become decidedly modified
owing to three potent influences: (1) ovz or two frightful school
calamities have awakened the public conscience to the conviction
that it is almost criminal parsimony, instead of wise economy, to
spare the added expense supposed to be necessary to render
school buildings fireproof and panic proof. (2) The alarming
scarcity of lumber has not only greatly increased the cost of tim-
ber for construction purposes, but the quality of timber now pro-
curable in many parts of the country is so inferior, and of such
short lengths, that various expedients of design have become neces-
sary in order to render such timber usable at all. These ex-
pedients have seriously added to the cost of non- fireproof con-
struction until there is but a narrow, and ever narrowing, margin
between the ordinary type and the fireproof type of buildings.
When to this factor is added the cost of fire escapes and other
such devices, required in many of the states by law, it is found
that there is little difference between the ultimate cost of the
non-fireproof building and that of the so-called fireproof structure.
(3) Most potent of all, however, must be mentioned the almost
marvelous growth of reinforced concrete construction, by the use
of which, intelligently handled, school buildings may be made

fireproof at practically the same cost as the ordinary combustible
type of building; provided the latter is sufficiently complete to
comply with the ordinary safeguards for life and health which are
now demanded by the laws in the most progressive states. In
addition to the moderate cost of reinforced concrete work, its
increasing popularity is doubtless due to the fact that the in-
gredients entering into its construction may be found in almost
every part of the country. Such steel as is necessary to reinforce
the concrete may be made of the simplest patterns, everywhere
procurable on short notice, and of such character that no steel
company or corporation can easily work schemes for putting un-
reasonable prices upon them. Generally sjjeaking, therefore, no
progressive board of education should be willing to consider any
school building proposition which precludes the possibility of fire-
proof construction.

One has only to think, for an instance, of the innocent
children who were roasted to death in the frightful holocaust at
Collinwood, Ohio, in 1907; of the homes thus darkened by the
angel of death, and the desperate efforts of those in authority, in
such cases, to find some excuse on which their blasted reputations
can be hung, to become convinced that it is little short of criminal
to participate in the erection of school buildings which are not
practically fireproof and panicproof.

DEFINITIONS

The term fireproof, while well understood by competent
architects, is still but a hazy term in the minds of many people.
It is safe to say that there are few, if any, buildings which are
absolutely fireproof, i, e., which could not be destroyed by any
fire, however great, from without or within. But it is a safe
statement that there are very many buildings in the coimtry fire-
proof in the sense that they could not be utterly destroyed by any
fire which can ever assziil them, and in which the salvage in case
of fire would amount to 70 or 80 per cent. Practically all of
these buildings are indestructible by fire from within themselves,
and could only be seriously damaged by fires of indiscribable

fierceness attacking them from the outside. In Chicago, the term
fireproof construction) applies to all buildings in which the parts
thereof carrying weights or resistance, including all exterior and
interior walls and partitions, all stairways, elevator enclosures,
etc., are made entirely of incombustible materials; and in which
all metallic structural members are protected from fire by in-
combustible materials. "The materials which shall be considered
as fireproof covering or protection are, (1) burned brick, (2)
burned wall tiles, (3) approved cement concrete, (4) burned
terra cotta, and (5) approved cinder concrete." The defini-
tion of fireproof construction in the New York building code is
in effect similar to the Chicago code; but is more explicit,
especially with reference to the construction of high buildings.
From the foregoing definitions it will be readily seen that school
buildings are easily made of fireproof construction, and without
the excessive expense which is contingent upon the construction
of high office buildings, etc.

APPLICATION TO SCHOOL BUILDINGS

All walls of a school building, except mere dividing par-
titions, should be of solid brick masonry, particularly those walls
which enclose or surround stairways. Dividing partitions, where
necessary, may be constructed of hard burned terra cotta tile
plastered with cement plaster. All floors should be constructed
of either hollow terra cotta tile or entirely of reinforced concrete,
preferably the latter. Stairways should be constructed of either
iron or steel, or of reinforced concrete, and should be isolated in
stairway halls and entirely surrounded with masonry or non-
combustible materials. The stairway leading to basement should
be kept strictly separate from stairways leading to upper portions
of the building. Steep roofs, to be finished with tile or slate,
should be constructed on steel trusses, the roof surface being
formed of slabs of concrete or terra cotta tile and covered with
ornamental tile or slate on the outside. Flat roofs may be of
either tile or reinforced concrete and should be covered with as-
bestos roofing, waterproof cement or waterproof tiles laid in
cement.

FIG. II.
Stairway scheme. Conslruction entirely of steel and wire glass. G)ur-
tesy of The Mississippi Wire Glass Co.

_j/-_Fy '-V,V£ Z^') f_^

lu.r t t 1 t

FIG. 12.

Elevation of Steel and Wire Glass Stairway. Courtesy of The
Mississippi Wire Glass Co.

FIG. 13.
Steel and Wire Glass Slairway. Courtesy of The Mississippi Wire Glass Co.

Pholographic view of Sleel and Wire Glass Stairway. G>urtesy of The
Mississippi Wire Glass Co.

Various preparations are on the market, of a fireproof ing
nature, for finishing floors and this may be used in place of wood
flooring; but buildings which are fireproofed as above outlined,
may be considered well within every requirement of safety for
school building purposes if the floors, doors and windows are
made of wood. However, where sufficient funds are available,
even the doors, windows and trimmings may be procured of non-
combustible materials, if desired.

PRECAUTIONARY AND EXTINGUISHING APPLIANCES
Where school buildings are exposed to adjacent structures
the utmost care should be observed in rendering the exposed
portions of the school building absolutely fire resisting, with ref-
ererjce to the outside danger; which may be done by means of
metallic frames and sash in windows and the use of wire glass.
In case of an exposure of unusual risk and danger, a sprinkler
system could be installed on the outside of the building so ar-
ranged as to provide a sheet of water pouring down over the
building in case fire reaching a certain temperature should ever
come against it. Sprinkler systems may also be installed in any
portions of school buildings in which it is considered that an un-
usual danger of fire may arise, such as laboratories, manual train-
ing rooms, engine and boiler rooms; the above rooms containing
combustible material.

Every school building whether of fireproof or ordinary con-
struction should be provided with stand pipes connected with
the city water system, or in case this source of supply is of
questionable value, with a pressure tank located in the attic and
kept constantly supplied with a large volume of water under
pressure. Outlets from the standpipes should be provided on
each floor and supplied with a liberal quantity of non-rotting
hose equipped with nozzles, ready for instant use. In addition,
fire extinguishers should be supplied in all school buildings, par-
ticularly in locations exposed to combustible materials as above
named. The use of such devices are advisable even in buildings
of fireproof construction, and their absence in combustible build-
ings is absolutely inexcusable.

PANIC PROOFING

It is a remarkable fact that even in buildings which are
generally known as fireproof structures, it is still possible for
accidents to occur which may give rise to frightful panics on the
part of those occupying the buildings. This is, perhaps, especially
noticeable in school buildings where little children are congregated
in large numbers and easily frightened by any unusual noise, the
smell of smoke, or an alarm of any sort indicating danger. The
instinct for self-preservation often drives even adults to extremes
which, after the passing of the excitement, seem to the actors
themselves almost idiotic; but during the frenzy created by the
alarm, reason is cast aside and the sedate human being actually
becomes, for a time, an ungovernable maniac. For this reason
much study should be devoted to the arrangement of school build-
ings so that the occurance of panics will be rendered practically
imp)ossible.

It is not necessary here to speak of the administrative duties
of teachers in keeping pupils constantly drilled, in anticipation of
fire or panic, regardless of the character of the building occupied
by them. It is now universal practice, made necessary by law
in many of the states, for teachers to require constant practice in
this regard. Reference must be made however, to those features
of arr£Uigement and construction in the school building which,
( I ) render the creation of undue alarms practically impossible
and (2) provide such facilities that even where the alarm does
occur an escape to safety may be easily and quickly made. Some
of these features have been touched upon in other portions of this
work, but may be briefly reviewed here.

Every building should contain at least two fireproof stair-
ways surrounded by fireproof masonary walls, not connected with
each other in any particular, and if possible placed on opposite
sides of the building. Under no circumstances, should a school
building be designed with a central hall into which all stairways
open. A fire or panic in such a hall would instantly and ef-
fectively block all means of egress from the buildings. There
should be no connection in any case, between the stairways lead-

ing to the upper portions of the building, and the stairways lead-
ing down to the basement used as such — i. e., containing heating
apparatus, etc. Every building should contain a liberal number
of stairways euid these should be of ample capacity. Build-
ings which are not of fireproof construction should contain
emergency stairways, so that each emergency stairway will serve
not more than two school rooms in the second story. Every
school building shouild be constructed so as to render the use
of outside fire escapes unnecessary. The latter are not only
unsightly and exp>ensive, but almost as dangerous as some of the
features within a combustible building itself. School rooms in
first story of combustible buildings should be provided with a
doorway leading direct to the ground in addition to the usual
exits by means of corridors, etc. Basement rooms should have
an area space outside the foundation walls, and exits provided
into the areas from every basement room to be used by pupils,
so that instant egress may be had therefrom to the outside in case
of fire or alarm.

DESIGN OF STAIRWAYS, ENTRANCES, ETC.

Every door in school buildings should oi>en outward,
whether leading from the school room to the corridor, the cor-
ridor to the vestibule or the vestibule outside. No top and bottom
bolts should be permitted on any doors. No doors within com-
bustible buildings should be provided with key locks, except
main entrance door, library, book closets and boiler room doors.

The proportion of stairways is covered elsewhere in this
work, but it may be added here that no stairway should have
more than one landing and all landings should be of ample
capacity. The outside wall of landings should be made octagonal
or circular construction, reducing the landing space to ap-
proximately a half circule approaching in capacity that of the
stairways. In case the stairways are of double width, as else-
where described, the railings forming the division should be car-
ried on a circle arc clear around the landing. The balustrade
separating the upper from the lower flight of stairs should be
made high, absolutely rigid ind with no open space whatever

101

between the top rail of same and the steps, this space being filled
either with reinforced concrete, metal screen balustrade or some
other similar device rendering it absolutely impossible for pupils
either wilfully, or by pressure during a panic, to fall from one
flight of stairs to the one below. A solid wall separating the two
flights is the best design of all, but the same may be constructed
of a steel frame fitted with wire glass, if desired, and this form of
design is seen in many of the higher grade schools of the present
day.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

In general, the danger of panics in buildings is made remote
in proportion to the simplicity and directness of the plan. The
more liberal, straight and thoroughly lighted the corridors are,
the less danger there will be of panic. Secondary corridors
should be avoided if possible, but in any case must be liberal in
size, well lighted and not only have access to principal corridors,
but if possible, to emergency stairways at the end of the sec-
ondary corridors. All emergency exits and other means of egress
from the building which are not prominent and obvious at a glance
should be prominently marked "EXIT." In case the buildings
are used at night, lights should be provided in connection with
these exits so that the letters will appear in red. Such exit doors
not only should open outward, but be so fastened that it will
always be possible to open them from the inside without dif-
ficulty. There should be absolutely no "dead ends," dark nooks,
or useless spaces in which frightened children could become
jammed without easy escape.

Every outside door should be equipped with panic bolts,
which are a combination of bolts and locks so arranged that any
pressure against the bolt from the inside of the building will
instantly release the lock keeper and open the door. This is the
only lock on the outside doors. In Ohio, these bolts are required
by law on all public buildings.

Finally when every possible precaution has been made, the
children should constantly be impressed with the fact that no
danger can ever come from the building which they need to fear.

103

THE WIDER USE OF THE SCHOOL PLANT*

The most casual glance at the new school buildings of today
reveals striking differences from the buildings our fathers attended
or even the buildmgs of ten years ago. Thirty years ago school
buildings rarely ever contained usable basements — even if they
had been finished, and a finished basement was almost unknown.
Many of those old basements were dark and damp and would
not be permitted today even for storage cellars. They were
rarely ever high enough to contain a modern system of heating
or ventilating. Today the basements are high, well lighted, sani-
tary and well finished.

Prior to 1 908 nobody ever thought that the school plant
could be used at any time or way except for the brief daily reci-
tation periods. About four o'clock in the afternoon the school
children went scampering away from the building, instruction
finished for the day. The janitor thereuF>on gave the building
a thorough cleaning by the old methods and during the remainder
of the twenty- four hours the building stood empty, forbidding and
forbidden. Friday afternoon it was sacredly and securely locked
up and trespassers warned away until the next Monday morning.
On Saturday and Sunday the school grounds were forbidden
territory, and also for three long months during the summer.
During one hundred and eighty days the entire school property
was used hardly seven hours a day including the janitor's time
therein. One hundred and eighty-five days out of every year
this valuable plant stood absolutely idle, unused and unusable.
It was of service to no one and was simply deteriorating.

Within a very few years this has been largely changed.
In many cities public school buildings are now open every week-
day in the year — not only days, but evenings. The school plant
today is being devoted to a wider use. It has become a place

* For the title of this chapter and much of the subject matter following
the author is indebted to a book of the same title by Clarence Arthur Perry
pubHshed by the Russell Sage Foundation of New York City. This work
may be had of the publishers, and all readers desiring more extended and
definite information on the subject are referred to Mr. Perry's excellent book
ind to other publications of the Russell Sage Foundation on kindred subjects.

104

where children may both play and study, where young men and
women may conlirEue their education up to the standard of the
colleges of a generation or two ago; where even laix>ring men
and shop girls may obtain free instruction outside of shop or
store working hours, or enjoy profitable physical exercise after
the weary grind in the shop or store; where neighbors may gather
to visit with each other ; mothers come together to learn how to be
better mothers; where the laboring, business and professional men
may come together and use the plant as a public forum and, in
short, the activities now carried on in school houses and school
yards during the margin outside the regular day school hours are
so varied and numerous that it will be p>ossible to mention only
a few of the more remarkable in the present work.

An article in the Saturday Evening Post in June, 1912,
by Frederick C. Howe, entitled "The Discovery of the School
House," describes in a very interesting way the beginning of this
wonderful change in public sentiment. The following quotation
is from that article:

"Edward J. Ward discovered the school house. He dis-
covered it up in Rochester four years ago. He invited some of
his neighbors into the school one evening to talk things over. So
much interest was aroused that they came again. At the first
meeting there were three hundred and fourteen people present.
They had music, recitations, dances. They found their neigh-
bors were very pleasant people. Soon the building would not
hold all who came. It was amazing how hungrily the people
took to the idea. They had not thought of the school house as
their property. They thought it belonged to the board of edu-
cation. Soon other buildings were opened. Finally the schools
were federated into a city-wide organization representing more
than fifty thousand citizens.

"As soon as the people came together they saw the waste
in the use of schools. They induced the board of education to
appropriate five thousand dollars to keep them open fourteen
hours a day instead of seven. They converted the kindergarten
into a library and club room. They opened the gymnasium five

105

nights a week for athletic sports and one night a week for enter-
tainments. Fathers and sons began to spend the evenings to-
gether on the rings, bars and tumbling mats. TTiey had boxing
and wrestling matches and basket ball games. The women
formed a gymnasium class.

"Others borrowed a traveling library from the capital at
Albany, subscribed for periodicals and bought a stereopticon and
dining room appointments, so that they might give lectures and
dinners.

"A short time after the school opened a merchant stopped
the director on the street and said:

" 'The school center has done what I thought was impossi-
ble. I have been here nine years and during that time there has
always been a gang of toughs roured this corner. This winter
the gang has disappeared.'

" 'They aren't a gang any more,' the director replied; 'they
are a debating club.'

"The women organized clubs. They became interested in
child labor, in city problems. The young people had debates,
a banquet and a minstrel show. The school house became a
family club.

"The men began to talk about Rochester. That was the
club's undoing; but they could not avoid it. They called in
the mayor, their aldermen, the health and school officials. They
even had Governor Hughes down from Albany. They kicked
about the gas company and the street railway service. They
wanted transfers. Someone took a fall out of the local boss.
Up to that time the boss had held Rochester in the hollow of
his hand. He decided to run for congress, always a dangerous
thing for a boss to do.

"But Rochester now had a forum for discussion. The peo-
ple picked out a candidate of their own for congress, a man who
would represent Rochester, and to the surprise of everybody they
elected him."

Soon after the success of these experiments in Rochester a
conference was held at Madison, Wisconsin, attended by many

106

prominent men, including Governor (now President) Woodrow
Wilson, several other governors, senators, university presidents,
editors, reformers, educators, architects and other soldiers of the
common good who came long distsmces at their own expense to
attend this conference because the University of Wisconsin had
called Edward J. Ward to Wisconsin to promote there the
Rochester school-center idea. In Wisconsin the people of any
community can use the school houses in that state at any time
by merely demanding it from the school authorities.

As a result of the work done at Rochester and of this con-
ference, several hundred conununities have now opened wide the
school buildings for some purpose or other, and the larger cities
are now spending hundreds of thousands of dollars annually for
free school lectures, night classes and neighborhood gatherings,
for social, recreational and civic purposes; until it is now certain
that a complete reversal of public sentiment is at hand regarding
this wider use of the school plant. Chicago alone has spent
millions of dollars on recreation centers, playgrounds and people's
club houses open all the year. Our large communities are fast
becoming educated to the truth so well expressed by Mr. Perry,
that "The girl without a social center is the mother of the woman
on the street," and "If a city has to choose between the schools
and the social centers it could, I believe, give up the schools more
safely than it could go without the social centers." As a mere
matter of good business this is a splendid change for the better,
since the total school investment is now over one thousand millions
of dollars in this country and the wider use of the school plant
will go far toward saving an annual waste which has been some-
thing like thirty milHons of dollars. But more important than the
question of money saving must be reckoned the effect up)on Ameri-
can life. The revival of the town meeting idea is a demonstra-
tion that we are getting more faith in all the people than we ever
had before. The social center idea will be good for public
morals and for a normal social life and it will be bad for graft
because graft is opposed to social centers. It will make of the
school house a life-long university where men and women who

107

have been deprived of educational advantages in youth may con-
tinue study at any time which they never had a chance to pursue
before. Moreover it will be a truly democratic university in
which all kinds of educational work will be carried on.

Naturally all of this change in educational systems and
ideas immediately began to make changes in educational build-
ings. The architects also had dreams and just as truly as edu-
cators and reformers made the change in their fields, so have the
architects been working out a new educational architecture the
like of which the world has never seen and which no other coun-
try on earth can excel. Auditoriums for public and social gather-
ings and lectures; concert halls with movable seats so that the
hall may be used for receptions, banquets and dances; stages for
orchestral, choral and dramatic performances; gymnasiums swim-
ming pools and other facilities for recreation; branch libraries and
reading rooms; meeting rooms for mothers; basement rooms for
bowling, billiards and other sports; restaurants where school chil-
dren may get their noonday lunches and if desired neighborhood
dinners be given; large well lighted corridors and special rooms
provided with mural decorations, pictures and models of statuary,
giving to the cheerless school house as much as possible of the
sweet home atmosphere; laboratories where practical application
of all scientific studies may be made and other laboratories where
domestic science, domestic economy and the mechanic arts may
be taught; but perhaps best of all, open air rooms are provided
to be occupied by pupils of frail physique and particularly those
of tubercular tendencies. All these and many other such features
are being invented for the instruction and physical care of pupils
of poor health and backward tendencies, for the benefit of f>eople
of all classes, and as a result for the benefit of our whole social
fabric.

"The single roomed, shingle roofed little red school house
of the olden time, with its cylindrical stove, split log benches,
rattling and unmanageable windows has grown into a many
storied building of brick, concrete, steel and stone with boilers,

108

engines and dynamos in the basement." An abundance of light
comes into it without glare. Sweet, moist, pure air enters and
leaves it without draft. Good health and good humor pervade
its halls, and a new and better citizenship will be its ultimate
fruition.

109

COST OF SCHOOL BUILDINGS

It must be self-evident that it would be impossible to arrive
at any rule to govern estimates of the cost of school buildings.
In the case of duplicates, it is of course easy to gauge the prob-
able cost of number two by what number one has already cost,
although even this procedure would be unreliable if a long time
intervened between the construction of the two buildings. But
no reliable rule of thumb exists by the use of which any one may
tell accurately, in advance of actual bids or quantity estimates,
just what a building will cost. Difference in time; difference in
location; difference in ornamentation, construction and equip-
ment— all these and other items affect the price, and seldom if
ever are combined alike in any two buildings.

However it is interesting and valuable to have the cost
records of school buildings reduced to some standard form of
measurement, for purposes of study, comparison and guidance,
within reasonable limits. Tell an experienced real estate man
that such a lot is worth $100 a front foot in a certain city, and
at once he has a mental picture of that lot possessing value to
himself, by comparison with other properties. Tell an experi-
enced school architect or engineer that such a school building in
a certain city costs 20 cents per cubic foot, and immediately he
can form a fairly accurate mental picture of what the building
comprehends. Every experienced architect can price his own
buildings by the cubic foot method with surprising accuracy, but
the practice is not accurate for general application by different —
especially inexperienced — persons.

The practice of most architects in estimating by cubic feet
is to ascertain the entire area of the building including all pro-
jections, integral parts thereof (but not including projecting steps,
areas, etc., at the ground level only) and then multiply this area
by the height from basement floor to a line representing the mean

of the roofs. Having thus ascertained the number of cubic feet,
the probable cost of the building is obtained by assuming some
price per cubic foot, and multiplying the number of feet by the
price. The result will be reliable or otherwise according to the
reliability of the price per foot, and this can be reliable only
when the proposed buildinig is to be of identical character, loca-
tion and of reasonably close date with some former one already
built.

For the benefit of study and comparison the following tables
are published from the Boston and St. Louis school reports, giving
a variety of valuable cost data for several years past, concerning
buildings in those cities. It will be seen that the price p)er cubic
foot varies from 1 5 cents to 30 cents, and the average, for
Boston is 21.3 cents, St. Louis 19.1 cents. The relative per-
centage of the various branches of work is given, and in some
cases the cost per pupil.

If one were to seek some definite rule based on this data,
the only one of real value would probably be the following: If
attempting to build a school building according to Boston prac-
tice, and the Boston Code, allow at least 20 cents per cubic foot
as the unit price. If attempting to build according to St. Louis
standards, allow at least I 8 J/2 cents as the price per cubic foot.

The present Ohio Code, as enforced, is without doubt the
most stringent and exacting school building code in existence at
this time (1914). In many trials, it hjis been found that a
building of the plainest description, almost absolutely without
ornament, with flat roof and heated by furnaces, fan system,
cannot now be built according to Ohio requirements whether (ire-
proof or not, under 16 cents per cubic foot. If heated and ven-
tilated by the "split" system (steam with heating and ventilating
independent) and equipped with high grade plumbing fixtures,
this price will be at least 1 8 cents per cubic foot. This for a
very plain building, practically without ornament, and with very
limited equipment.

Whenever possible costs per cubic foot are given with illus-
trations of school buildings in the following pages.

Ill

•paj
-Bpotutuoaay

XnOOJ-SSBIQ

I o .
O^ o

§t!2

oCQo

•^TOH

•3pia

•no jad ^soo ;^

IBDiqnj

^ o

eS n

L* O

■SO .

O ol.S

•oaia

•mnij

*«3H

•3pia

•u

■«•

'(t*

-* c

5
1

«■

00 oc

Eh n

._j2-0 t. »

sg S § * I! c

— 30<3> t^

»o ^ ^- c^

aSoiK]

•apBJO 1 CL,

mtfauH
o

nffiois

paUiiiCa

; 1^2 DC. -^
S :0 «D -^

CCMDuH

112

p,pouiaioo3Y

niooj-ssBjo

2-SS

•Mia

•q.nw

?«aH

e«

•apia

•?ooj oiqno
jad ?soo

•s?na!)uoo
IBOiqno

a O

eO .
^•3

•oaia

quinid

•3pia

0 .s

1 «

«*(l4 Wo

so o — » m

nSbH

ate CUM

cqScuh

■<*■ x> oo>

QaSa<H

00 t-*»oc^

nScuH

pqScuh

•ap«JO I O

— tie
^ o c

C4 PQ

ffl '5

j=0

113

1 •^ CO CO t- 0 >o

•pdnj

Jad 5S03

^ 0> to 05 0> ■*
■=■ to 0 T»< t^ U3
■" <-• CI — 1 ,-. rt

p,?pOtUUJOD3V

000000
S ^ 2 000

wajPlRO

0 «9

000000

•aiooj-ssB[3

000000
000000

•iaaj[ asqno

■* M ■* CO « M

•s

•3313

— 1 «— t

q^rid

i2
0

■a ea^

■Ei! 3

: 1^

"0 c* <M e<> CI col

oCQu

iBBH

05 S;

C^S^^"

•3pia

g " « CO

-1 eg

-' =

N -.

ffi

^oo^ oiqnO

t? 0 t^ c^ to to col

jad ?so3

s^ua^uo^

0> CO 0 ^ lO -^ 1

0 esi 0 U5 TO t-

IBOtqno

991,6
438,2
980,1
325,0
411,6
330,1

4->

^ CO CO CO CO Tj< -^ 1

<4-l

•aaia

S^N,

q.nid

^5|

^ Cvi » 0 0 00 — 1

^TOH

-■

PL,

■U

fcs

•3pia

« ■* -* c« ^ 0

l< 00 00 00 00 00 00

■s

C^ ■* M 40 0 10

8 M

0 to CO — 0 «

0 .s

06 ■«< »-l to 06 CO

■«t" cq CO CO — 1 cvi

« 1

so CO « t^ 00 Tj>

10 00 r^ -^ t^ rC

E^ m

lOQOOOJ

-♦000

CMOOO

i«000

0000

osooto

M«e gS

00—4005

tOOOO

00 OkOO

KOt^ OC5

0000

t^Ot^I^

cooi^to

t~r~00

O-^ Oi 1^

COO— lO

I^ l^05»0

»oci tood

c c-5 "0

(M-4.0itO

■*r-cioo

ws-fl-mos

Buildi
Heati
Plumb
anc
Electr
Contra

•00:0 —

oi'-l'oo-to

IC-'J'OJ CO

cSiOTjTco

(MOOCTiO

oloooio

0 UO UO W3
-Jb-^cocl

00 t-^ 00 CI

00-*Cl_00

"SIN

PQSCuH

PQMa,»

P3tiJa<H

nMcuH

cqMcmU

KKa,a

•apBjQ

0L,

0 B

OJ 0

s 1:

■B

3
He

•->

114

jad }so3

p,jp)ocunio3Dv

•caooj-ss«jQ

Up;

OCQO

•oaia

q.nH

?B3H

•3pia

s^ua^uoo
[TOiqnQ

h o

cU .

■oaia

q.nid

4«aH

•3pia

^-1

o»ooo

pqasoia oaaoiH ccaoiH jca^H

Oi ao 05 3i
tocc ^ ^

•apBjp I 0,

_ 60

^35

oj no

S o

9 u g*

z. o z

115

?8O0

p.pointnoDDV
najpnqo

•mooj-s8B[3
'^aaj aiqno

a*' o
g a

•aeia

|5
^nij I g

"jsaH

3pia

looj oiqno
J3d :(B00

•KjuajnoQ
ITOiqno

5*3

•aaia

•*

-r

■*

■>»■

■o

•q.nid

•*

■o

?«aH

•3pia

8 M

•3o2
^ I

Ft n

a S c 3 o u
3*2 3 iitJ
««(!, Wo

nMoiH pdMoiCQ

CQSiIcH

IC so CO W3

BQSOkH CQSCLiU

CD r^ -^ oi

•apwO I K

c« PQ

^*>

116

•s

e
o

p,)oaicac»3Y

•aiooj-s8Bi3

•s»ia

qainia

•ITOH

•3pia

•?ooj
ajqno jad ?9oo

l«>!qno

5 o

•5»ia

q«"»Id

•1«3H

•3pia

k; S ►! S « -

cct^»o cc

as cc t^ «o

pagPnia g3aa<K wacua

eooe

o„cco

nXfua

ap«-io I eu

1^
•g.£f

a •

X B

117

a
0^

o
o

3
hi

•»

C<3

■ ^^

0 = 0i0

•wooo

00U5OO

iOC0 00«

■0000

<MOCO

eoooo
t^OOO

000 =
»r5 0 00

Siii

^ = o>o

cDto-*>ra

TO — or. «

«00!0 05

COcOC<I5D

lOCOO

■>roooo
teat oau5

0000
— 0 » —

«c c d
r^ c; 0 =

0 C-. 0 =^4

tOrs-ioM

•«• — K5 10

00 -<

•0

caScuH

so-

00 t-t

o>com"to
KKcua

SSOa4ix,cua,oo

118

«S

«c

C<5

ssgg

t^ W3 CO 30

;§§s

X: O '— ■*

^5g

(-- O "^ ■^
r^ M oc (M
?o oo t^ r^

ggSs

— -ooo

;gg5

^00 00^

mBcuH cQaonH coaPMH cpacLiH «aa<a mWcuh ««&.«
O O ft- ft< W a< cu

3 C

(2 ;2
I ..2

119

43 0) m O.

3 a> S.3

"3^

P CD a
5 0.3

o ^ . c

m t< m E
S » oj o

0^0 2

■55 bi .

0 CT3*f

3 e . n

. 03 O

000

■^ ac c5

— ©©CO

— o5r^

— C _
n H rti

0) '-C p •"

O CO CD ^

PO i— ' ?0 CO O

00 Ooc^f —H

00 OS 00

gsgj

qEKw
1
d

■^^

c « i « "

^^ P bb

» P*j

r^ ^ ^

^- t^ P

P <4 E

U) ai 3

120

i3 m g> O.

"e g a

o 9"3

o
o
xi
u
02

O QQ C

. ot O

op; o

V : ■ O

2-S.E'S

r-ifflo

■>J<rtCO
CO ^

o I
Sj= S

P § ?

»^ c^eoo

OS OU5 IC ^

eo— >■*««

<ooc«e«ao

e«i<x>ooo
r^cocooo

c*3 t^oocSos

C0Q0C4CO

Ot^ eo»o

•^ 9

— .S IX! « O

2-g.Ex-c

=5 s

— .S bit) o

2-o.S-c'C

^ bi
-s.Sbc

i o
•S.S boo

2-2.55

gsgj

qSSpq

121

o»

e^i

to 1

la"!

■^

r>^

•o

■.J*

■^

—

C<1

•^

^_^

■^

^ ai S a

•n

t3J

3.2 0.3

O-'^a

's-«

.S-C =

E 2 p-
^ "> a.

•0

■^►.£2

<3>

«3

Cost

per

Class

room

«o

e>4

C3>

««

t~r

OO*

"3 -2 be .

■0

■«

•-- i't;

•*

•0

t-T

t^r

X: -i^-O

3 c .

o8o

'-*

->■

°il

■*

■.»■

'J-

■«»l

C^l

•ra

•"C

~tc

>ra

■*

.-•

<»

•^

•♦

t-..

t>a

«9^

'■S

moo

winocio

cootous

USOOiO

CDOOO

0 0 1

c^oira
Oi>> to

O >— ' *o w

.-H kOU? (N

^ O 00 IM

W3 .—« 00

c^ 0
to 10

■<)^ ir5 w:3 to

or>^c^ to

•*o6ioto

-^tcoico

00 Cl lO

Tf* to t^o

t>.tO 00 o

ooco ^.c

(MOOOt^

Tj< b..

t^05 ^

<M01_C0-*

to »c toco

tOCQ 00 o

Cao-^c»to

0> 00

»oodio

eoodt^to

cod t-^ Its

^Oi tOiC

CTOO w'lO

•»;

CO rt

to -H

■o «

■^ iH

e(9-

««■

, J

M-

t»

69-

:!->.'.

.>^

fc.

1 i

^t;

^b<

^b.

■gli

— c

bio

•3.S Sfio

_ c

biu

„ c

bou

a "

.ET

E^.E-c

.S'C

.ST

lig

ene
lum
eat
lect

ene
lum
eat:
lect

£3

ene
lum
eat
lect

p^n

fLiXH

fcKW

PkWw

0 0

0) a>

-1

c
c

a
E

3
c

a
0

ES
SS

1 1

OS~

OS S

0 —

Dr?

e»

C3>

OS OS

— '

—1

122

2 ®"E •

:5 -e %^ -s

. el o

or; o

.S-I.-3

C d c,
^ * ft

*^ b n E

CO to
tor~

oo
o o

E
a

"is

OOOOIOO
OOOCOOO

^ si

.— S <"

C S OS cs " o
a; 3 o 0)iJ ea

oesoooo

00«0'*'0
cTcDio^CvT

•3

c p

oooooo
oooooo

Ml oo o u? to IC

H*-^ flj

0) 2 O O^ c5

6t3 b""

S^3

. a- T! g ca I .

2 i-'S oi"S"0 i;2
E s-S a 3 2-

5 bo 3 a a-TT g o

STJ C S u O'
" * K,5 i '" E m

"lllljii

a» c E ^ Ti " 0) J,

3 "J a*" ^ t. .2

o ,»; a> >• a, S IT

J3 "C-S- E o o
o PS " * a--""

■3 M= C § _^ 5 O

"■3 * o >,Mi;=^

.S -1 oj Ki; g_ m
S" <» ^S es""

O O C X^ P

T3o-a)*3aj'=-SJ

go.s§i"g.a>

fee n fe-^ X S «

6 M "O 3 o 3
-a'r* oj P -(-^ C , ^

ca ' -^ *C ^ 0)
_H ^ Pjj D,a »
©►J P'53 ij >,
OpQ Q ca o £«

•g<3 £=fe£°'3
Z^l -^^

■"o'S ft§S -""
eii e P- ■* » ta

§§^82

" MO jjja
oa P "^-P ca

123

1 »"

•*

^^1

1 «
1 =

"■

•o

'-'

•-'

Cubic
feet
per

pupil

•*

e-1

r~.

e<i

•*

•"

.S-c5

g « ft

■o

•o

■*

e<i

Cost

per

cu. ft.

cents

„

e<"

■a

.-<

~ o

Cost

per

Class

room

r-i

«r

■♦

»c

O 1 o

»■

oo"

■ ■

«o

-tC

bical
tents
bldg.
.ft.

•o

•^

co_

o
o

- ^

■*

e*-

51^3

■*

«si

__;

. <s o

•*

•c

orr o

.£2

tfi

t^ «

• ^

•*

CO US

•^

O •"!

t~;

'It

t^ oo

«5

•*

c»"

•o

N O

»—

eS V

oc'

.«

c«"

•»

«»

>BOOO

•♦ooo

Ci<MOe:

•*ooo

OJtOON

IC 00 o o

•^ CO 1^—4

•o ■>«■ -^ c>

ocooccd

w ^ Occ

OS CO 00 <o

OOlOQOtO

t^ — 050

ioc<i>o>n

to 00 US •-1

to OS CO CO

TTOi-'riM

^co

C^oT-n't'T

.-TujoTei

wpJcJto

dcToto

m 04

co'-ie*

to C4

«»

•»

«»

% \

*c ■

-M

: i
! i

O :

ji i

1- •

>«

^ !

C :

5" :

^<>

^ti

.2 i

gl^-S

„ 6

tico

U B

£ sS-e

0) Pw-e

£■"

£
c

c
a

5gS

fc.

3 g S

■2|

•m

•a

1
<
1

0:>

•H

a
O

■2
o

B
«
XI

a
E

«• S

"-■

•-'

124

-1- HEATING OF SCHOOL BUILDINGS

Practically all works relating to school buildings treat the
subjects of heating and ventilating conjointly as one subject. With
reference to some systems this is fitting, because in them the
heating and ventilating is performed at one operation, the heated
air being used also for ventilating; but perhaps a more intelligent
understanding of the subject may be obtained if the two processes
are first considered separately and afterwards with reference to
their relation to each other.

DIRECT HEATING

All systems of heating may be grouped under two general
heads, ( \ ) direct heating systems in which the heat radiating
apparatus is located in the room being warmed, such as stoves,
steam and hot water radiators, and (2) indirect heating in which
the heat radiating apparatus is not located immediately in the-
room to be warmed, but in the basement or some other portion
of the building distant from the room or rooms being warmed.
There are buildings in which both the direct and indirect are
used in combination, which systems are discussed fully in the
chapter on verjtilation.

One principle should be borne in mind constantly, — that
ventilation on any positive or sanitary basis is an utter impos-
sibility in rooms warmed by the direct system; heating is possible
tut no practical ventilation. It is also well to remember that
the process of heating a room is a three-fold operation; (I ) heat-
ing the air within the room, (2) heating the walls, floor and
tailing of the room, and (3) heating the air which may find its
way into the room through crevices, around windows, doors, etc.,
to replace air which has leaked out in the same or any other
manner.

HEATING DEVICES

Direct Sy^stem. — The heating apparatus of the earliest
schools undoubtedly consisted of enormous open grates or fire

125

Fis i

?i>isvir»9ri»riinB

Tig. 2

Evolution Of
Heating Systems

7*1 G J Direct Heating,, No
Ventilation

Tig. 2.

Indirect Heating.
No Ventilation

FIG. 14.

pieces which were, without question, bright and cheerful but not
•suited to school requirements. The open fireplace superheats
those nearest the fire and leaves cold those at a distance. It is
also expensive, as at least 50 per cent of the heat producing power
of the fuel is lost through the open chimney. Open fireplaces
may produce slight ventilation by reason of the draught created
by the hot air passing up the chimney, but such ventilation is
limited exactly to the amount of air which can leak into the
room around doors, windows, etc., and such leakage rather con-
tributes to the discomfort of the occupants of the room, than
to ensure a perfect ventilating system.

Doubtless, the next step in the development of direct heat-
ing apparatus, was the modern iron stove which is still used,
particularly in rural districts, for heating school rooms. Any
sort of stove is but little better than the open fireplace, pos-
sessing all of its defects and no additional merit except that of
economy. The stove produces even less ventilation and in fact
possesses but one reliable characteristic, — the ability to produce
a great deal of heat at one point in the room quickly, and with
a limited quantity of fuel. With the use of steam for heating

126

buildings, the annoying and unsightly radiator came into use, and
in many places soon replaced the old fashioned fireplace and
stove; but steam radiators for direct heating of school rooms
are little better than fireplaces or stoves, and are incapable of
producing any ventilation whatever. They are chiefly admirable
as dust catchers. Ovs^ing to the excessive temperature and rather
depressing effect of steam heat, hot water is often substituted
therefor, but aside from the different character of heat furnished
by the two systems and the very slight economy resulting from the
use of hot water, the two systems are identical in principle and
results. Many schemes have been devised for modifying and
elaborating the apparatus for direct heating, above described,
and for combining socalled systems of ventilation therewith,
but with very indifferent success. Even though flues are pro-
vided for the outflow of heated air from the rooms they do not
ventilate, except in the imagination of the designer.

Indirect Heating. — Indirect heating is any system in which
the heat radiating surfaces are located outside of the room to be
heated. Indirect systems may consist of hot air furnaces, or a
"Battery" of steam or hot water coils located at some central
point or points in the building, the apparatus being so connected
with the flues and piping that the air which is heated in the
apparatus is conducted, in the flues, to the rooms to be heated.
Flues or outlets are then provided in each of the rooms for the
escape of the air in the room outdoors. Where no fan or blower
is used, such a system is commonly designated as a gravity system,
this phraseology being based on the theory that the heated air
entering the room is rarified, by means of the heat, sufficiently
to cause it to rise in the outlet^ flues and escape outdoors, thus
creating space in the school room which will be immediately filled
by other heated air and the operation thus kept up indefinitely;
a theory, however, far from reliable or trustworthy. Where the
operation is controlled by means of fans or blowers the result
may be positive and sure, but this phase of the subject is treated
under the head of ventilation.

127

fRE5H AlR-

■ Heated Air

PEN Resisted
Radiator

XAMPLE Of DiRECT-lNDIBECT HEATING
FIG. 15.

In the systems of direct heating described it is assumed thai
the heating apparatus simply warms, and keeps warm, the air
in the school room, no provision being made for the admission
of fresh air or the egress of vitiated air except by leakage as
stated. Indirect heating, however, involves some movement oi
change in the air of the rooms being heated, and a system ol
Hues to provide for same; for if no means be provided whereby
the air first in the rooms man find its way out, it is manifestly
impossible to introduce fresh heated air from the basement, or
other central point, into the rooms. Indirect heating therefore,
has the advantage over direct heating that it necessarily involves
more or less positive ventilation.

Direct Indirect Heating. — A system of heating once much
in vogue, but now obsolete and little used, was the direct-indirect
system, which can be used only in connection with steam or hot
water. This system consists in the placing of radiators adjacent
to windows or other openings, leading direct outdoors, the theory
being that the heat in the radiators would induce currents of
fresh air to pass from outdoors over the radiator into the rooms
to be heated. Of course, no air whatever would enter the rooms
in such manner unless flues were also provided whereby air in the

128

rooms might find its way through these vents outdoors, and even
in such case, ventilation by this system is exceedingly uncertain.
Systems of this sort give much annoyance through freezing of the
steam pipes exposed to the cold air and it is impossible to con-
struct a system so as to supply an ample and positive volume of
fresh air for ventilation.

129

GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF VENTILATION

The physical health, and the effectiveness of all animal and
human energy, are dependent to a wonderful degree upon the
quality of air breathed. It is therefore impossible to overestimate
the importance of maintaining, as nearly as possible, the normal
purity of outside air throughout all school buildings.

"The blood is the life," and the life of the blood is fresh
air. Fresh air is exhilarating, vitalizing, purifying. Without it,
life would end in a few minutes.

The most essential element of life is not food, nor drink,
nor light, nor heat, but fresh air. "Starvation is a matter of days
with solids, hours with liquids, and of minutes with air." Fresh
air is the very source of vitality. It turns the blue impure blood
to rich red blood in the lungs and eliminates the waste tissues of
the body and builds up the new.

As Prof. Woodbridge says: "air is as much matter as is
water or ice. It may be clean or dirty; moist or dry; cold or
hot; it may be measured and weighed; moved and brought to
rest, and it may pass thro all these states and yet to sight appear
the same." Where there is arsimal life, there is always atmos-
pheric pollution and "atmospheric purity in the presence of that
life is possible only when there is atmospheric abundance:"

The human heart pumps about twenty-six pints of impure
venous blood into the lungs each minute for the purpose of puri-
fication. The lungs, however, can trcuisform this blue venous
blood into pure arterial blood only by extracting about six pints
of oxygen from the air per hour, and throwing off a corresf)onding
amoimt of carbonic acid, which is a deadly poison totally in-
capable of sustaining life. If the lungs could not throw off this
carborsic acid, a man would die in a few minutes, the same as
one who drowns, is hung or otherwise asphyxiated.

Just as the draft is as essential to the boiler fire as the coal,
so air in purity and abundance is as essential to the vitzd (ire as

130

is food. A good draft is of more importance to a bright fire
than is good coal, for if the draft is good, a hot fire may be made
and held with poor fuel, but with a poor draft the best of fuel
will not make and sustain a hot fire. Inferior food with an
abundance of exercise in the open air is better than the finest of
food with the breathing of tainted and vitiated air. To boiler
power and engine energy coal and air are equally essential. To
vigor of body and to vital energy food and air are also equally
essential. To both the quality of air is of more importance than
is the quantity of fuel and food.

There is no menace to vitality and to the sum of the prod-
ucts of vital energy so continuously imminent, so insidious so
effectively active as are the invisible wastes of the body. The
dead of the weapons of the world's battle-fields are few com-
pared with those whose lives have been either blighted or pre-
maturely ended because of failure to maintain the body in a
correct relation to the atmospheric source of abundant energy
waiting to be transformed into vital force, and who have died
for want of prop>er breath. He who would live at his best must
breathe air at its purest. There is no material necessity to life
greater than that of pure air. There is nothing so priceless and
yet so costless as air. There is no financial investment which
does or can yield so sure and so large returns as money wisely
expended for pure air.

Ventilation, as contemplated by this work, refers to the
continuous renewal of the air within buildings intended for school
purposes. It will have no reference to accidental or imperfect
ventilation, such as may be obtained through windows, doors or
other such means, but only to such positive ventilation as may be
brought about onl^ by means of a definite supply of fresh air
forced into the rooms at one or more places by means of pressure
from the blower or otherwise, and the consequent displacement
of the foul air in the room by means of the same pressure; — in
short, will refer to a gradual, complete and continuous changing
of the air from foul to fresh so that the air breathed by the
occupants of the rooms will be at all times as near perfectly pure

131

as possible. No such result can be attained imless the volume of
fresh air supplied is based upon the niunber of occupants, and
length of periods during which the rooms are occupied; and
unless the supply of fresh air, and the removal of foul air, is
accomplished regardless of the varying internal and external
temperatures, as well as the velocity and direction of the air
outside of the building.

A few general principles, now well established, regarding
the character and motion of air in a room should be kept in mind
to insure an intelligent grasp of the subject.

(1.) The air in a room must be conceived of as a definite
medium, just as one thinks of the water in a bucket which is
filled to the brim with that liquid. As it is impossible to put
more water into the bucket without forcing out of the bucket some
of the water which is already therein, so is it impossible to force
air into a room (uniform pressure being maintained) without dis-
placing some of the air within the room. Further, the volume of
air which can be delivered into any room is always equal to the
quantity of air displaced therefrom, if the pressure remains the
same.

(2.) The air of nature is a mechanical mixture of
nitrogen and oxygen, with a little carbonic acid, a form of oxygen
called ozone and more or less vapor of water. The amount of
carbonic acid in the open air of nature is from 4 to 6 parts in
10,000 by volume.

In places where ventilation is not jaerfect, air contains also
impurities such as sulphuretted hydrogen, sulphuric, nitric and
other acids and often more or less solid matter like particles of
dust. Air in rooms occupied by human beings becomes rapidly
contaminated by the products of respiration from the human
beings, the pores of the skin, etc. Air also contains bacteria or
disease germs; and many authorities believe that the dust particles
in air are largely responsible for the distribution or propagation of
the bacteria of various diseases.

(3.) While the ends to be sought in ventilating are
threefold (1) hygienic, (2) economic and (3) mechanical, both

132

heating and ventilating are most important for hygienic reasons.
Pure air is as important to the human body as food cind water.
A candle will not burn in air improverished of oxygen. So,
also, breathing impure air dulls the fires of the body and thus
clouds the intellect, The more the bodily vitality is lowered, the
greater is the danger of contracting both temporary and per-
manent diseeise. Real vital energy must not be expected in
abnormal atmospheric conditions. If pure air is entirely absent,
death is immediate. One cubic foot per minute will barely sup-
port life. Five or even ten cubic feet per minute admit of but
low vitality; thirty cubic feet per minute will ensure vigor arad
health, but additional fresh air up to the {x>int where noticeable
draught begins, is the idecJ condition.

(4.) The air in a room is always in motion owing to the
fact that certain portions of the room, such as glass, may be
colder or hotter than other portions, such as walls, and this in-
equality in temperature is certain to result in air motion by the
force of gravity, cold air falling because of its density and heated
air rising because of its rarity.

(5.) Carbonic acid gas expelled from the human lungs by
respiration, or emitted through the pores of the skin, is 50 per
cent heavier them pure air and therefore falls toward the floor.

(6.) The air in nature is purified by the action of winds,
rain, lightning, etc., but it is impossible to purify the air inside
of a building except by removing and replacing it by fresh air
brought from out doors; therefore any socalled system of
ventilation which does not positively produce this result is not
in reality a system of ventilation at all.

(7.) Positive ventilation can be secured only where pro-
vision is made for ( 1 ) some source of power for forcibly moving
the air, (2) flues and inlets for conducting the fresh air into
the rooms, (3) outlets and flues for conveying the exhausted air
again to ihe outdoors.

(8.) The quantity of fresh air necessary to maintain a
fixed standard of purity may easily be determined, using the
carbonic acid as the index. Each adult averages 20 cubic

133

inches of air at each breath, and about 20 respirations each
minute. Knowing the cunount of carbonic acid in pure air, and
in air expelled from the human lungs, and knowing by experi-
ment that discomfort if not harm attends the breathing of air
containing more than 8 parts in 10,000 of carbonic acid, it is
easy to figure the requirements for any standard. This subject
is fully elaborated in Prof. R. C. Carpenter's excellent work on
Heating and Ventilating Buildings.

In Massachusetts the state law requires that the ventilating
apparatus of all school buildings shall supply at least 30 cubic
feet of fresh air per minute or 1800 cubic feet per hour for
each pupil, upon which basis the air in a standard school room
containing 40 pupils would have to be wholly changed once in
every 8 minutes. This has practically become the standard the
country over.

INLETS, OUTLETS AND FLUES

The utmost care must be observed in designing inlets, out-
lets and flues for ventilation. It is an easy matter to bring a
definite volimie of air into a given space in a given time but it
is often exceedingly difficult to accomplish this result, at the same
time reaching all parts of the room with the fresh, pure air, but
avoiding the formation of air currents, draughts and eddies. To
secure satisfactory results the air should be uniformly distributed,
should be warmed enough to prevent a feeling of chilliness on
the part of individuals in the room, and should proceed at a speed
which will not give the sensation of a draught. Air entering a
school room should not have an initial velocity in excess of 10
feet per second at the opening of the flue, or in excess of 5
feet per second in the school room.

The best results are obtained when the air inlets are located
at a considerable height above the floor and the outlets are located
at the floor on the same side of room as the inlets. The ad-
vantages of this arrangement are that heated air tends to rise
and spread uniformly just under the ceiling, after which it
settles lower and lower in the room, gradually displacing the cool
and foul air therein and the room is thus soon filled with fresh,

134

llj)J BRilATHlNCS LlME_

W0R5T ftosSlBLE ArrANSEMENT

J_1TTLE BETXER-

ClRCVLATION TOO M l&H

Circulation. OmE Sided

Fair Circulation

Ideal method

FIG. 16.

warm, pure air while the vitiated air passes out through the vent
shafts under the impelling force of the fresh air which has been
forced into the room. Mr. Warren R. Briggs, of Bridgeport,
Conn., published in the third annual report of the Connecticut
State Board of Health, 1 879, the results of a series of experi-
ments made by him to determine the most advantageous location
of inlet and outlet flues for ventilation purposes. The results
of these experiments were given in the work published by Mr.
Briggs in 1 899, on the American School Building. These ex-
periments were conducted with a model having about one-sixth
the capacity of an ordinary school room. and the movements of
the air were made visible by mingling smoke therewith whereby
all changes undergone in the air were made visible.

135

These experiments are illustrated in figure (16). It is
perhaps well to add that the practice of the best ventilating
engineers and the experience of the years which have elapsed
since these experiments by Mr. Briggs demonstrate the correct-
ness and reliability of his conclusions, as to the direction of these
air currents and the positive character of their action.

i?.

136

SYSTEMS OF VENTILATION

Until very recent years ventilation was regarded more as
a luxury than a necessity. Although the discomforts of poorly
ventilated rooms have always been ioiown and deprecated, the
apparent necessity of complex and expensive methods for cor-
recting the difficulty has undoubtedly retarded the advancement
in this department of building economy. But, as a result of the
recent advance in hygienic science and experiment, it is now well
known that the vitiated atmosphere of crowded rooms is
fKJsitively and undeniably injurious, often leading to the propaga-
tion of various dangerous diseases, and that continued exposure
to it is reasonably certain to be followed by serious consequences.

It is of the utmost importance that school buildings should
be ventilated according to the most advanced knowledge and
experience, and every school board should insist upon expert
service in this department of building economy whether it has
been afforded elsewhere or not. The practice, followed by many
boards, of permitting various manufacturers to submit their own
layouts is very unwise, and is continued no doubt because many
architects, not skilled or experienced in designing ventilating
apparatus, are glad to have manufacturers relieve them of
expense in this manner. This procedure not only defeats all true
comf>etition, but has the additional defect of making the boards
of education act in the capacity of judges of the various ventilat-
ing schemes submitted, which they are utterly incompetent to do,
and many failures can be explained by this program. If any
portion of a school building is worthy the attention of an expert
surely this is it.

VENTILATION BY NATURAL METHODS

On the basis of least expense, natural agencies, such as
air supply through doors and windows, were long def>ended upon,
but it is apparent that such ventilation is not a "system" at aJl

137

t Vent 5tac k

Smoke Stack

FIG. 17

This illuslralion shews
diagramatically the princi-
ple of a gravity system of
heating and ventilation,
showing the path of outside
cold air as it passes over
..^^ the furnace, up into the
^''' school room and outdoors
again through the vent
stack. The motion of the
air is produced by the heat
of the furnace.

Grayjty System
Of lioT Air Indirect Heating

AMD VENTII.ATlNe COMBINED.

and is both spasmodic and disagreeable, if not dangerous be-
cause of draught.

VENTILATION BY GRAVITY
The first step away from ventilation by natural methods
consisted in supplying buildings with flues either for the intro-
duction of fresh air, the withdrawal of vitiated air, or both; but
where no method was employed for forcing fresh air in through
the former, or drawing the foul air out through the latter, such
systems of flues were even less dependable than the natural
processes above referred to. This led to a further step in ad-
vance known as the Gravity System euid consisting of some
means of encouraging or inducing a movement of the air from
the rooms into the foul air flue. One such plan involves the use
of two flues for each room, one leading into the room from a
furnace, or battery of furnaces, located in the basement, and tha
other leading from the room to a point above the roof of the
building. It is the theory of this system that when the air used
for heating the rooms leaves the furnaces, it both rises and ex-
pands in volume, because of its heat and lighter specific gravity.

138

FIG. 18.

Showing proper arrangement of warm air and exhaust flues. Fan
plenum system. No exhaust fan used.

139

and thus enters the room with a certain velocity due to these
causes. This velocity is supposed to be sufficient to displace an
equal volume of air already in the room and force it up the
vent flue and thus out doors. This is a beautiful theory and
such systems sometimes do operate with a fair degree of satis-
faction when wind and weather conditions are favorable; but if
the winds or weather are unfavorable, the system is just as certain
to prove ineffectual and little better than no system of ventila-
tion whatever.

A final step in the development of the gravity system con-
sists in placing gas jets, stack heaters, steam coils, iron smoke
stacks, etc., in the exhaust flues, with the idea that the heat thus
generated will cause a positive draught and thus force foul air
up the exhaust flue and thus out of doors, but the same objections
may be. urged to this phase of the gravity system, which is some-
times called ventilation by aspiration, as have been urged against
the simple gravity system, differing only in degree.

FORCED OR MECHANICAL VENTILATION

The inevitable result of the ur»satis factory results obtained
from all methods of ventilation previously referred to, has been
the general conclusion of all authorities that there is no system
of ventilation, of any sort, which is positive, uniform or other-
wise dependable except the method of supplying air for ventila-
tion fep force from a blower or fan; and that if the air is wanted
in a particular place, at a particular time, and in certain definite
quantities and velocities, it must be forced to go there under the
necessary conditions in spite of vsrinds, weather and all other
such conditions. Further, actual experience is demonstrating that
no positive system of ventilation is so inexpensive — results coi>-
sidered — as the fan system.

VENTILATION AND HEATING COMBINED

Although the subject of heating has been separately treated
in the present work, experience has demonstrated that in our
climate it is never wise to operate the system of ventilation en-
tirely by itself. The air used for ventilation should at least be

140

warmed to the temperature of the room into which it is introduced.
In some systems the heating and ventilation is performed at one
operation, the ventilating air being first forced through the heat-
ing furnaces or coils, thus raising it to a high temperature, in
which condition it is introduced into the school room under
pressure from the fan or blower. After passing through the room
it is forced on out through the ventilating stacks, but not until it
has performed the two operations at once.

The latter system while in more common use is not as good
practice as the system in which the heating and ventilating are
nearly independent of each other for the following reasons:

1. In order that the ventilating air shall not lose so much
heat in its passage through the school rooms as to cause an un-
pleasant and cooling feeling up>on the occupants of the room, it
is necessary to overheat the air at the coil or furnace, thus cook-
ing, or burning, and depriving the air of the humidity which it
must have for ideal results.

2. Owing to the absence of this humidity the mucous
membranes of the persons occupying the room become affected
and are more liable to colds and other irritating affections.

3. Such dry air quickly affects the vitality and comfort,
if not the health of the pupils occupying the rooms, and it is
very frequently found necessary to resort to the opening of
windows or transoms to secure fresh air in its natural condition
of humidity because of the absence of same in the ventilating
air furnished to the room, thus counteracting and nullifying the
mechanical ventilation.

SYSTEMS OF FORCED VENTILATION

There are two systems of forced ventilation. (1) the
Exhaust system, and (2) the Plenum or pressure system. The
exhaust system consists in using a fan to forcibly withdraw the
air from rooms. This system is now little used except for
ventilating toilet rooms, chemical and other laboratories, etc.,
and as an auxiliary to the plenum system. In this system
.a partial vacuum is created within the apartment and,

141

142

as all air currents and leaks are thus inward, there is nothing
to govern the quality or velocity of the air, and it is difficult to
provide proper mccuis of warming it. In the case of toilet rooms,
laboratories, etc., the system is very desirable, and in many build-
ings imperative. Further, the tendency of the air to leak from
corridors and adjoining rooms into the toilet rooms, etc., be-
cause of the vacuum above described, is a positive merit rather
than a defect in this case because it counteracts all tendency of
foul smelling air to pass from these apartments into other portions
of the building.

By the Plenum system, fresh, pure air may be forced into
the rooms at any desired degree of temperature or velocity, at
any desired degree of humidity, emd under such conditions as may
be positively controlled at ell times; and all leakage is outward
through windows, etc., thus preventing the drawing of polluted
air into the room from any source whatever. Moreover, all air
which is forced into the room by the Plenum or pressure system
and owing to that pressure, forces out of the room an equal
volume of the vitiated air, already in the room, and does so by
positive measurable processes which remove all doubt as to the
actual results accomplished. When it is remembered that the
physical energy of the body is absolutely dependent upon a
constant and positive supply of fresh, pure aur, as surely as the
energy of the engine is the result of the fires under the boilers,
the vast importance of this result is easily realized.

HEATING AND VENTILATING AIR

Air used for ventilation is always heated in cold weather
before its introduction into school rooms, and as already ex-
plained, may be sufficiently heated so that the heating and
ventilating are performed at one operation. In buildings where
steam or hot water is used for heating, the air for ventilation is
frequently heated to only 70 degrees by means of indirect coils
located in the basement, the idea being that the radiators in the
rooms are to provide that heat necessary for the rooms, and the
indirect coils in the basement are for the purpose only of temper-

143

ing the ventilating air so that it may enter the rooms at the same
temperature as the air which is already in the rooms. This latter
plan is considered far the best system of heating and ventilating
now in common use and is much to be preferred over any system
in which the heating and ventilating is done at one operation.

QUANTITY OF VENTILATING AIR

Professor Woodbridge says that "Only two considerations
should be allowed to limit the quantity of air supply: Air
draughts and bank drafts." In other words, ventilating air should
be supplied in maximum quantities up to the point where danger
arises from colds due to draught, provided the funds in hand will
admit of such liberal supply. The length of time rooms are
actually occupied continuously has much to do with the quantity
of ventilating air which should properly be used in the rooms.
Under the Massachusetts law, as first passed, it was attempted
to require 50 cubic feet of air per capita per minute in public
schools, but as it was found impracticable to obtain such a high
standard, especially within reasonable financial limits, the
standard was dropped to 30 cubic feet per minute which is now
generally adopted in school work throughout the country as a
minimum volume to be provided !n any system of ventilation
worthy of the name. As more and more attention is given to
perfecting ventilating apparatus, the time will probably come
when 40 cubic feet or even 50 cubic feet may be obtained within
reasonable limits of expense and this is the goal toward which
all progress should be aimed.

AIR VELOCITIES

In very good practice of the present day, the inlets and flues
in ventilating systems for schools are so designed that the velocities
of ventilating air will be as follows: Leaving the register into
the room not over 300 linear feet per minute; passing through
distributing flues and risers about 700 linear feet per minute; in
mains and branches 1 000 to 1 500 linear feet per minute. The
velocity of ventilating air in toilet rooms, laboratories, gym-
nasiums, physical training rooms and other sp>ecial rooms may

145

be varied from the above to suit the special conditions as the

judgment of the engineer dictates. But all such rooms should

have much larger per capita supply than ordinary school rooms.
See the Ohio code; heating and ventilating.

HEATING BY ROTATION

As a measure of economy, many heating and ventilating
plants are so designed that for quick preliminary heating of the
building the ventilating air is drawn from v^ithin the building
itself into the fan chamber, and thence forced back again into
the building, thus making a complete rotation of the building
without contact with the cold air from out doors. This process
no doubt saves exp>ense in the initial heating of the buildings, and
may be recommended for that purp>ose only, but all air for
ventilating purposes, while rooms are occupied, should be drawn
directly from out doors and if possible from a point above the
building rather than near the ground.

AUTOMATIC CONTROL

Wherever the funds in hand will permit, the heating and
ventilating apparatus should be automatically controlled, and no
first class building may be considered complete without such
control. Among many systems now on the market the Johnson
system, the American system and the Powers system are probably
in more general use than any others. One remarkable effect of
impure air is to render the occupants of the room more or less
insensible to heat. Thus both teachers and pupils in poorly
ventilated rooms will frequently complain of cold when the
thermometer indicates the actual temperature of the room to be
as high as 75 or 80. Under such conditions, the addition of
more heat, without pure fresh air, simply aggravates the con-
ditions. Moreover, if teachers in various parts of the building
are permitted to tinker with the heating and ventilating apparatus
to satisfy their own whims, or even if an experienced janitor is
allowed to have control of this matter, the results will prove very
unsatisfactory amd annoying. By the use of an automatic system
the heat may be kept permanently at emy desired degree in every

146

portion of the building, and the flow of ventilating air may be
controlled according to the wishes of the superintendent of the
building, and kept within any bounds desired. This result is
accomplished by means of thermostats, located in each room,
which are connected by means of compressed air pipes with

147

various dampers located at the proper points in the heating and
ventilating system. In some of the systems the work is ac-
complished by means of electricity instead of compressed air.
Thermostatic valves are also provided for attachment directly to
steam or hot water radiators so that no matter what system of
healing and ventilating is used, automatic regulation is not only
feasible but has been demonstrated absolutely reliable. In genersJ
the cost of automatic regulation amounts to about one-tenth or
one- twelfth of the cost of the entire heating and ventilating
system.

LOCATION OF OPENINGS

The location of inlets and outlets for ventilating air is a
very important matter and has much to do with the efficiency
with which the ventilating air performs its work. Naturally the
air currents within a room always tend downward owing to the
cooling effect of windows and the outside walls, and the move-
ment of the air which is thus slightly chilled is over the floor and
back toward the warmer and inner walls again. The tendency
of the air near the ceiling is naturallly toward the outer walls
and the falling currents above mentioned. For these reasons the
proper location for the air inlets is upon the inside wall at the
point as nearly as p>ossible central with reference to the outside
or exposed walls, and the best practice includes the use of dif-
fusers to spread the air in every direction horizontally, as it
enters the rooms, in order to encourage its distribution into all
portions of the room, and avoid the danger of a mere circling
of air in a vertical plane from the poirjt of inlet to the point of
outlet. It is also advisable to have the inlet high enough to
avoid any possibility of draught upon the occupants of the room
and the best practice of the present day is to locate inlets at
least seven feet above the floor level. From the foregoing reason-
ing, it will be obvious that the outlet for vitiated air should also
be on the inner and warmer wall of the room, and should be
in or near the floor so as to catch all impure air as it passes over
the floor, before it has an opportunity to rise along the inside wall
and become again a part of the air current ventilating the room.

148

Where it is possible to do so, it is advantageous to have two
inlets and outlets for the purpose of better distribution of the
ventilating air.

HUMIDITY

During the past few years, medical men, and scientists
have been emphasizing the fact that moisture is a necessary and
integral part of the human body, and that heating and ventilating
systems are failures which do not in some way provide for this
condition. The air we breathe must be not only pure, but to be
ideally healthful must contain a certain amount of water vaf)or.
The amount of moisture the air contains is called its humidity.

When air contains all the moisture it can carry without
precipitating it in the form of water like rain, it is said to be
"saturated." This condition is styled as 100 per cent humidity.
Air containing no moisture is said to be at 0 degree humidity,
the term humidity, as here used, therefore refers to the relative
humidity in the air. The relative humidty in the Desert of
Sahara is said to be 33 per cent, in the average American home
and school room 20 to 28 per cent — or dr^er than the Desert of
Sahara. Physicians say these conditions are not conducive to
health.

As the temperature increases, the capacity of the air to
hold moisture also increases. The following table shows the
actual weight of water that can exist as a gas or vapor in air
at some of the ordinary temperatures:

Tem.

No. grains in cu.

ft.

Tem.

No.

grains cu. ft.

100

19.8

2.8

14.8

1.9

10.9

8.0

5.7

50 4.1 —10 .3

The amount of moisture in the atmosphere in a building is
governed by ( 1 ) the temperature, (2) the nature of the evapor-
ating surface and (3) by the rate at which the humidity is car-
ried away. The correct percentage of humidity in school rooms
is about 50 per cent.

149

If air is heated to 70 degrees or higher but without the addi-
tion of watery vapor, its capacity for absorbing moisture is very
much increased, and it will take up moisture from all moist objects
it touches. It will take it from the skin as rapidly as the skin
gives it off. It will take moisture from the mucous membranes
of the nose, mouth and the respiratory tract, causing more or
less drying of the skin and these membranes, thus rendering them
fit for the spread of disease. Dry skin, throat trouble, catarrh,
colds, overactivity of the glands, etc., are thought to be caused
in many cases by such loss of moisture from the body due to
dry heat.

The pneumonia and croup period is the season of artificial
heat in living rooms.

This dryness of the air also requires a higher temperature
to give the same bodily sensation of warmth and comfort obtained
at a much lower degree in air containing normal percentage of
moisture. If a room at 70 degrees F. is not warm enough for
any normal healthy person, the percentage of moisture is too low.
Not more coal, but more water is needed.

FILTERING AIR FOR VENTILATION

Another refinement found in the better grade of heating
and ventilating plants, consists of air filters for the purpose of
purifying the air of solid impurities which is used for ventilation.
While such an equipment may be desired or necessary in some
localities, it is not as yet considered of sufficient importance to be
included in the majority of American school buildings. Hygien-
ically considered, it is not of great importance, as the filters would
in no case remove disease germs. And simply to remove dust
from the air by the ordinary methods of filtration requires so much
extra fan power in forcing air through the filters that the result
does not justify the added expense, except in closely congested,
smoky and murky city districts. It has been estimated by some
one that 6000 tons of soot hang over London every day. All
cities are overhung with much smoke, soot and dust and every

150

possible exf>edient should be employed to prevent this from
passing into the school rooms.

NOTE: — All readers who care to study a more exhaustive and tech-
nical paper relating to the warming and ventilating of school buildings are
referred to a treatise written by Professor S. H, Woodbridge of the Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology for the Board of Education of the State of Con-
necticut in 1898. Professor Rolla C. Carpenter, in his exhaustive work on
Heating and Ventilating Buildings, page 430, publishes this treatise and pro-
iiounces it the best general discussion of the subject hitherto published. The
author acknowledges this paper to be his authority for many of the conclusions
on this subject contained in the present work.

151

CHART SHOWING 5TATUS Of REGULATION OF
5CHOOLHOU5E CONSTfiUCTION IN THE UNITED 5TATES FN 1912.

COMPILED

tlY

rOAMH. IRVIMO

COOPER.

e>03T0/(

Ptn

Plan

QDN5TKUCTION

toncnoN

Sanitation

^WISHWOS

• State •

tx.

r
o

^"[

Al AftAMA

ADI7nNA

■

ADKAN<^A.S

TAI irnDNIA

^//

CaDPAOO

r.nNNfr.Tir.i it

■

DPI AWAPP

fioDinA

nFDDr.iA

IDAHD

•

11 1 INDIS

INDIANA

■

inWA

IHL.

■■

KAN5iA.s Vfmr\kr>

■ H

KrNTiir.KV

imilSIAMA

.Jl

■

MAIHr

Mmm

MAPYI AtJn

MA'V'iAr.nusrTT.s

■■■-■

■

MirMir.AN vfMnrrr

MINNr.SOTA

MISSISSIPPI

MlSSpilDI

MriNTANA

NrrSDASKA

•

NrVARA

HTW' MAMP.SHIBF

Nrw ^.TTDSTY

NfW MFVirD

NfW vnPK

NnPTM TADm IWA

■

NDDTH r^KOTA

ntiin

III

OKI AHDMA

■

nDfr,nN

prNNSYlVANIA

■i^L

^^^H

WmW ISl AND

Sm ITU CkOCt INA

sniini tuKnTA

■

J;^

TrNfS.SFP

TTXAS

UTAH

^H 1

VrOMDNT

mj^

VlDT.INIA

wASHiNrrrr*

WFST VlDTilNIA

wi.sroNsitt

-J

Noir A Tut PLAfis KX joca. wiuxnos in "piis staix must m appgcwd or state ABcwrrEJ
Hort D ^rst »i*ta ase pRrPAurD w itPAOTMnrr cr l^sPfC^OH or 'mocj'.shops factdpies

AND PVBLIC DVILPINOS
Mori C THtSl iAWS AMD KGULATION& APPLY TO STATE BOILOINOS CXLY

Of nANX IRnMG COOKS

STATE SCHOOL CODES

The following states are still without any definite laws or
code governing the character of public school buildings, in regard
to construction:

Alabeuna

Arizona

Arkansas

California

Colorado

Delaware

District of Columbia

Florida

Georgia

Idaho

Illinois

Iowa

Kentucky

Maine

Maryland

Michigan

Mississippi

Missouri

Montana

Nebraska

New Mexico

Nevada

North Carolina

Oklahoma

Oregon

Rhode Island

South Carolina

Tennessee

Texas

Washington

Wisconsin

Wyoming

None of the states in the above list have any laws or codes
governing the construction of school buildings at the present time
(January, 1915), although some of the states in this list have
laws requiring drawings and sp>ecifications for school buildings
to be submitted to the state boards of health or the state factory
inspector for approval before the buildings are constructed.
These conditions obtain in Vermont and one or two other states.
However, no state in the above list has now any requirements
whatever regarding the heating and ventilating, lighting, sanita-
tion, fireproofing or panic proofing of school buildings.

In all of these states, notably Missouri and Illinois, the
large cities like St. Louis and Chicago have city building codes.

153

the provisions of which apply to school buildings in common
with all other buildings, but as a rule such city building ordinances
relate only to safety of construction, and to fire protection.

THE CONNECTICUT LAW

Every school house shall be kept in a cleanly state and
free from effluvia arising from any drain, privy, or other nuisance,
and shall be provided with a sufficient number of proper water
closets, earth closets, or privies, for the use of the pupils attend-
ing such school house, and shall be properly ventilated.

Whenever it shall be found by the state board of educa-
tion, or by the board of school visitors, or by a member of the
town school committee of the town in which any school house
is located, that further or different sanitary provisions or means
of lighting or ventilating are required in any school house, and
that the same can be provided without unreasonable expense,
either of said boards, or such member of the town school com-
mittee may recommend to the person or authority in charge of
or controlling such school house such changes in the ventilation,
lighting, or sanitary arrangements of such school house as they
may deem necessary. In case such changes be not made sub-
stantially as recommended within two weeks from the date of
notice thereof such board or member of the committee may make
complaint to the proper health authority of the community in
which such school house is situated, which said authority shall,
after notice to and hearing of the parties mterested, order such
changes made in the lighting, ventilation or sanitary wrange-
ments of such school house as it may deem necessary and prop>er.

All public school houses, the construction of which was
not begun before the passage of this act, shall be constructed
in accordance with the provisions hereof.

No school house for the accommodation of pupils of gram-
mar school grade, or of a lower grade, shall be constructed so
as to contain more than two stories above the basement.

No school house for the accommodation of pupils of a
higher grade than grammar school grade shall be constructed so

154

as to contain more than two stories above the basement, unless
such school house is of fire-proof construction throughout, and in
that event shall not exceed three stories above the basement.

All school houses of eight or more class-rooms not of fire-
proof construction throughout shall be built as follows:

(a) The outer walls shall be of brick, natural or artifi-
cial stone, terra cotta blocks, re-enforced concrete, or other fire-
proof material.

(b) The walls separating the school rooms from the halls
or corridors shall be of masonry or other fire-proof material.

(c) There shall be a stairway constructed in at least
two opposite sides of the building leading to the ground floor
from the floor or floors above, and no such school house here-
after built shall contain circular stairs.

(d) There shall be one exit constructed in at least each
of two opposite sides of the building upon the first floor leading
to the groimd, which may be the same as the exits from the
floor or floors above the first.

(e) The stairs and stairways shall be of fire-proof con-
struction.

(f) All doors leading from rooms into halls or corridors
shall be hung so as to swing into the hall or corridor, and all
doors leading from the corridors out of the building shall be so
hung as to swing outward.

(g) There shall be a door of fire-proof material at the
head of each stairway leading from the first floor to the base-
ment

(h) All wooden partitions, ceilings, floors, and wood-
work about the heating apparatus or plant shall be covered with
asbestos, tin, sheet iron, or other fire-proof material so as to
effectually overcome danger from fire.

No door leading from a school room into a hall or corridor,
or from a hall or corridor out of the building shall, during school
hours, be locked or bolted or secured in any other manner than
by a spring which will readily yield to pressure from the inside.

155

There shall be placed in a hall or corridor of every such
school an alarm consisting of a bell or gong arranged or equipped
so as to be sounded from at least one convenient station or place
upon each floor and of sufficient size and volume of tone to be
distinctly heard in every room when sounded. In the absence
of such alarm there shall be placed in each room an alarm con-
sisting of a bell or gong of sufficient volume to be heard through-
out the room where placed, all or simultaneously from the same
station or place, at least one of which stations or places shall be
conveniently located in a hall or corridor upon each floor.

The following act regulates the employment of architects
on public buildings:

Section 1 . Whenever any building is to be erected by
the State of Connecticut in the designing or construction of which
the services of an architect shall be required, the comptroller
shall give public notice, for not less than one month, through the
public press, that such public building is to be erected, together
with a statement of the amount appropriated therefor and other
details of the proposed construction, and that any and all archi-
tects who may see fit may submit plans, sp>ecifications, and esti-
mates of cost for the construction of such building.

Section 2. Upon application to the comptroller by any
architect, the comptroller shall give such additional information
regarding such contemplated building and its character, construc-
tion, and details as he may possess.

Section 3. All plans, specifications, and estimates for
such building, submitted to the comptroller, shall be received by
him and by him delivered into the custody of the board of con-
trol or, in case a committee is raised, or persons appointed by
the general assembly to have charge of the supervision or con-
struction of such building, then to such committee or persons,
which board, committee, or persons shall receive and inspect all
of such plans and specifications.

Section 4. Said board, committee, or persons having
charge of the supervision or construction of such building and
the selection of plans and specifications therefor, shall give a

156

public hearing to all parties interested, who shall have ample
opportunity to present the merits of any of said plans and specifi-
cations.

Section 5. Said board, committee, or persons shall
have the right to accept and adopt any onv of the said plans
and specifications, and may reject any or all of them, and such
selections shall be conclusive.

Any janitor, teacher, or other person who violates the pro-
visions of 311 shall be fined not more than three hundred
dollars, or imprisoned not more than three months, or both.
Every member of a board of education, school board, board of
school visitors, or building committee, or official who is charged
with the duty of plaiming, contracting for, or building a public
school house, who plans or contracts, or participates in contract-
ing for, or votes to build, or builds such school house in viola-
tion of any of the provisions of 308-309 shall be firmed not
more than three hundred dollars, or imprisoned not more thjui
three months, or both.

Every story above the first story of a building used as a
school house, orphan asylum, insane asylum, reformatory, opera
house, hall for public assemblies, boarding house accommodating
more than twelve persons, or tenement house occupied by more
than five families shall be provided with more than one way
of egress, by stairways on the inside or fire escapes on the out-
side of such building. Said stairways and fire escapes shall, at
all times, be kept free from obstruction and shall be accessible
from each room in every story above the first story.

Every theater, nickelette, school house, or hall, excepting
town halls, in which people commonly assemble in larger num-
bers than one hundred, shall be provided with one or more exits,
each exit consisting of a door so hung as to open outward, and
in case any passageway from such theater, nickelette, school
house, or hall to such exit contains one or more doors, each door
shall be so hung as to open outward.

The owner or lessee of any such theater, nickelette, school
house, or hall who uses or permits any such theater, nickelette,

157

school house, or hall to be used as a place for the assembly of
people when such theater, nickelette, school house, or hall does
not conform to the provisions of this act shall be fined not more
than two hundred dollars, or confined in jail not more than six
months, or both. If the owner or lessee is a corporation, the
directors shall be deemed the owners or lessees within the mean-
ing of this act. If the owner or lessee is an ecclesiastical society
or a school district, the trustees of such society or the board
having control of the property or of such school house shall be
deemed the owner or lessee within the meaning of this act.

THE INDIANA LAW

DOORS MUST SWING OUTWARD

243. Whoever, being the owner, manager, lessee, trus-
tee, or person having the charge of any theater, opera house,
museum, college, seminary, church, school house, or other
public building, refuses or neglects to cause all the doors thereof,
constructed for the purpose of ingress and egress, whether inner
or outer doors, to be so hung that the same shall swing outwardly,
shall be fined in any sum not exceeding one thousand dollars
nor less than ten dollars, to which may be added imprisonment
in the county jail for any period not exceeding six months:
Provided, that this section shall not apply to the outer doors of
one-story churches and school houses.

SANITARY BUILDINGS

1. That after the going into effect of this act, all school
houses which shall be constructed or remodeled, shall be con-
structed in accordance and conform to the following sanitary
principles, to-wit:

(a) Sites. — ^AU sites shall be dry, and such drainage as
may be necessary to secure and maintain dry grounds and dry
buildings, shall be selected and supplied. Said site and said
buildings shall not be nearer than 500 feet to steam railroads,
livery stable, horse, mule or cattle barn used for breeding pur-
poses or any noise-making industry or any unheal thful condi-

158

tions. Good dry walks shall lead from the street or road to
every school house and to all outhouses, and suitable play
grounds shall be provided.

(b) Buildings. — School buildings, if of brick, shall have
a stone foundation, or the foundation may be of brick, or con-
crete: Provided, a layer of slate, stone or other impervious
material, be interposed above the ground line, or the foundation
may be of vitrified brick and the layer of impervious material
will not be required. Every two-story school house shall have
a dry, well-lighted basement under the entire building, said base-
ment to have cement or concrete floor and ceiling to be not less
than ten feet above the floor level. The ground floor of all
school houses shall be raised at least three feet above the ground
level and have, when possible, dry, well-lighted basement under
the entire building, and shall have a solid foundation of brick,
tile, stone or concrete, and the area between the ground and the
floor shall be thoroughly ventilated. Each pupil shall be pro-
vided with not less than 225 cubic feet of pace, and the inte-
rior walls and ceiling shall be either painted or tinted some
neutral color as gray, slate, buff or green.

(c) Lighting and Seating. — All school rooms where
pupils are seated for study, shall be lighted from one side only
and the glass area shall be not less than one-sixth of the floor
area and the windows shall extend from not less than four feet
from the floor to at least one foot from the ceiling, all windows
to be provided with roller or adjustable shades of neutral color
as blue, gray, slate, buff or green. Desks zmd desk seats shall
preferably be adjustable, and at least twenty per cent of all
desks and desk seats in each room shall be adjustable, and shall
be so placed that the light shall fall over the left shoulders of
the pupils. For left-handed pupils, desks and seats may be
placed so as to p)ermit the light to fall over the right shoulder.

(d) Blackboards and Cloak Rooms. — Blackboards shall
be preferably of slate, but of whatever material, the color shall
be a dead black. Cloak rooms, well lighted, warmed and ven-

159

tilated, or sanitary lockers, shall be provided for each study
school room.

(e) Water Supply and Drinking Arrangements. — All
school houses shall be supplied with pure drinking water and
the water supply shall be from driven wells or other source ap-
proved by the health authorities. Only smooth, stout glass or
enameled metal drinking cups shall be used; water buckets and
tin drinking cups shall be unlawful and are forbidden; and
whenever it is practicable, flowing sanitary drinking fountains
which do not require drinking cups, shall be provided. All
school house wells and pumps shall be supplied with troughs
or drains to take away waste water, and under no conditions
shall p>ools or sodden places or small or large mud holes be
allowed to exist near a well. When water is not supplied at
pumps or from water faucets or sanitary drinking fountains, then
covered tanks or coolers supplied with spring or self-closing
faucets shall be provided.

(f) Heating and Ventilation. — Ventilating heating stoves,
furnaces, and heaters of all kinds, shall be capable of maintain-
ing a temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit in zero weather and
of maintaining a relative humidity of at least 40 per cent; and
said heaters of all kinds shall take air from outside the building
and after heating, introduce it into the school room at a point
not less than five nor more than seven feet from the floor, and
at a minimum rate of thirty (30) cubic feet per minute for each
pupil regardless of outside atmospheric conditions: Provided,
that when direct-indirect steam heating is adopted, this provision
as to height of entrance of hot air shall not apply. Halls, office
rooms, laboratories and manual training rooms, may have direct
steam radiators, but direct steam heating is forbidden for study
school rooms, and direct-indirect steam heating is permitted. All
school rooms shall be provided with ventilating ducts of ample
size to withdraw the eur at least four times every hour, and said
ducts and their openings shall be on the same side of the room
with the hot air ducts.

160

(g) Water-closets and Outhouses. — Water-closets or dry
closets when provided, shall be efficient and scinitary in everj'
particular, and furnished with stalls for each hopper or place,
and when said water or dry closets are not provided, then sani-
tary outhouses, well separated for the sexes, shall be provided.
Good dry walks shall lead to all outhouses and screens or shields
be built in front of them. Outhouses for males shall have uri-
nals arranged with stalls and with conduits of galvcmized iron,
vitrified drain pipe, or other impervious material, draining into a
sewer, vault or other suitable place, approved by the health
authorities. Any school trustee or trustees, who shall build or
construct any school house or cause to be built or constructed
any school house which does not include each and every sanitary
provision commanded in this act, shall, upon conviction, be fined
in any sum not less than one hundred nor more than five hun-
dred dollars; and any money claim for the material entering
into, or any money claim for the construction of any school
house, which does not in every way and all respects comply with
the requirements of this act, shall be null and void.

BUILDINGS FIRE MEANS OF ESCAPE

1. Every building now or hereafter used in whole or in
part as a public building, public or private institution, sanitarium,
surgical institute, asylum, school house, dormitory, church,
theater, public hall, place of assemblage or place of public resort,
and every building in which persons are employed above the
second story in a factory, workshop, or mercantile or other estab-
lishment, and every hotel, family hotel, apartment house, board-
ing house, lodging house, club house or tenement house, in which
persons reside or lodge above the second story, and every factory,
workshop, mercantile or other establishment of more than two
stories in height, shall be provided with proper ways of egress
or means of escape from fire, sufficient for the use of all persons
accommodated, assembled, employed, lodged or residing in such
buildings, auid such ways of egress and means of escape shall be
kept free from obstruction, in good repair and ready for use

161

at all times, and all rooms above the second story in such build-
ing shall be provided with more than one way of egress or escape
from fire, placed as near as practicable at opposite ends of the
room and leading to fire escape on the outside of such building
or to stairways on the inside, provided with proper railings. All
outside doors subject to the provisions of this section shall open
outward, and all windows open outward or upward. No chairs
or seats shall be allowed in the eiisles or passways of such build-
ing during any entertainment or service, or when people are assem-
bled therem, and no one shall interfere with any peace officer in
attempting to enforce the provisions of this act. The proscenium,
or curtain oi>ening, of all theaters shall have a fire-resisting cur-
teiin of some incombustible material, and such curtain shall be
properly constructed and shall be operated by proper mechanism.
The certificate of the fire chief of the city where said building if
located, certifying that the provisions of this act have been com-
plied with, shall be prima facie evidence of a compliance with
such requirements.

FIRE ESCAPES

2. In addition to the foregoing means of escape from fire,
all such buildings as are enumerated in section 1 of this act as
are more than two stories in height shall have one or more fire
escapes on the outside of said building, as may be directed by
the fire chief aforesaid, except in such cases as said fire chief
may deem such fire escape to be unnecessary in consequence of
adequate provisions having been already made for the (sic)
safety in event of fire, and in such cases of exemption the said
fire chief shall give the owner, lessee or occupant of said build-
ing a written certificate to that effect and his reasons therefor,
and such fire escapes as are provided for in this section shall be
constructed according to specifications issued by (the) state de-
partment of inspection and accepted by the chief insf)ector, o\
approved by the fire chief, and shall be connected with each
floor above the first, well fastened and secured by extending the
bolts or fastenings entirely through the walls, and of sufficient

162

strength, each of which fire escapes shall have landings or bal-
conies guarded by iron railings not less than three feet in height,
and embracing one or more windows at each story and connect-
ing with the interior by easily accessible and unobstructed open-
ings, and all the balconies or lauidings shall be cormected by iron
stairs, placed at a slant of not more than forty- five degrees, pro-
tected by a well secured hand rail on both sides, with a sixteen-
inch- wide drop ladder from the lower platform, reaching to the
ground; except in cases of school buildings iron stairs shall ex-
tend to a ground landing, and no telegraph, telephone, electric
light poles, trees or wire, signs or other obstructions shall inter-
fere with the construction and use of any fire escape.

PLAN OF ESCAPES APPROVAL

3. Any other plan or style of fire escape shall be suffi-
cient if approved by the chief inspector, but if not so approved
the chief inspector may notify the owner, proprietor or lessee of
such establishment or of the building in which such establishment
is conducted, or the agent or superintendent, or school officer,
or either of them, in writing, that any such plan or style of fire
escape is not sufficient, and may by an order in writing, served
in like maimer, require one or more fire escapes as he shall deem
necessary and sufficient to be provided for such establishment at
such location, and (of) such plan and style as shall be specified
in such written order. Within twenty days after the service of
such order the number of fire escapes required in such order for
such establishment shall be provided therefor, each of which shall
be of the plan and style in accordance with the specifications in
said order required. The windows or doors to each fire escape
shall be of sufficient size and be located, as far as possible, con-
sistent with accessibility from the stairways and elevators, hatch-
ways or openings, and the ladder thereof shall extend to the roof.
Stationary stairs or ladders shall be provided on the inside of
such establishment from the upper story to the roof as a means
of escape in case of fire.

163

THE KANSAS LAW

Be ii enacted b^ the Legislature of the State of Kansas:

DOORS IN SCHOOL HOUSES

That the doors of all public or private school houses of
more than one story shall open outwards, and all doors of school
houses shall remain unlocked while school is in session.

SEPARATE EXITS

That in every public or private school house of two or more
stories every story above the first shall be provided with either
two or more exits from the upper floor, separate and distinct from
the exits of the lower floor, or shall be provided with sufficient
and suitable lire escapes, which shall be built of iron or steel.

FURNACES

That the tops of all furnaces in public or private school
houses shall be covered with asbestos covering or masonry, and
the top of such furnace shall not be nearer than eighteen inches
to the nearest woodwork above. The ceiHng above said fur-
nace shall be covered with asbestos.

PLANS ^STATE ARCHITECT

That no contract shall be let for the erection of any school
building, nor shall any public funds be paid out for the erection
of school houses of two or more stories, until the plans for such
buildings shall have been submitted to the state architect and
approved as to all the requirements of this act.

INSPECTIONS

That each county superintendent shall annually inspect each
public school building, including the county high school building,
in districts under his supervision; and the mayor or fire marshal
shall annually inspect all public and private school buildings in
cities of the second class; and the fire marshal shall annually
insp>ect all public and private school buildings in cities of the
first class. The examining officer under this section shall report

164

to the respective school boards having jurisdiction any violation
of this act, or any conditions w^hich he may deem dangerous, or
w^hich vv^ill in any way prevent a speedy exit from the building,
emd it shall be the duty of said school board when thus notified
immediately to make such changes as are required by this act,
and such boards are hereby authorized to draw upon their gen-
eral revenue funds, without further appropriation, to comply
with all requirements of this act.

FIRE DRILLS

That in every public or private school having more than
one hundred pupils (excepting colleges and universities) a fire
drill and summary dismissal from the building shall be practiced
at least once each month at some time during school hours, aside
from the regular dismissal at the close of the day's session.

PENALTIES

That einy officer or member of a school board who shall
permit any provision of this act to be violated for sixty days may
be removed from his office by a civil action. Independent of
such civil action, any officer, member of a school board, city
superintendent, principal or teacher violating amy provision of
this act shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be punished
by a line of not less than fifty dollars or more than live hundred
dollars, or by imprisonment in jail not exceeding six months, or
by both such fine and imprisonment; provided, however, that this
act shall not prevent the prosecution and punishment of an officer
or other person under the ordinary provisions of the crimes act
for death or injury to any child in a public or private school
occasioned by the negligence of such officer or other person.

WHEN EFFECTIVE PENALTIES

That within sixty days after the taking effect of this act
the provision of section 1 of this act must be fully complied with,
and within one hundred and twenty days the provisions of sec-
tions 2 and 3 must be complied with; and any neglect to comply
with the provisions of this act beyond the times herein specified

shall subject the officers and persons named in this act to the
penalties prescribed in this act.

This act shall take effect and be in force from and after
its publication in the statute book.

Approved February 23, 1909.

Published May 29. 1909.

LOUISIANA LAW

Note: — By Act 192 or 1898 the state board of health
is authorized to enact regulations which are binding upon the
public.

PARISH BOARD AND SUPERINTENDENT TO ENFORCE RULES
AND REGULATIONS

The parish or municipal school board, and the parish su-
perintendent of schools shall be held responsible for the execution
and enforcement of the following rules and regulations, and all
other health laws governing the hygiene of the school room and
the premises of the schools under their respective jurisdictions.

PLANS FOR SCHOOL HOUSES TO BE SUBMITTED TO STATE
SUPERINTENDENT, PARISH SUPERINTENDENT AND
PARISH HEALTH OFFICER

Plans and specifications for every school house hereafter
erected in the state must be submitted to the parish superintendent
of schools, and to the state superintendent of education, and also
to the parish health officer, that it may be determined whether
every hygienic or necessary provision is made, especially with
reference to ventilation, light and protection against fire.

REGULATING VENTILATION AND LIGHT

Every school house, public or private, or other building
used for school purp>oses, shall be ventilated in such manner as
to afford eighteen hundred cubic feet of air per hour for each
adult, and a proportionate amount for each child, and shall con-
tain not less than two hundred cubic feet of air space for each

166

child to be taught therein. Windows and transoms shall be so
constructed that windows may be lowered from the top and trcuis-
soms of>ened. Every school house must be lighted in such a
manner as to minimize the eye strain. Each room must contain
of actual surface of glass in windows not less than one-seventh
of the floor space.

REGULATING THE SWINGING DOORS

All doors except those which slide into wall pockets shall
open outward cmd all partition doors shall be hung on double-
action hinges.
GOVERNING THE TREATMENT AND SWEEPING OF FLOORS

AND WIPING OF FURNITURE, ETC.

The floors of every school must be treated with some anti-
septic floor dressing. Applications to be at sufficiently frequent
intervals to keep down effectually the dust; floors to be scrubbed
thoroughly before each application. Floor dressirjg for use in
the schools must be approved by the state analyst.

The floors of every school must be swept daily, sweeping to
be done after all pupils have left the building. All windows
must be thrown open and school house thoroughly aired after
cleaning.

All desks, wainscoting, window sills and baseboards in
every school house in the state must be wiped off daily with a
cloth moistened with 1-2000 bichloride of mercury, or 3 per
cent carbolic acid solution.

SPITTING ON FLOORS STRICTLY PROHIBITED

Spitting on floors, walls, etc., must be strictly prohibited
and anti-spitting placards placed in every room.

MASSACHUSETTS LAW

In the State of Massachusetts, school and all other public
buildings are under the authority of the inspection department
of the district police, whose inspectors are required to enforce

167

the laws regarding factories and public buildings. The city
of Boston has a school house commission consisting at the pres-
ent time (January 1st, 1914) of three persons: R. Clipston
Sturgis, Jas. B. Noyes and Tilton S. Bell.

This commission has full charge of the school buildings in
the city of Boston, determines the character of buildings to be
erected for school purposes, selects the architects and approves
the drawings and specifications used for the construction of such
buildings, and has prepared a very elaborate and itemized build-
ing code, relating to school buildings for the city of Boston,
based on the experience and researches of the members of the
commission, as well as the experience gained from the construc-
tion of many buildings in recent* years. It is believed that this
code represents the very acme of public school requirements at
the present day, and may safely be considered as authoritative,
proper allowance being made for local modifications and con-
ditions necessary in the different parts of the country. This
code is reproduced in full by permission from the 1914 rep>ort
of the Boston School House Commission among the following
codes.

STATE LAW

Form of specification to accompany plans for public build-
ings and school houses.

This form is intended to give architects and others general
information as to what is required by law and the regulations
of this department, and, if fully filled out, may be accepted by
the inspector in place of a copy of the building specifications, bul
full detail specifications may be required if deemed essential to
a clear understanding of the plans.

The law requires that a copy of the plans of every public
building and every school house (except in the city of Boston)
shall be deposited with the inspector of factories and public
buildings of the district in which such building is located, before
the erection of the building is begun, which plans shall also in-
clude the system or method of ventilation to be provided, together
with such portion of the specification as the inspector may require.

168

The plans usually required are a plan of each floor, in-
cluding the basement and the attic, if the attic is occupied, and
a front and a side elevation, and also plans and sectional detail
drawings of the system of ventilation. Further plans may be
required by the inspector if deemed by him to be necessary.

In planning buildings to be used for school rooms, or
places of assemblage above the first story, provision should be
made for at least two stairways, and such stairways should be as
far apart as practicable. No such stairway should be less than
four feet wide in the clear, and winding steps should be avoided.
The height of rise and width of tread of all stairs, measured on
the cut of the stringer, should be given on the plans. No flight
of stairs should be more than fifteen steps between landings.

The main stairways from places of assemblage should have
a width of not less than twenty inches for every hundred persons
accommodated there. Such stairways should be railed on both
sides. All outside doors to such buildings should open out-
wardly, and be plainly so shown on plans. The standing leaf
of all pairs of doors leading to ways of egress should be fastened
by face bolts, operated at top and bottom by one handle, at a
convenient height from the floor.

In the ventilation of school buildings the many hundred
examinations made by the inspector of this department have
shown that the following requirements can be easily complied
with:

1 . That the apparatus will, with proper management,
heat all the rooms, including the corridors, to 70 degrees F. in
amy weather.

2. That, with the rooms at 70 degrees and a difference
of not less than 40 degrees, between the temperature of the out-
side air and that of the air entering the room at the warm-air
inlet, the apparatus will supply at least thirty cubic feet of air per
minute for each scholar accommodated in the rooms.

3. That such supply of air will so circulate in the rooms
that no uncomfortable draught will be felt, and that the dif-

169

ference in temperature between any two points on the breathing
plane in the occupied portion of a room will not exceed 3 degrees.

4. That vitiated air in amount equal to the supply from
the inlets will be removed through the ventiducts.

5. That the sanitary appliances will be so ventilated that
no odors therefrom will be perceived in any portion of the build-
ing.

To secure the approval of this department of plans showing
methods or systems of heating and ventilation, the above require-
ments must be guaranteed in the specifications accompanyirjg the
plans.

MINNESOTA LAW

Note: The State of Minnesota has no definite law or
code governing the construction of school buildings, but all plans
for school buildings in the State of Minnesota must be prepared
in accordance with the regulations of the State Board of Health
which are as follows:

No school room, or class room, except an assembly room,
shall have a seating capacity that will provide less than eighteen
square feet of floor space and 216 cubic feet of air space per
pupil, and no ceiling in buildings hereafter to be erected shall be
less than twelve feet from the Hoor.

A system of ventilation, in order to be approved by the
Minnesota State Board of Health, shall furnish not less than
thirty cubic feet of air per minute for each person that the room
will accommodate, when the difference of the temperature be-
tween the outside air and the air in the school room shall be
thirty degrees F. or more.

In a gravity system of ventilation, in connection with a
furnace or steam plant, the flues for admitting fresh air to the
room, as well as the vent flues, shall have a horizontal area of
not less than one square foot for every nine persons that the
room will acconmiodate.

170

The flues for a "plenum" or "vacuum" system of ventila-
tion shall have a horizontal area of not less than one square foot
for every fifteen persons that the room will accommodate.

The window space shall equal one-fifth of the floor space
of the school room.

In all rooms not exceeding twenty-five feet in width all
the light shall be admitted to the left of the pupils.

In rooms exceeding twenty-five feet in width, light shall be
admitted to the left and rear of the pupils.

Translucent instead of opaque shades shall be used in the
windows for controlling the light.

The top of the windows shall be as near the ceiling as the
mechanical construction of the building will allow.

No cloak room shall be less than six feet wide, nor shall
it have less than one window.

The so-called "Sanitary wardrobe" which allows the foul
air of the room to pass throu^ the clothing of the children be-
fore passing into the vent duct, shall be condemned as un-
sanitary.

THE NEW HAMPSHIRE LAW

BUILDINGS, ETC., IN CITIES

No schoolhouse shall be erected, altered, remodeled, or
changed in any city school district, unless the plans thereof have
been previously submitted to the school board of that district and
received its approval, and all new school houses shall be con-
structed imder the direction of a joint special conmiittee, chosen
in equal numbers by the city councils and the school board.

Upon the completion of a new school house, the city councils
shall, by vote, transfer it to the care and control of the school
board. Whenever a schoolhouse shall no longer be needed for
public school purposes, the school board shall re-transfer its
care and control to the city.

DOORS TO OPEN OUTWAFID

The outer doors and doors of passage leading outward, of
churches hereafter built or rebuilt, school house containing more

171

than two school rooms, and halls and other buildings used for
public gatherings, shall open outward; and it shall be the duty
of the selectman of towns to see that these provisions are com-
plied with, and to prosecute persons who neglect to do so.

NEW JERSEY LAW

STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
The State Board of Education shall have j>ower:
To frame and modify by-laws for its own government; to
elect its president and other officers, and to prescribe and en-
force rules and regulations necessary to carry into effect the
school laws of this State.

Appoint an Inspector of Buildings, who who shall devote
his time during the entire twelve months in the year to visiting
the schools in the State and to making a thorough report with
regard to each.

COMMISSIONER OF EDUCATION
The Commissioner of Education shall be the Secretary of
the State Board of Education, and a member, ex-officio, of all
boards of examiners. He shall enforce all rules and regulations
prescribed by the State Board of Education. He shall have
supervision of all the schools of the State receiving any part
of the State appropriation. He shall, from time to time, instruct
County and City Superintendents as to their duties arjd as to
the best manner of conducting schools, constructing schoolhouses
and furnishing the same.

The Commissioner of Education may direct the entire or
partial abandonment of any building used for school purposes
and may direct the making of such changes therein as to him
may seem proper.

TTie Commissioner of Education shall decide, subject to
appeal to the State Board of Education and without cost to
the parties, all controversies and disputes that shall arise under
the school laws, or under the rules and regulations of the State
Board of Education. The facts involved in any controversy or
dispute shall, if he sheill so require, be made known to him by

172

written statements by the parties thereto, verified by oath or af-
firmation, and accompanied by certified copies of all docimients
necessary to a full understanding of the question in dispute, and
his decision shall be binding until, upon appeal, a decision thereon
shall be given by the State Board of Education.

The Commissioner of Education shall keep a record of all
his official acts and shall preserve copies of all decisions made by
him, and shall adopt and provide an official seal. Copies of all
acts, orders and decisions made by him, and of all papers de-
posited or filed in the Department of Public Instruction may be
authenticated under said seal, and, when so authenticated, shall
be evidence equally with and in like manner as the originals.

In case a Board of Education, or any officer thereof, or
the legal voters of any school district, or any board or officer
of the municipality in which any such school district shall be
situate shall neglect or refuse to perform any duty imposed upon
such board, officer or legal voters by this act or by the rules
and regulations of the State Board of Education, the custodian
of the school moneys of such school district shall, upon notice
from the County Superintendent of Schools, approved by the
Commissioner of Education, withhold all moneys received by him
from the County Collector and then remaining in his hands to
the credit of such district, until he shall receive notice from said
County Superintendent of Schools that said board, officer or legal
voters have fully complied with the provisions of this act and
with the rules and regulations of the State Board of Education.

The Commissioner of Education shall prepare and cause
to be printed forms for making all reports and conducting all
proceedings under the school laws of this State. He shall cause
all school laws to be printed in pamphlet form, and shall annex
thereto forms for making reports and conducting school businMS,
and shall distribute the same.

COUNTY SUPERINTENDENTS
A County Superintendent of Schools shall have power:
To exercise general supervision over the public schools of
the county under his charge in accordance with the rules and

173

regulations prescribed from time to time by the State Board of
Education; to visit and examine all the schools under his care;
to inquire into the management, methods of instruction and dis-
cipline in such schools; to note the condition of the schoolhouses,
sites, buildings and appurtenances; to examine the courses of
study, textbooks and school libraries; to advise with and coimsel
Boards of Education in relation to their duties, particularly in
respect to the construction, heating, ventilating and lighting of
schoolhouses, and to recommend to Boards of Education and
teachers proper studies, methods, discipHne and management for
the schools.

SCHOOLHOUSES, FACILITIES AND ACCOMMO-
DATIONS—NEW JERSEY

Each school district shall provide suitable school facilities
and accommodations for all children residing in the district and
desiring to attend the public schools therein. Such facilities and
accommodations shall include proper school buildings, together
with furniture and equipment, convenience of access thereto, and
courses of study suited to the ages and attainments of all pupils
between the ages of five and twenty years. Such facilities and
accommodations may be provided either in schools within the
district convenient of access to the pupils or as provided in sec-
tions one hundred and seventeen, one hundred and eighteen and
one hundred and nineteen of the act to which this act is an amend-
ment. Whenever any school district shall fail to provide such
facilities or accommodations, the County Superintendent of
Schools shall transmit to the custodian of the school moneys of
the school district an order directing him to withhold from such
district all moneys in his hands, or which shall thereafter come
into his hands, to the credit of such school district received from
the State appropriation or from the State school tax until such
suitable facilities or accommodations shall be provided, and shall
notify the Board of Education of such district of his action with
the reasons therefor. Such order ?hall not take effect vmtil ap-

174

proved in writing by the Commissioner of Education, and said
approval shall state when said order shall take effect.

Each Board of Education shall provide at least two suitable
and convenient out-houses or water-closets for each of the school-
houses under its control. Said out-houses or water-closets shall
be entirely separated each from the other and shall have
separate means of access. Said out-houses and said water-
closets, if detached from the schoolhouse, shall be separated by
a substantial close fence not less than seven feet in height. The
Board of Education shall have said out-houses and water-closes
kept in a clean and wholesome condition. The question of rais-
ing the amount needed to carry into effect the provisions of this
section shall not be submitted to the legal voters of the school
district, but the Board of Education shall notify the assessor or
assessors and collector, by notice signed by the president and dis-
trict clerk or secretary, of the amount needed for such purpose,
and such amount shall be assessed, levied and collected at the
same time and in the seune manner as other special school taxes
are assessed, levied and collected.

The Commissioner of Charities and Corrections shall, upon
the request of the Commissioner of Education, cause to be pre-
pared standard plans and specifications for school buildings to
contain one, two, four, six, eight, twelve, sixteen, twenty and
twenty-four rooms. The Commissioner of Education shall, upon
receipt of such plauis and specifications, cause blueprints to be
made of the plans, and shall have printed copies of the specifica-
tions and shall loan copies to any district upon its application.
The Commissioner of Charities and Corrections shall also, uf>on
the request of the Commissioner of Education, cause to be made
a thorough examination of any school building and to rep>ort to
the Commissioner of Education his findings in regard thereto.

No contract for the erection of any public school building
or any part thereof shall be made until and after plans and speci-
fications therefor have been submitted to and approved by the
State Board of Education. A copy of the plans and specifica-
tions as approved shall be filed forthwith with the State Board

175

of Education. A copy of the contracts for the erection of the
whole or any part of the school building and for the furnishing
thereof shall be filed with the State Board of Education within
ten days after the same have been signed. No change in the
plans or specifications shall be legal unless the same have been
submitted to and approved by the State Board of Education. A
copy of all changes as approved shall be filed forthwith with
the said Board.

RULES AND REGULATIONS OF STATE BOARD
OF EDUCATION— NEW JERSEY

Revised to August 15, 1914
In order that the lives, health, sight, and comfort of pupils
may be properly protected, all schoolhouses hereafter erected
chall comply with the following conditions.

When existing schoolhouses are enlarged these provisions
shall apply only to the added portion. It is recommended, how-
ever, that the old portion of such buildings shall conform to the
provisions of the Code as far as practicable. Correspondence
is invited from districts considering the enlarging or remodeling
of existing schoolhouses.

DEFINITION OF CLASSROOM
Whenever the word "classroom" is used it is construed to
mean "all rooms in a school building used by the pupils for class-
room or study purposes" (exclusive of gymnasium, assembly
rooms and manual training rooms).

LIGHT

Unilateral Lighting
The windows in all classrooms shall be so arranged that
the light shall come from the pupils' left. If desirable to have
more window space, the supplemental light shall come from the
rear. The windows shall be grouped together as nearly as
possible on the pupils' left. The windows shall extend as near
to the ceiling as the principles of construction will admit, and
must be without transoms or unnecessary framework. Any con-

176

siderable area on the side to the left of the pupils that is with-
out window surface should be opposite the space in front of or
in the rear of the pupils' desks. The total glass area on the
pupils' left side, exclusive of mullions, stiles, rails and check rails,

must equal at least 20 per cent of the floor surface.
t

PRISMATIC GLASS

A 1 0 per cent deficiency in the required glass area of a
classroom may be corrected by the use of prism glass in the
upper sash of ^^^ndows.

BAY WINDOWS

Bay windows will not be permitted in classrooms, exceprt
those used for kindergarten purposes exclusively.
LABORATORIES AND LIBRARIES

Laboratories and libraries shall have glass area equal to at
least 20 per cent of the floor space; this light may come from
any direction.

VENTILATION

Each classroom shall have at least 1 8 square feet of floor
space and 200 cubic feet of air space for each pupil to be ac-
commodated in such classroom. All school buildings shall have
a system of ventilation by means of which each classroom shall
be supplied with fresh air at the rate of not less than 30 cubic
feet per minute per pupil. Approved ventilating stoves will be
allowed in all one-story school buildings, and in all school build-
ings in which the number of rooms does not exceed two.

The State Board of Education strongly recommends the
installation of a mechanical system of ventilation, operating by
electricity, gas, steam or other motive power, in all buildings of
four or more rooms, and of two or more stories in height, as
experience shows that gravity ventilation is unreliable.

HEAT AND VENT FLUES
All fresh and foul air ventilating flues and ducts must be
of fireproof material and the flues and ducts shall not come in
contact with wood construction.

177

HEAT

The heating plant must be capable of heating all parts of
the building to a uniform temperature of 70 degrees in zero
weather with the ventilating system furnishing the required
amount of fresh air in each classroom.

HEATER ROOMS

All boiler and furnace rooms shall be enclosed by fireproof
walls, floors and ceilings, and all doors shall be of Underwriters*
approved type firedoors, tin-clad, hung with proper equipment
to keep them closed. The ceiling or floor construction over said
rooms shall be of reinforced concrete or standard fireproof hollow
arched tile and steel beam construction, designed to be absolutely
fireproof and capable of sustaining a live load of 100 pounds
per square foot.

SUGGESTIONS FOR PLACING BLACKBOARDS

The importance of blackboards in the daily work of the
school is often very much underrated by school boards and archi-
tects. This matter is now generally well planned in new buildings
in cities, but in country districts it is not unusual to find black-
boards of very poor quality and unnecessarily limited in amount.

All available space in the front of the schoolroom and on
the right hand side of pupils should be given to blackboards.

TTiese boards should be of slate and of good quality.

They should be 4 feet wide (from top to bottom).

A chalk trough 3 inches wide should be placed along the
lower edge of all boards.

The following directions for placing blackboards have been
issued by the U. S. Bureau of Education.

ONE-ROOM BUILDINGS

Grades I— VII

Board on front wall — 32 inches above floor.
Board on side wall — 26 inches above floor.

178

TWO-ROOM BUILDINGS
Grades I— IV

Board on front wall — 26 inches above floor.

Board on side wall — 26 inches above floor.
Grades V—VIII

Board on front wall — 30 inches above floor.

Board on side wall — 30 inches above floor.

TWO-STORY BUILDINGS
All school buildings two stories in height, and of more
than four classrooms above the first floor, shall have enclosing
walls of hard burned brick, stone or concrete.

THREE-STORY BUILDINGS
All school buildings of three or more stories in height shall
be of fireproof construction. The doors, windows, window
frames, roof rafters and trusses, trim, finished floors and othe^
interior finish may be of wood.

BASEMENTS

When a school building has a basement, the ceiling of
which is 7|/2 feet or more above the finished grade line at any
point, such basement shall constitute a story, and will be so
considered in determining the number of stories in such school
building.

AUDITORIUMS

A building having an auditorium or classroom on the third
floor is considered a three-story building.

It is strongly recommended that auditoriums be placed on
the first floor. All auditoriums shall have ample means of exit,
leading direct to the street. Unless especially approved, auditor-
iums will not be allowed on the second floor if their seating
capacity is 500 or more persons.

FLOOR BEAMS

The following is a schedule of the size of unsupported floor
beams and the maximum spans of such unsupported floor beams
that will be permitted.

179

Hemlock : Spans over 1 8 feet and up to 20 feet, in-
clusive, 2x12 spaced i 6 inches on center.

Spruce: Spans over 20 feet and up to 22 feet, inclusive,
3x12 spaced 12 inches on center.

Spruce: Spans over 22 feet and up to 24 feet, inclusive,
3x14 spaced 1 2 inches on center.

bellow Pine: Spans over 24 feet and up to 26 feet, in-
clusive, 3x14 spaced 1 6 inches on center.

Yellow pine: Spans over 26 feet and up to 30 feet, in-
clusive, 3x14 spaced 1 2 inches on center.

All spans shall be bridged with 2x3 herring-bone bridg-
ing not less than 8 feet apart.

TERR.\ COTTA TILE WALLS

Hollow tile may be used for exterior and interior bearing
walls which receive directly the loads from floors or roofs, in
addition to their acting as partition walls, in buildings not more
than two stories in height, provided the load does not exceed 200
pounds per square inch of effective bearing parts. The thickness
of such walls shall not be less than would be required for brick
walls. The thickness of walls shall be calculated as the out-
side dimension of the tile (exclusive of plaster and stucco) and
each tile .shall be the full thickness of the wall.

All tile used in bearing walls shall be laid with the voids
running vertically (except an approved interlocking tile) and shall
be laid in mortar composed of 1 part Portland cement, 2|/2
parts sand and not more than 1-10 (bulk measurement) of hy-
drated lime.

No blocks will be approved that do not develop a com-
pressive strength of at least 3500 pounds per square inch of net
section; and in no case shall the voids exceed 50 per cent of the
gross sectional area.

All blocks used in outside walls must be dense and well
burned, and shall not absorb more than 1-10 (10 per cent)
of their weight in water after immersion two hours, and must have
a clear ringing sound when struck.

180

No tile shall be used in any bearing walls below the first
floor of becims.

Hollow tile may be faced with brick, or stuccoed after be-
ing made damp-proof by approved methods. If faced with brick,
such brick facing shall not be considered as performing any con-
structive function unless such brickwork is properly bonded to
the tile walls by a continuous course of brick headers at least
every 2 courses in height of tile, or every 7th course of brick-
work, if ihe tiles are of such size as will permit.

Header course of flemish bond will be approved. The
header courses may be backed with hollow brick.

Where floor beams rest on tile walls, 2 courses of hard
burned brick shall be laid directly under such beams.

Where girders rest upon walls so that there is a concen-
trated load on the block of more than 1 ton, the blocks sup-
porting the girder must be made solid by filling with Portland
cement concrete. Where such concentrated loads shall exceed 3
tons, the blocks for 2 courses below and for a distance extending
at least 1 8 inches each side of such girder, shall be made solid.
Where the load on the wall exceeds 5 tons, the blocks for 3
courses beneath and at least 3 feet each side of such girder shall
be made solid in a similar manner.

All piers or jambs that support loads in excess of 4 tons
shall be built with brick masonry, concrete or blocks filled solid
with Portland cement concrete.

Each tier of beams shall be anchored to the side and end
walls at mtervals of not more than 6 feet.

No walls constructed of hollow tile shall be broken to re-
ceive pipes, but must be provided with chase or esp)ecially mould-
ed blocks.

Hollow blocks spanning more than 4 feet must be properly
reinforced. The skew-backs must also be filled solid with con-
crete.

Where walls are decreased in thickness, the top course
of the thicker wall must be made solid with concrete or have 2
courses of hard burned brick.

181

CHIMNEYS
No chimney shall be started or built upon any floor or
wood beams. The bricks used in chimneys shall be good, hard,
and well burned.

CORRIDOR WALLS AND FLOORS
Interior corridor walls and hallway floor construction must
be of fireproof material, (See heater rooms, ceiling construction,
for floor in corridors,)

HEIGHT OF CEILINGS
Ail ceilings shall be at least 12 feet in height. Every
school building more than one story in height shall have sheet
metal ceilings, or plastered ceilings on metal lath.

MANUAL TRAINING ROOMS
Any school building having rooms in the basement which
are used for such activities as manual training, domestic science
or chemical laboratory, said rooms shall have enclosing walls
of fireproof construction. The ceilings over said rooms shcill
also be of fireproof materials. (See heater rooms, ceiling con-
struction.) The interior doors leading to the rooms shall be of
kalamein or other approved fireproof doors; said doors to be
equipped with proper springs to keep them normally closed. No
stops, hooks or other devices to hold the doors open will be
approved. When such doors are glazed it must be with wire-
glass.

STAIRS

Width, Treads, Risers

All stairways (except cellar stairs) must be not less than
4 feet in width and shall have intermediate landings. The stair
risers shall not exceed 7 inches in height, and the treads shall
not be less than 1 2 inches in width (including the projecting
nosings).

A uniform width must be maintained in all stairways and
platforms, and there must be a uniform rise and tread for each
run.

182

HANDRAILS

Handrails shall be properly placed on both sides on all
stairways used by pupils, and the inside rail must be continuous.

WINDERS

No winders will be allowed.

SAFETY TREADS

Stairways constructed of reinforced concrete shall have an
approved non-slippable tread embedded in the concrete.

CONSTRUCTION, ENCLOSURE
All stairs must be constructed of fireproof material (except
stairs in one-story buildings leading to the cellar or basement,
which may be of slow-burning construction), with no open riser,
and must be enclosed by fireproof walls and without open well
holes.

PARTITIONS

All Stairways in buildings of more than one story in height
must be separated from corridors by thick wood, iron or kalamein
partitions. Doors shall swing toward the exits only and be
glazed with polished wire-glass. All such doors shall have door
springs and checks, but no floor stops or other devices to hold
the doors open will be allowed.

NUMBER OF STAIRWAYS

There should be 2 flights of stairs in buildings having
more thcui two rooms and less than nine rooms on the second
floor, I stairway at each end of the building, and each leading
direct to an exit from the first floor to the ground.

Every school building having nine or more classrooms on
the second floor shall have at least 3 flights of stairs, each lead-
ing to an exit from the first floor to the ground. There should
be 1 stairway near each end of the building; other stairways
must be subject to approval as to number and location in each
case.

183

DOORS

"In any schoolhouse of two or more stories in height, the
doors leading from the classrooms to the corridors, and from
the said corridors to the street or to the ground surrounding such
schoolhouse, shall open outward. All swing doors shall have
plate glass wmdows of suitable diipensions." (Swing doors are
construed to mean single and double acting doors.)

ANTI-PANIC BOLTS

All outside entrance or exit doors shall have key locks that
can be locked on the outside only, but that can always be easily
opened on the inside by simply turning the knob or pressing the
release bar. No night-latch attachment, bolts, hooks, thumb
knobs or other locking device is to be used.

FIRE DOOR AT BASEMENT STAIRWAY

Every school building shall have an exit to the ground for
every flight of stairs leading to the first floor. All doors leading
to the cellar or basement shall be fireproof and fitted with springs
to keep them closed, except in one-story buildings.

CLOAK-ROOMS

Ample cloak-rooms shall be provided. They should be
well lighted, ventilated and heated. They should be provided
v^'ilh a sufficient number of hooks so that each pupil may have
one for his individual use. These hooks should be placed low
enough so that the young children can readily reach them.

INSIDE TOILETS

Individual porcelain bowl water-closets, and slate, corru-
gated glass or porcelain urinals, properly ventilated, must be pro-
vided where running water can be secured. No latrine, range
or incinerating closets will be permitted. All floor surrounding
and within 3 feet of inside water-closets or urinals must be con-
structed of non-absorbent waterproof materials. Suitable wash-
bowls must be installed in each toilet room.

184

VENT FLUES

The ventilating flues and ducts leading from toilet rooms
must not connect with those leading to or from any other room.
All toilet rooms must be located so as to receive ample outside
light,

OUTSIDE DRY TOILETS

Each board of education shall provide at least two suit-
able and convenient outhouses or water-closets for each of the
schoolhouses under its control. Said outhouses or water-closets
shall be entirely separated each from the other, and shall have
separate means of access. Said outhouses and said water-closets,
if detached from the schoolhouse, shall be separated by a sub-
stantial close fence, not less than seven feet in height.

The vaults under these outhouses or water-closets shall be
built of brick and laid in cement mortar or concrete and shall
not extend under the floor of said buildings, but may project
beyond the rear of the buildings to facilitate the proper cleaning.

The vaults shall be properly ventilated by running a wooden
or metal flue from the underside of the floor line up through the
roof. This flue should not be less than 8 inches square (inside
measurement). Each toilet should be provided with a sash not
less than 2 feet square, arranged to slide or hang on hinges.
This opening must be covered with a close mesh copper wire fly
screen. Outside of each boys' outhouse or water-closet, properly
protected from the rain or snow, shall be provided a metal urinal
trough drained into the vault of said closet. This trough and
the buildings are to be properly screened by a tight board screen
not less than 7 feet high. All outside toilet doors shall be
equipped with proper locks and spring hinges or springs to keep
said doors shut.

FIRE ESCAPES

Where fire escapes are found necessary they shall be con-
structed of iron strings, treads and closed risers, said risers being
not more than 7 inches high and the treads not less than 1 0|/2
inches in width. The top platform must be level with the class-

185

room floor, and entrance to the platform shall be made by means
of a door, which must be cut down to the level of the floor.
The stairs shall not be less than 36 inches wide and shall be
supported on strong iron brackets bolted entirely through the
wall, or on iron columns. Long runs must have intermediate
landings. The lowest flight must not be movable. The outside
strings shall be protected by a heavy galvanized wire mesh screen
or other approved protective railing not less than 5 feet high.
Whenever a fire escape crosses a window, said window must be
glazed with wire-glass. Hand-rails must be provided for each
side of the stairs.

WASTE PAPER CHUTES

Waste paper chutes must be constructed of fireproof ma-
terial throughout, including self-closing doors.

SEATING

All plans and blue prints must show the location of each
pupil's and teacher's desk, together with the number of pupils'
desks.

LIVING APARTMENTS

Living apartments will not be approved in any part of a
school building.

APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF PLANS

The following form should be properly filled out and for-
warded to the Secretary of the State Board of Education, with
the plans and specifications submitted for approval. This blank
may be obtained from the Commissioner of Education or the
form may be copied from this pamphlet.

Date

Calvin N. Kendall

Secrelary Stale Board of Education, Trenton, N. J.
Dear Sir:

Herewith I submit for examination and approval the plans and s{>ecifi-

cations in duplicate for the proposed

(New school house or addition)
to be known as

Name of school „

186

Street location

School District of. „ „.County of..

No. of sheets of building blue prints

No. of sheets of heating and ventilation blue prints....

with

No. of rooms < i [Basement

(Cross out one)
brick or frame

i -.L . ( Auditorium
( without )

(Cross out one)

Money available $ Elstimated cost of building $ _.

H. and V. $ Seating $ Total $

Architect's name „

The District Clerk is

Address „ „

In drawing these plans and specifications I have fully complied with all
the requirements of the New Jersey School Law in reference to school
buildings.

(Signature)

THE NEW YORK LAW

No schoolhouse shall hereafter be erected in any city of
the third class or any incorporated village or school district, and
no addition to a school building in any such place shall here-
after be erected, the cost of which shall exceed five hundred
dollars, until the plans and specifications for the same shall have
been submitted to the commissioner of education and his approval
indorsed thereon. Such plans and specifications shall show in
detail the ventilation, heating and lighting of such building.

Such commissioner of education shall not approve any
plans for the erection of any school building, or addition thereto,
unless the same shall provide at least fifteen square feet of floor
space and two hundred cubic feet of air space for each pupil to
be accommodated in each study or recitation room therein, and
no such plans shall be approved by him unless provision is made
therein, for assuring at least thirty cubic feet of pure air every
minute per pupil, and the facilities for exhausting the foul or

187

vitiated air therein shall be positive and independent of atmos-
pheric changes.

No tax voted by a district meeting or other comi>etent
authority in any such city, village or school district exceeding the
sum of five hundred dollars,, shall be levied by the trustees until
the commissioner of education shall certify that the plans and
specifications for the same comply vv^ith the provisions of this
section.

All schoolhouses for which plans and detailed statements
shall be filed and approved, as required by this section, shall
have all halls, doors, stairw^ays, seats, passagew^ays and aisles,
and all lighting and heating appliances and apparatus, arranged
to facilitate egress in cases of fire or accident and to afford the
requisite and proper accommodations for public protection in such
cases. All exit doors shall open outw^ardly, and shall, if double
doors be used, be fastened with movable bolts op>erated
simultaneously by one handle from the inner face of the door.
No staircase shall be constructed with wider steps in lieu of a
platform, but shall be constructed with straight runs, changes in
direction being made by platforms. No doors shall run im-
mediately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least the
width of the door shall be provided between such stairs and such
doorways.

This act shall take effect immediately.

The following points should be specially observed:

1 . The plans and specifications must be submitted in
duplicate, the original set to be returned after the indorsement
of approval, the duplicate to be retained on file at this depart-
ment.

2. The plans and specifications must show in detail the
ventilation, heating and lighting of the building and must be
accompanied by a guaranty from the contractor that the system
of ventilation described will provide at least 30 cubic feet of air
every minute for each pupil. It will be necessary to give the
size of windows, distance from top of window to ceiling and
number of panes in sash.

188

3. At least 15 square feet of floor space and 200 cubic
feet of ciir space for each pupil to be accommodated in each
study or recitation room must be provided. In this corjnection
it will be necessary not only to state the size of the rooms
(length, breadth and height) but also to give the number of
individual desks to be placed in the room.

The plans and specifications must clearly show that proper
provision is made in all respects "to facilitate egress in cases of
fire or accident and to afford requisite and proper accommoda-
tions for public protection in such cases."

NORTH DAKOTA LAW

GOVERNING THE CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC SCHOOL BUILD-
INGS AND PROVIDING FOR THE INSPECTION
VENTILATION AND SANITATION
THEREOF

An Act entitled "An Act for the Purpose of Governing the
Construction of Public School Buildings and Providing
for the Inspection, Ventilation and Sanitation Thereof."
Be it Enacted by the Legislative Assembly of the State of North
Dakota :

BUILDINGS INSPECTED
\. Plans and specifications to be submitted to superintend-
ent of public instruction. — No building which is designed to be
used, in whole or in part, as a public school building, shall be
erected until a copy of the plans thereof has been submitted to
the state superintendent of public instruction, who for the
purposes of carrying out the provisions of this act is hereby
designated as inspector of said public school building plans and
specifications, by the person causing its erection or by the
architect thereof; such plans shall include the method of ventila-
tion provided for, and a copy of the specifications therefor,

CONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOL HOUSES
2. Such plans and specifications shall show in detail the
ventilation, heating and lighting of such building. The state

189

superintendent of public instruction shall not approve any plams
for the erection of any school building or addition thereto imless
the same shall provide at least twelve square feet of floor space
and two hundred cubic feet of air space for each pupil to be
accommodated in each study or recitation room therein.

(I.) Light shall be admitted from the left or from the
left emd rear of class rooms and the total light area must, unless
strengthened by the use of reflecting lenses be equal to at least
20 per cent of the floor space.

(2.) All ceilings shall be at least twelve feet n height

(3.) No such plans shall be approved by him unless pro-
vision is made therein for assuring at least 30 cubic feet of
pure air every minute per pupil and warmed to maintain an
average temperature of 70 degrees F. during the coldest winter
weather, and the facilities for exhausting the foul or vitiated air
therein shall be positive and independent of atmospheric changes.
No tax voted by a district meeting or other competent authority
in any such city, village, or school district, exceeding the simi of
two thousand dollars ($2000.00) shall be levied by the trustees
until the state superintendent of public instruction shall certify
that the plans and specifications for the same comply with the
provisions of this act. All school houses for which plans and
detailed specifications shall be filed and approved, as required
by this act, shall have all halls, doors, stairways, seats, passage-
ways and aisles and all lighting and heating appliances and
apparatus arranged to facilitate egress in case of fire or accident
and to afford the requisite and proper accommodations for
public protection in such cases. All exit doors shall open out-
wardly, and shall if double doors be used, fasten with movable
bolts operated simultaneously by one handle from the inner face
of the door. No staircase shall be constructed with wider steps
in lieu of a platform, but shall be constructed with straight runs,
changes in direction being made by platform. No doors shall
open immediately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least
the width of the door shall be provided between such stairs and
such doorway.

190

(4.) Every public school building shall be kept clean
and free from effluvia arising from any drain, privy or nuisance,
and shall be provided with suf&cient number of proper water
closets, earth closets or privies, and shall be ventilated in such
a manner that the tiir shall not become so impure as to be
injurious to health.

TOILET ROOMS

3. How Constructed. — No toilet rooms shall be con-
structed in any public school building unless same has outside
ventilation and windows permitting free access of air and light.
The provisions of this act shall be enforced by the state superin-
tendent of public instruction or some person designated by him
for that purpose.

METHOD OF INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT OF GRIEVANCES

4. If it appears to the state superintendent of public in-
struction or his deputy appointed for that particular purpose,
that further or different sanitary or ventilating provisions, which
can be provided vsathout unreasonable expense, are required in
any public school building, he may issue a written order to the
proper person or authority, directing such sanitary or ventilating
provisions to be provided. A school committee, public officer
or person who has charge of any such public school building,
who neglects for four weeks to comply with the order of said
stale superintendent of public instruction or his deputy, shall be
punished by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars nor more
than one thousand dollars.

(1.) Whoever is aggrieved by the order of the state
superintendent of public instruction or his deputy issued as above
provided, and relating to a public school building, may within
thirty days after the service thereof, apply in writing to the board
of health of the city, town, incorporated village or school board,
after notice to all parties interested, shall give a hearing upon
such order, and may alter, annul or affirm it.

191

VENTILATING FLUES AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING

SAME

5. No wooden flue or air duct for heating or ventilating
purposes shall be placed in any building which is subject to the
provisions of this act, and no pipe for conveying hot air or steam
in such building shall be placed or remain within one inch of
any woodwork, unless protected by suitable guards or casings
of incombustible material.

APPROVAL OF PLANS

6. B^ Whom and Penalty for Violation. — To secure the
approval of plans showing the method or systems of heating and
ventilation as provided for in section 2 the foregoing require-
ments must be guaranteed in the specifications accompanying the
plans. Hereafter erections or constructions of public school
buildings by em architect or other person who draws plans or
specifications or superintends the erection of a public school build-
ing, in violation of the provisions of this act, shall be punished
by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars nor more than
one thousand dollars.

THE OHIO CODE

TITLE 3 SCHOOL BUILDINGS

CLASSIFICATION

Section 1. Under the classification of "School Build-
ings" are included all public, parochial and private schools, col-
leges, academies, seminaries, libraries, museums and art galleries,
including all buildings or structures containing one or more rooms
used for the assembling of persons for the purp>ose of acquiring
knowledge, or for mental training.

Grade A. — Under this grade are included all rooms or
buildings appropriated to the use of primary, grammar or high
schools, including all rooms or buildings used for school purposes
by pupils or students eighteen (18) years of age or less.

Grade B. — Under this grade are included all rooms or
buildings appropriated to the use of schools, colleges, academies,

192

seminaries, libraries, museums, and art galleries; including all
rooms or buildings not included under grade "A."

CLASS OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 2. Grade A. — No building of this grade shall
have the topmost floor level more than thirty-eight (38) feet
above the average grade of the building.

Buildings with the topmost floor level from twenty-three
(23) to thirty-eight (38) feet above the average grade shall be
of fireproof construction.

Buildings with the topmost floor level less than twenty-
three (23) feet above the average grade shall be of fireproof or
composite construction.

No building of this grade shall have the first floor level
less than four (4) feet above the average grade.

Grade B. — No building of this grade shall have the topn
most floor level more than fifty (50) feet above the average
grade line.

Buildings with the topmost floor level from thirty (30) to
fifty (50) feet above the average grade shall be of fireproof or
composite construction.

Buildings with the topmost floor level less than thirty (30)
feet above the average grade shall be of fireproof or composite
construction.

Grades A and B — Buildings one story high, without base-
ment and with the floor line not more than four (4) feet nor less
than two (2) feet above the grade shall be of fireproof, com-
posite or frame construction, providing when built of frame con-
struction the same is erected thirty (30) feet away from any
other building structure or lot lines.

EXPOSURE AND COURTS

Section 3. Exposure. — A building of A grade shall
be erected upon a lot or site of such dimensions as wall provide
for each pupil not less than thirty (30) square feet of playground
space; or, all or part of such playground space may be within
or on top of the school building.

193

No building of grade B shall occupy more tham ninety-five
(95) per cent of a corner lot nor more than ninety (90) per
cent of an interior lot or site. The measurements beiryg taken at
the lowest tier of floor joists.

No wall of any building of this classification containing
windows used for lighting school or class rooms shall be placed
nearer any opposite building, structure or property line than
thirty (30) feet.

Courts — Recess or inner courts may be used providing the
least distance between any two opposite walls containing windows
used for lighting class and school rooms is equal to the height
from the lowest window sill to the top of the highest cornice or
•fire wall. All walls to inner or recess courts shall be of masonry
or other fireproof construction (except for buildings of frame
construction).

If areas are used for lifting basements, the width of the
area shall be not less than equal to the height from tht lowest
window sill to the top of the adjoining grade.

SUB-DIVISIONS AND FIRE STOPS

Section 4. Buildings of this classification built in con-
nection or as part of a building of a lower grade of construction,
shall be separated from the other parts of the building by
stauidard fire walls, and all communicating openings in these walls
shall be covered by double standard fire doors, using a standard
self-closing door on one side of the wall and either a standard
automatic fire door or a standard automatic rolling steel door
on the other side of the wall.

All rooms or apartments used for general storage, storing of
furniture, carpenter shops, general repairing, paint shops or other
equally hazardous purposes shall be constructed with standard
fireproof walls, ceilings and floors, and all openings between these
rooms or apartments and the other parts of the building shall be
covered by double fire doors, using a standard self-closing door
on one side of the wall and a standard automatic fire door or
standard automatic rolling steel door on the other side of the
wall.

194

No open wells communicating between any two (2) stories
of a public hall shall be used, in a building of A or B grade of
composite construction; nor, in a building of A grade of fire-
proof construction, except the necessary stair and elevator wells.

In B grade buildings of fireproof construction open wells
communicating between stories may be used in connection with
monumental stairways and rotundas, when at least one means of
egress is provided for each wing or section of each building, and
such means of egress is located at the opposite end of such wing
or section from the open well.

All external and court walls of buildings under this class-
ificaticn (except buildings of frame construction) within thirty
(30) feet of any other building structure or lot line shall be pro-
vided with the following fire stops, viz. :

Walls shall be standard fire walls.

All windows shall be automatic standard fireproof windows,
and all door openings shall be covered by stcmdard hinged fire
doors without automatic attachment.

HEATER ROOM

Section 5. Furnaces, hot water heating boilers and low
pressure steam boilers may be located in the buildings, providing
the heating apparatus, breeching, fuel room and firing room are
inclosed in a standard fireproof heater room, and all openings into
the same from the other parts of the building are covered b>
standard self-closing fire doors.

No boiler or furnace shall be located under any lobby,
exit, stairway or public hall.

No cast iron boiler operated at more than ten ( 1 0) pounds
pressure or steel boiler operated at more than thirty-five (35)
pounds pressure shall be located withm the main walls of any
school building.

BASEMENT ROOMS

Section 6. No room used for school purposes shall be
placed wholly or partly below the grade. Rooms for domestic
science, manual training and recreation may be placed partly

i95

below the grade, provided the same are properly lighted, heated
and ventilated.

If areas are used the width of the area shall not be less
than equal to the height from the lowest window sill to the grade,
DIMENSIONS OF SCHOOL AND CLASS ROOM

Section 7. Floor Space. — The minimum floor space to
be allowed per person in school and class rooms, shall not be less
than the following, viz.:

Primary grades sixteen ( 1 6) square feet per person.

Grammar grades eighteen ( 1 8) square feet per p)erson.

High schools twenty (20) square feet i)er person.

All other schools and class rooms twenty-four (24) square
feet per person.

Cubical Contents. — The gross cubical contents of each
school and class room, shall be of such a size as to provide for
each pupil or person not less than the following cubic feet of
air space, viz.:

Primary grades 200 cubic feet.

Grammer grades 225 cubic feet.

High schools, 250 cubic feet and in grade B buildings
300 cubic feet.

Height of Stories. — Toilet, play, rest and recreation rooms
shall be not less than eight (8) feet high in the clear measuring
from the floor to the ceiling line.

The height of all rooms, except toilet, play, rest and recrea-
tion rooms shall be not less than one-half the average width of
the room, and in no case less than ten (10) feet high.

REST ROOMS

Section 8. In all school buildings of grade "A" con-
taining four eind not more than eight (8) school or class rooms, a
rest or hospital room shall be provided, and in all school build-
ings of grade "A" containing more than eight school or class
rooms, two such rooms shall be provided.

Where a water supply is available each rest room shall be
provided with a water closet and sink.

196

ASSEMBLY HALLS

Section 9. A room seating or accommodating more
than one hundred ( 1 00) persons shall be considered as an as-
sembly hall.

Assembly halls used in connection with and as a necessary
adjunct to a school building and not rented or let out for the
use of the general public are classified as minor assembly halls
and shall be designed, constructed and equipped as prescribed
for clubs and lodge buildings (see Part 2, Title 6), except no
minor assembly hall in an "A" grade school building of fireproof
construction shall be placed more than twenty-three (23) feet;
nor in a- building of composite construction more than ten (10)
feet above the grade at any entrance to or exit from the same;
nor shall such a minof assembly hall for an "A" grade school
be placed in a building of frame construction and not more than
one balcony shall be placed in an auditorium of composite con-
struction.

SEATS, DESKS AND AISLES

Section 10. Securing seats. — Seats, chairs and desks
placed in class, recitation, study and high school rooms shall be
securely fastened to the floor, except in rooms seating less than
fifteen (15) persons, and where the nature of the occupancy will
not p>ermit.

Desks and chairs used by the teachers may be portable.

Class room seats and aisles. — Class and school rooms shall
have aisles on all wall sides.

In primary rooms, center aisles shall not be less than one
foot five inches (!' 5") and wall aisles not less than two feet
four inches (2' 4") wide.

In Grammar rooms, center aisles shall not be less than one
foot six inches ( 1 ' 6") and wall aisles not less than two feet six
inches (2' 6") wide.

In high school rooms, center aisles shall not be less than one
foot eight inches (!' 8") and wall aisles not less than three (3)
feet wide.

197

In all other class and school rooms, center aisles shall not
be less than two (2) feet and wall aisles not less than three (3)
feet wide.

OPTICS

Section I 1. The proportion of glass surface in museums,
libraries and art galleries, shall not be less than one ( 1 ) square
foot of glass to each six (6) square feet of floor area.

The proportion of glass surface in each class, study, reci-
tation, high school rooms and laboratory, shall be not less than
one (I) square foot of glass to each five (5) square feet of

floor area. (For glass surface in rooms used for domestic science

. . . *

and manual training, see Part 2, Title 7, Section 10, Work-
shops, Factories and Mercantile Establishments.)

The proportion of glass surface in each play, toilet or
recreation room, shall be not less than one (I) square foot of
glass surface to each ten (10) square feet of floor area.

Windows shall be placed either at the left, or the left and
rear of the pupils when seated.

Tops of windows, except in libraries, museums and art gal-
leries shall not be placed more than eight (8) inches below the
minimum ceiling height as established ursder "Dimensions of
School and Class Rooms." (See Section 7.)

The unit of measurement for the width of a properly
lighted room, when lighted from one side only, shall be the
height of the window head above the floor.

The width of all class and recitation rooms when lighted
from one side only, shall never exceed two and one-half {.lYi)
times this unit measured at right angles to the source of light.

All windows shall be placed in the exterior walls of the
building, except for public halls, corridors, stock and supply
closets, which may be lighted by ventilated skylights or by
windows placed in partitions or partition walls.

Museums, libraries and art galleries may be lighted by
skylights, or clere story windows.

198

MEANS OF EGRESS

Section 12. All means of egress shall be exit doors
unless the same lead to "A" standard fire escapes, which shall
be either exit doors or exit windows.

Grade A. Buildings of Fire Proof Construction. Means
of egress from rooms in the basement and superstructure shall be
in proportion to three (3) feet in width to each one hundred
(100) persons to be accommodated in buildings accommodating
not more than five hundred (500) persons.

When buildings accommodate from five hundred (500) to
one thousand (1,000) persons, two (2) feet additional exit
width shall be provided for each one hundred (100) p>ersons or
fraction thereof in excess of five hundred (500) persons.

When buildings accommodate more than one thousand
( 1 ,000) persons one ( 1 ) foot additional exit width shall be pro-
vided for each one hundred (100) persons or fraction thereof
in excess of one thousand ( 1 ,000) persons, but in no case shall
an exit be less than three (3) feet or more than six (6) feet
wide.

In computing the widths of exits at the foot of stairways
the standing capacity of the stairway including the landings,
allowing three (3) square feet per person may be deducted from
the number of persons the exit shall be designed to accommodate.

Buildings of fireproof construction shall have at least two
(2) stairways located as far apart as possible and the same shall
be continuous from the grade to the topmost story.

The basement shall have at least two stairways located as
far apart as possible and run from the basement floor level to
the grade which stairway may be placed under the main stairway.

When buildings are divided into sections or parts by solid
partitions or by partitions wth doors normally locked, each such
section or part of the building shall have two (2) stairways as
above prescribed.

No further meems of egress will be necessary.

Grade B. Buildings of Composite Construction. — Each
room in the superstructure used by pupils as a class or school

199

room shall have at least two separate and distinct means of egress.

No class, school or high school room shall have more than
one door or opening betw^een it and the main halls or corridors
of the building.

Communicating doors between two class or school rooms
shall not be considered as a means of egress, except school or
class rooms accommodating not more than fifteen (15) pupils and
directly connected with another school or class room provided
with two (2) means of egress as above prescribed, may be con-
sidered as part of the adjoining class room and need not have
any additional means of egress.

The width of the means of egress shall not be less than
three (3) feet to each one hundred (100) persons to be
accommodated.

One half of the means of egress shall lead to the public
halls and the other half to inclosed fireproof stairways, B, C or
D standard fire escapes or stone, cement or iron steps leading to
the grade. No exit door shall be less than three (3) feet or
more than six (6) feet wide. No fire escape or outside stairway
shall be used when the height of the same exceeds eight (8) feet
above the grade.

Each room in the basement used by the pupils shall have a
direct exit not less than three (3) feet wide, with stone, cement
or iron steps leading up to the grade.

Steps shall be not less than three feet six inches (3' 6")
wide. Areas around such steps shall have substantial hand and
guard rails on both sides.

These means of egress from the basement shall be provided
in addition to the usual service stairways and means of ingress.

Grade B. Buildings of Fireproof or Composite Con-
struction.— Each room or apartment used for any purposes other
than storage shall have two separate and distinct means of egress.

If the various rooms connect directly with a public hall,
means of egress at each end of the public hall will be sufficient.

These means of egress shall be either an inside stairway
running continuously from the grade to the topmost story, or

200

from the basement to the grade; A, B, C or D standard fire-
escapes; stone, cement or iron steps extending to the grades; or
self-closing doors connecting directly with a public hall of an
adjoining section of the same building containing a stairway.

Means of egress shall be at the ratio of three (3) feet per
one hundred ( 1 00) persons accommodated in buildings accom-
modating not more than five hundred (500) persons, when build-
ing accommodates from five hundred (500) to one thousand
(1,000) persons two (2) feet of additional stairway width
shall be provided for every one hundred ( 1 00) persons or frac-
tion thereof in excess of five hundred (500), when buildings
accommodate more than one thousand (1,000) persons one foot
additional stairway width shall be provided for every one hun-
dred ( 1 00) persons or fraction thereof in excess of one thou-
sand ( 1 ,000) persons.

In computing the width of exits at the foot of stairways the
standing capacity of the stairway, including the landings, allow-
ing three (3) square feet per person may be deducted from the
number of persons the exit should be designed to accommodate.

It shall be presumed that the persons assembled will be
equally distributed to the various means of egress.

In libraries, museums and art galleries the capacity of the
building shall be established by allowing to each person fifty
(50) square feet of floor area, except in stack rooms.

Grade A and B. Buildings of Frame Construction. — Each
roon> shall have at least two three (3) foot exits; one leading to
the open with steps to the grade, and the other the usual means of
ingress; and all steps shall have hand rails on both sides.

Signs for all Buildings. — Over each exit door shall be
painted a sign indicating the word "EXIT" in plain block letters
not less than six (6) inches high.

STAIRWAYS

Section 13. Grade A. Buildings of Fireproof Con-
struction.— For the number and location of stairways see "Means
of Egress" (Section 12.)

201

The main service stairways shall be enclosed with walls or
partitions made of incombustible material, or wire glass not less
than one-quarter V/4) inch thick set in metal sash and frames,
with standard self-closing fire doors at each story, and shall be
provided with platforms and exit doors not less than three feet
(3') wide at the grade.

No wire glass shall be used in partitions separating stair-
ways from rooms containing highly combustible materials.

Grade A. Buildings of Composite Construction. — Base-
ment stairways shall be enclosed with either brick walls not less
than nine (9) inches thick, concrete walls not less than six (6)
inches thick, or hollow tile walls not less than twelve (12)
inches thick.

All openings in these walls shall be provided with standard
self-closing fire doors. The width of stairways required under this
classification shall be equally divided, one-half being placed in
the main service stairways and the other half in the standard
enclosed fireproof stairs or fire escapes.

Grade B. Buildings of Fireproof Construction. — Stair-
ways shall be separted from the other parts of the building by
walls or partitions made of incombustible material, or wire glass
not less than one-quarter O/4) inch thick set in metal sash and
frames with standard self-closing fire doors.

No wire glass shall be placed in partitions separating stair-
ways from rooms containing highly combustible material.

Stairways shall be provided with grade platforms with exit
doors not less than three (3) feet wide leading to streets, alleys,
yards, or courts.

Grade B. Buildings of Composite Construction. — In
buildings of composite construction the stairways shall be
separated from the other parts of the building by standard fire-
proof walls, standard fireproof ceilings at the topmost story,
standard fireproof Hoors at the lowermost level, and all openings
to these inclosures shall be provided with standard self-closing
fire doors.

202

TTie above enclosure shall be provided with grade plat-
forms, and with exit doors not less than three (3) feet wide
leading to streets, alleys, yards or courts.

Staim^a^ Construction. — Width of stairway shall be at the
ratio of three (3) feet per one hundred (100) persons accom-
modated in buildings, accommodating not more than five hundred
(500) persons, when building accommodates from five hundred
(500) to one thousand (1,000) persons two (2) feet of ad-
ditional stairway width shall be provided for every one hundred
(100) persons or fraction thereof in excess of five hundred
(500), when buildings accommodate more than one thousand
(1,000) persons one (1) foot additional stairway width shall
be provided for every one hundred ( 1 00) persons or fraction
thereof in excess of one thousand ( 1 ,000) persons.

In computing the width of stairways the standing capacity
of the stairway including the landings allowing three (3) square
feet per person may be deducted from the number of persons the
stairway should be designed to accommodate.

No stairway shall be less than three (3) feet six (6)
inches nor more than six (6) feet wide measuring between the
hand rails. Stairways over six (6) feet wide shall have sub-
stantial center hand rails with angle and newel posts not less than
six (6) feet high. No stairway shall have less than three (3)
nor more than sixteen ( 1 6) risers in any run.

No stairway shall have winders and all nosing shall be
straight.

A uniform width shall be maintained in all stairways and
stair platforms by rounding or beveling the corners aixl angles.

Hand rails shall be provided on both sides of all stairways
and steps.

Outside steps and areas shall be provided with guard rails
not less than two (2) feet six (6) inches high.

Stairways shall have a uniform rise and tread in each run
as follows, viz. :

Primary schools shall have not more than a six (6) inch
rise nor less than eleven (11) inch tread.

Grammar schools shall have not more than a six and
one-half (6I/2) inch rise nor less than eleven (11) inch tread.

All other schools shall have not more than a seven (7) inch
rise nor less than ten and one-half (IOJ/2) inch tread.

The above dimensions shall be from tread to tread, and
from riser to riser.

No door shall open directly upon a stairwray, but shall of>en
on a platform or landing equal in length to the width of the door.

In combination primary and grammar school buildings all
staiirways below the first floor shall be designed for primary
school pupils, and all stairways above the first floor may be de-
signed for either primary or grammar pupils.

No closet for storage shall be placed under any stairway.

All treads shall be covered with rubber or lead mats,
securely fasterved to place or be formed with non-slipping
surfaces.

Monumental Stairways and Steps. — Monumental stairways
may be used in grade "B" buildings when such buildings are
provided with stairways as prescribed under Sub-divisions and
Fire Stops (see Section 4).

Monumental stairways may be of a greater width than six
(6) feet measuring between the hand rails, and such stairways
need not be provided with more hand rails than would be neces-
sary for the actual width required as a means of egress.

Monumental steps from the grade to the first story with more
than five (5) risers, shall be provided with hand rails on both
sides of the same, and such steps watt five (5) or less risers need
not be provided with hand rails.

GRADIENTS

Section 14. To overcome any difference in floor levels
which would require less than three (3) risers, gradients shall
be employed of not to exceed one ( 1 ) foot rise in twelve (12)
feet of run.

204

PASSAGEWAYS

Section 15. No public hall leading to a stairway or
exit shall be less in width than the stairway or exit, as the case
may be.

Public halls and passageways shall be so designed and
proportioned as to prevent congestion and confusion.

ELEVATORS

Section 1 6. Elevators shall not be considered or com-
puted as a means of egress. (For the construction of elevators
and elevator shafts see Elevators, Part 8.)

EXIT DOORS AND WINDOWS

Section I 7. Doors to rooms occupied by less than ten
(10) persons are not considered under the classification of exit
doors.

Exit doors shall not be less than three (3) feet wide, not
less than six (6) feet four (4) inches high, level with the floor,
swing outward, viz. : toward the opening, or toward the natural
means of egress, and shall be so hung as not to interfere with
passageways or close openings, stairways or fire escapes.

No single door or leaf to a double door shall be more than
four (4) feet wide. No two (2) doors hinged together shall
be used as a means of ingress or egress. Accordion doors may
be used in dividing class rooms, providing the free sections swing
outward and provide the required amount of exit width.

No double acting, rolling, sliding or revolving doors shall
be installed where used or liable to be used as a means of ingress
or egress except as previously prescribed under sub-divisions (see
Section 4).

Sliding or rolling doors may be used when installed in
addition to the prescribed means of egress.

(For exit windows see Standard Devices, Part 3, Title 7,
Section 6.)

205

SCUTTLES

Section 18. Every building exceeding twenty-five (25)
feet in height shall have in the roof a bulk-head or scuttle not
less than two (2) feet wide and not less than three (3) feet
long, covered on the outside with metal and provided with a
stairway or permanent ladder leading thereto.

Bulk-head and scuttle doors shall not be provided with
locks.

SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

Section 19. All floors to toilet rooms, lavatories, water
closet compartments, or any enclosure where plumbing fixtures
are used within the building shall have a waterproof floor and
base as prescribed under Sanitation (see Part 4, Title 12, Sec-
tion 1).

All basement rooms used by the pupils or public shall have
a damp-proof or water-proof floor properly drained to carry off
surface water.

All basement ceilings except where concrete or brick is
used shall be plastered or be covered with pressed or rolled steel
ceiling.

Whenever possible, window and door jambs shall be
rounded and plastered, except in museums, libraries and art
galleries.

All interior wood finish shall be as small as possible and
free from unnecessary dust catchers.

All floors between the finished portions of the building
shall be deadened or made sound-proof.

floors and roof loads

Section 20. In calculating construction the superim-
posed load uniformly distributed on the various floors and roofs
shall be assumed at not less than the following, viz. :

Class-rooms, sixty (60) pounds per square foot.

Public halls, assembly halls, and stairways, eighty (80)
pounds per square foot.

206

Museums, libraries and art galleries, one hundred (100)
p>ounds per square foot.

Attics not used for storage, twenty (20) pounds per square
foot.

Roofs, forty (40) poiinds per square foot.

HEATING AND VENTILATING

Section 21. A heating system shall be installed which
will uniformly heat all public halls, play rooms, toilet rooms,
recreation rooms, assembly rooms, gymnasiums and manual train-
ing rooms to a uniform temperature of 65 degrees in zero weather;
and will uniformly heat all other parts of the building to 70
degrees in zero weather.

Exceptions. — Rooms with one or more open sides used for
open-air or outdoor treatment,

A combination heating and ventilating system shall be in-
stalled which will at normal temperature supply the following
amounts of fresh air, viz.: In all parts of "A" grade building
except corridors, hall and storage closets, six (6) changes of
air per hour; in all parts of colleges, academies and seminaries
except corridors, halls and storage closets, supply to each p>erson
the room is designed to accommodate, eighteen hundred ( 1 ,800)
cubic feet of air per hour — in which case the plans shall be
clearly marked showing the maximum number of persons the
room will accommodate, libraries, museums and art galleries
need not be provided with a change of air.

The heating system to be installed where a change of air
is required, shall be either standard ventilating stoves, gravity
or mechanical furnaces, gravity indirect steam or hot water, a
mechanical indirect steam or hot water system or a split steam
or hot water system.

Where wardrobes are not separated from the class-room
they shall be considered as part of the class-room and the vent
register shall be placed in the wardrobe.

Where wardrobes are separated from the class-room, they
shall be separately heated and ventilated the same as the class-

207

rooms, and shall be provided with not less than six (6) changes
of air per hour.

No floor registers shall be used in any part of the build-
ing, except foot warmers which may be placed in the floors of
the main corridors or lobbies.

A hood shall be placed over each and every stove in the
domestic science room, over each and every compartment desk
or demonstration table in the chemical laboratories and chemical
laboratory lecture rooms, of such a size as to receive and carry
off all ofl'cnsive odors, fumes and gases. aoiiBviys

These ducts shall be connected to vertical ventilating flues
placed in the walls and shall be independent of the room venti-
lation as previously provided for.

Where electric current is available electric exhaust fans
shall be placed in the ducts or flues from the stove fixtures in
domestic science rooms and chemical laboratories, and where
electric current is not available and a steam or hot-water system
is used, the main vertical flues from the above ducts shall be
provided with accelerating coils of pro{>er size to create sufficient
draught to carry away all fumes and offensive odors.

SANITATION

Section 22. Where a water supply and sewerage sys-
tem are available a sanitary equipment shall be installed as fol-
lows:

Drinking fountains shall be provided as follows, viz. : In
grade "A" school buildings one in each story of the superstruc-
ture to each six thousand (6,000) square feet of floor area or
less; and, one in the basement to each two hunidred (200) males
or less and one to each two hundred (200) females or less.

In all other buildings one drinking fountain shall be pro-
vided to each six thousand (6,000) square feet of floor area or
less. These shall be centrally located and if more than one is
required they shall be located in different stories of the building.

Drinking fountains shall have a jet giving a continuous
flow of water or be operated by a ring or foot valve.

208

"A" grade school buildings shall be provided with slop
sinks in the number as prescribed for drinking fountains, or in
lieu of slop sinks lavatories without stoppers may be used.

In colleges, academies and seminaries one lavatory without
stopper shall be provided to each one hundred ( I 00) persons.

In libraries, museums and art galleries there shall be pro-
vided the following fixtures, viz. :

One water-closet to each fifty (50) females or fraction
thereof.

One water-closet to each one hundred (100) males or
fraction thereof. * '

One urinal to each one hundred (100) males or fraction
thereof.

The above to be based upon the actual number of persons
to be accommodated, the capacity being established as prescribed
under means of egress (Section 12).

In all other school buildings there shall be provided the
following fixtures, viz. :

One water-closet for each fifteen (15) females or fraction
thereof.

One water-closet for each twenty-five (25) males or frac-
tion thereof.

One urinal for each fifteen males or fraction thereof.

Toilet accommodations for males and females shall be
placed in separate rooms, with a traveling distance between the
same of not less than twenty (20) feet.

Juvenile or short closets shall be used for primary and
grammar grade schools. This does not apply w4ien latrine
closets are used.

In buildings accommodating males and» females it shall be
presumed that the occupants will be equally divided between
males and females, unless such building be used exclusively by
either sex or a different constant proportion is known.

Where water supply and sewerage systems are not avail-
able no sanitary equipment shall be installed within the building,
but pumps in lieu of drinking fountains, closets and urinals in

209

the above proportions shall be placed upon the school building
grounds, and no closets or urinals shall be placed nearer any
occupied building than fifty (50) feet.

Buildings more than three (3) stories in height shall be
provided with toilet rooms in each story and basement, and in
these shall be installed water-closets and urinals in the above
prescribed ratios in proportion to the number of persons to be
accommodated in the various stories.

Toilet rooms for males shall be clearly marked "BOYS'
TOILET" or "MEN'S TOILET" and for females "GIRLS'
TOILET" or "WOMEN'S TOILET."

GAS AND VAPOR LIGHTING

Section 23. A system of gas or vapor lighting, if used,
shall be installed as follows:

All outlets in class and recitation rooms shall be dropped
from the ceiling and be equally distributed so as to uniformly
light the room.

The number of burners provided shall not be less than the
following:

In gymnasiums one three (3) foot burner to each fifteen
(15) square feet of floor area.

In public halls and stairways one three (3) foot burner
to each twenty- four (24) square feet of floor area.

In class and recitation rooms one three (3) foot burner
to each twelve (12) square feet of floor area.

Enclosed fire-proof stairways, service stairways, public halls,
and toilet rooms, shall be lighted by artificial light, and the same
shall be provided with a sufficient number of outlets, properly
located to amply light the same at night.

Burners shall be placed seven (7) feet above the floor line.

If gas or vapor lighting is used the same shall be installed
as prescribed under Gas, Vapor and Oil Fitting and Equipment
(see Part 6).

ELECTRICAL WORK

Section 24. An electric lighting system, if used, shall
be installed as follows:

210

All wiring shall be done in conduit or armored cable and
the same shall be installed as prescribed under Electrical Work
(see Part 7).

All outlets in class and recitation rooms shall be dropped
from the ceiling and be equally distributed so as to uniformly
light the room.

The candle-power of lamps provided shall not be less than
the following, viz. :

Gymnasium one candle-p>ower to two and one-half square
feet of floor area.

Public halls and stairways one candle-power to four square
feet of floor area.

Class and recitation rooms one candle-p)ower to two square
feet of floor area.

Enclosed fire-proof stairways, service stairways, public
halls and toilet rooms shall be lighted by artificial light and the
same shall be provided with a sufficient number of lights, prop-
erly located to amply light the same at night.
FINISHING HARDWARE

Section 25. All entrance and exit doors shall be
equipp>ed with hardware of such a nature as to be always un-
lockable from within.

Single outside doors used for egress only shall have one
knob latches or double extension bolts as hereinafter prescribed
and no bolts, hooks or other locking device shall be placed op
these doors.

Single outside doors used for ingress and egress, shall have
locks that may be locked from the outside only, but can always
be opened on the Inside, by simply turning the knob or lever,
or by pushing against a bar or plate.

No attachment shall be placed on these locks, which will
interfere with their free and immediate operation at all times,
and no bolts, hooks, thumb latches or other locking devices shall
be used.

Doors from public halls to rooms and cloak rooms shall
have no locks upon same, but shall be equipped with knob latches

211

only. If locks are desired the same style locks as above pre-
scribed for entrance doors shall be used and they shall be so
placed on the door that they can be locked on the hall side, and
can always be opened on the room or cloak room sides, whether
locked on hall side or not.

One of each pair of double doors shall be equipped with
a double extension bolt on one door operated by a knob, lever,
push bar, push plate, push handle, or device whereby the simple
act of turning a knob, or lever, or pushing against the same will
release the top and bottom bolts at the same time.

Independent top and bottom bolts shall not be used.

All bolts, latches, face of locks, working parts of extension
bolts, and other exposed working parts about this hardware shall
be of cast metal properly protected from corrosion.

(For hardware for exit windows see Standard Devices,
Part 3. Title 7, Section 6.)

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

Section 26. Where a water supply of sufficient pres-
sure to reach the various portions of the building is available
standard stand pipe and hose shall be provided in the basement
of grade "A" buildings and in each story and basement of grade
"B" buildings with sufficient length of one and one-half (1^4)
inch hose to reach any part of the story.

Hose lengths shall be not more than seventy-five (75) feet
long, and where hose of such length will not reach the extreme
portions of the story additional stand pipes and hose shall be
provided.

Note: All rooms or apartments used for storing of furniture, car-
penter shops, general repairing, paint shops or other equally hazardous
purposes shall be provided with standard automatic sprinklers.

Where water supply of sufficient pressure to reach the ex-
treme portions of the building is not available, standard chemical
fire extinguishers shall be provided in the proportion of one ( 1 )
extinguisher to each two thousand (2,000) square feet of floor
area or less.

212

Standard chemical fire extinguishers shall be provided in
each story above the basement of all grade "A" buildings in the
proportion of one (1) extinguisher to each two thousand (2,000)
square feet of floor area, or less.

All stand pipes and hose shall be prominently exposed to
view and always accessible.

FIRE ALARM

Section 27. All buildings with basement, and all build-
ings more than one story high shall be provided with eight (8)
inch in diameter trip fire gong with connections enabling the ring-
ing of same from any story or basement.

In semi-detached buildings gongs shall be provided for
each section and shall be connected up so as to ring simultaneous
from any story or basement of either section.

Gongs shall be centrally located in the public halls, and the
operating cords shall be placed so as to be always accessible.

Exceptions. — In institutions for the deaf, electric lights with
red globes shall be placed near each teacher's desk, and these
shall be operated simultaneously by switches placed in each story
and basement.

BLOWERS IN WORKSHOPS

Section 28. See Maintenance of Buildings (Part 11,
Title 1, Section 40).

GUARDING MACHINERY AND PITS

Section 29. See Maintenance of Buildings (Part 11,
Title I, Section 40).

Note: The entire Ohio building code may be had upon
request of TTie State Inspector of Workshops and Factories. Only
such portions are here pnnted as directly relate to school build-
ings.

213

PART II— TITLE 1

THEATERS AND ASSEMBLY HALLS
CLASSIFICATION

Section I . Theaters. — Under the classification "Thea-
ters" are included all buildings or parts of buildings in which
persons congregate to witness spectacular, vaudeville, burlesque,
dramatic or operatic performances, or other buildings or parts of
buildings in which movable scenery is used, or in which motion
pictures are thrown up>on canvas, screens or walls.

This classification shall not apply to nor include buildings
or parts of buildings designed and used for a different kind of
occupancy than a theater, when such motion picture machine is
used not to exceed seven (7) days in any one month; nor, does
it include buildings or parts of buildings included under the classi-
fication of Club and Lodge Buildings or Minor Assembly Halls,
when such picture machine is used to illustrate educational or
ritualistic work and the general public is not admitted thereto.

Assembly Halls. — Under the classification of "Assembly
Halls" are included all buildings or parts of buildings in which
persons are assembled for entertainment, amusement or dancing,
including all buildings or parts of buildings in which persons
congregate to witness vaudeville, burlesque, dramatic or operatic
performances, to hear speakers or lectures, to listen to of)eras,
concerts or musical entertainments in which no scenery is used
and no motion pictures are thrown upon canvas, screens or walls
(see exceptions under Sec. 1, Theaters), and, seating or accom-
modating one hundred ( 1 00) or more persons.

All assembly halls used in connection with and as a neces-
sary adjunct to school buildings, hospitals, clubs or lodge build-
ings, hotels, workshops, factories or mercantile establishments or
similar buildings or institutions and used for private gatherings;

214

and designed principally for the use of the occupants of such
buildings; and, all rooms and apartments used for public assem-
blages of less than one hundred (100) persons are classified as
minor assembly halls and shall be designed, constructed and
equipped as prescribed for club and lodge buildings (see Part 2,
Tide 6).

TITLE 6— CLUB AND LODGE BUILDINCiS

CLASSIFICATION

Section 1 . Under this classification are included all
buildings or parts of buildings containing an assembly hall, lodge,
social, recreation, exercise, or other rooms, used by a fraternal,
social, military or other organization for the private assemblage
of p>ersons, including all ante and other rooms of utility used in
connection therewith, when such buildings or parts of such build-
ings are not rented or let out for the use of the general public.

All rooms or apartments in club and lodge buildings not
irxluded in the various classifications of the different Titles of
Part 2 and not a customary or necessary adjunct thereto are
herein classified as minor assembly halls.

This classification also includes assembly halls and churches
built in connection with and as a necessary adjunct to a school
building, hospital, hotel, workshop, factory or mercantile estab-
lishment or similar building or institution, and used for private
gatherings and designed principally for the use of the occupants
of such buildings; and, all rooms or apartments used for public
assemblages of less than one hundred (100) persons, all of which
are herein classified as minor assembly halls.

This classification does not include buildings designed as
residences for single families and used as a club house.

(For minor theaters see Section 27.)

(For use of motion picture machines in minor assembly halls
see Part 2, Title 1, Section 15.)

CLASS OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 2. No minor assembly hall or minor theater
in an "A" grade school building of fire-proof construction shall

215

be placed more than twenty-three (23) feet nor in a building
of compxjsite construction more than ten (10) fe^t above the
grade at any entrance to or exit from the same; and, no minor
assembly room for an "A" grade school building shall be placed
in a building of frame construction. Such minor assembly hall
shall not seat or accommodate more than the number of p>erscns
given in the following table.

No minor assembly hall used by the general public in a
building of fire-proof construction shall be placed more than
thirty-five (35) feet; nor, in a building of composite construc-
tion more than twenty (20) feet above the grade line at the main
entrance to the building.

With the above exceptions the following table gives the
maximum number of persons that shall be seated or accommo-

Maximum height
above the
grade.

Maximum number of persons
accommodated.

that shall be

In a building of
fireproof con-
struction.

In a building of
composite con-
struction.

In a building of
frame construc-
tion.

48 feet and over.
46 feat

100 persons

150 persons

200 persons

250 persons

300 persons

400 persons

500 persons

600 persons

700 persons

800 persons

1,000 persons

1,200 persons

1,400 persons

1,600 persons

1,800 persons

2,100 persons

2,400 persons

2,700 persons

3,000 persons

3,300 persons

unlimited .

unlimited

No persons at
or above

50 persons
100 persons
150 persons
200 persons
250 persons
300 persons
350 persons
400 persons
450 persons
500 persons
550 persons
600 persons
650 persons
700 persons
750 persons
800 persons
900 persons
1,000 persons
1,200 persons
1,400 persons

No person at
or above
50 persons
100 persons
1 50 persons
200 persons
300 persons
400 persons

44 feat

/2feet

^Ofeat.. .

38 feat .

36 feat

34 feat

32 feat

30 feat

28 feat .

26 feat

24 feat

22 f 3at

20 feat

IS feat

13 feet

14 feat

12 feat

10 feet

8 feet

6 faet

4 feet

216

dated in a minor assembly hall, the maximum distance the highest
point of the main floor of such minor assembly hall shall be
placed above the grade at the main entrance to the building and
the class of construction that shall be employed in the erection
of a building containing such a minor assembly hall.

When a building containing two or more different kinds
of occupancy as classified under Part 2 (see titles 3, 4, 5, 6 and
7) the entire building shall be built of the best grade of con-
struction prescribed under the various titles of Part 2 affecting
the different sections or parts of the building.

EXPOSURE AND COURTS

Section 3. Exposure. — No club or lodge building shall
occupy more than ninety-five (95) per cent of a comer lot or
site, nor more than ninety (90) per cent of an interior lot or site,
the measurements being taken at the lowest floor line, except, a
building not more than twenty-five (25) feet wide may occupy
one hundred (100) per cent of a corner lot or site.

If the building contains a theater, assembly hall, or church
which is rented or let out for public gatherings the walls of the
theater, assembly hall or church shall abut upon streets, alleys,
yards or courts, in the number and of the size as prescribed for
theaters and assembly halls (see Part 2, Title 1 ) or churches
(see Part 2, Title 2) as the case may be.

The walls of a minor theater and minor assembly hall shall
abut upon streets, alleys, yards or courts of a combined width
of all means of egress leading thereto, and run to and connect
with public highways.

Walls containing windows lighting school or class-rooms
shall not be placed nearer any other building, structure or prop-
erty line than thirty (30) feet.

Courts. — The height of courts shall be measured from the
top of the lowest window sill to the top of the cornice or fire
wall.

If fire escapes, bay windows or other appendages are erected
in or above a recess or inner court, the wridths or areas of the

217

same shall be added to the dimensions given xmder the following
table of widths and areas of courts.

The followmg table gives the minimum width and areas of
the various courts that shall be employed to secure proper light
and ventilation, providing the building does not contain school
or class-rooms.

Height.

Inner Court.

Recess Court,

Width. Area. j Width. Area.

18 ft. and less

18 ft. to 30 ft

30 ft. to 45 ft

45 ft. to 60 ft

60 ft. to 75 ft

75 ft. to 90 ft

90 ft. to 105 ft... ..

105 ft. to 120 ft

120 ft. to 135 ft ...
135 ft. to 150 ft.. .
150 ft. to 165 ft....

7 ft.

9 ft.
12 ft.
15 ft.
18 ft.
21ft.
24 ft.
27 ft.
30 ft.
33 ft.
36 ft.

90 sq. ft.

122 sq. ft.

216 sq. ft.

338 sq. ft.

486 sq. ft.

662 sq, ft.

864 sq. ft.
1,094 sq. ft.
1,350 sq. ft.
1,634 sq, ft.
1,944 sq. ft.

4Mft.
6 ft.
7Mft.
9Kft.
lOK ft.

12 ft.
131^ ft.
15 ft.
161^ ft.
18 ft.

50 sq. ft.

60 sq. ft.
108 sq. ft,
169 sq, ft.
243 sq. ft.
331 sq, ft. '
432 sq. ft. , ,
547 sq. ft.
675 sq. ft.
817 sq. ft.
976 sq. ft.

If the building contains school or class-rooms recess or
inner light courts may be used, providing the least distance be-
tween any two opposite walls is equal to the height from the
lowest sill of a window lighting such room, to the top of the
cornice or fire wall.

All walls of inner or recess courts shall be of masonry or
fire-proof construction (except for buildings of frame construc-
tion).

Windows may be placed in the angles of the above courts
providing the running length of the wall containing such windows
shall not exceed six (6) feet.

Each inner court shall be provided with one fresh air intake,
placed at the bottom of the court, and run to and connected with
a street, alley or yard. If inner courts are of the same or greater
size than prescribed for courts lighting school or class-rooms (see
Part 2, Title 3) fresh air intakes will not be required.

218

Intakes shall be constructed of fire-proof material and there
shall be no openings into these intakes other than the inlet and
outlet.

The area of these intakes shall be of a size equal to not
less than the prescribed area of the inner court, but in no case
shall an intake be less than three (3) feet wide, nor less than
three (3) feet high.

SUB-DIVISIONS AND FIRE STOPS

Section 4. A building of this classification built in con-
nection, with or as a part of a building of a lower grade of
construction, shall be separated from the other parts of the build-
ing by standard fire walls, and all communicating openings shall
be covered by double standard fire doors, using a standard self-
closing fire door on one side of the wall and either a standard
automatic fire door or a standard automatic rolling steel door
on the other side of the WcJl.

If the building contains a theater the same shall be pro-
vided with the necessary fire stops and fire walls as prescribed
for theaters. (See Part 2, Title I.)

Standard fire-proof walls shall sub-divide buildings of non-
fire-proof construction into floor areas of not more than two thou-
sand (2,000) square feet each, except when single rooms of a
greater dimension are required, in which case the floor area above
such rooms need not be divided as above prescribed.

If a building of this classification is placed over rooms or
apartments of non-fire-proof construction used for other purposes,
the ceiling below the same shall be lathed with incombustible
lath emd be plastered, or be covered with pressed or rolled sheet
steel.

All rooms or apartments used for storing furniture, carpenter
shops, general repairing, paint shops, ammunition or other equally
hazardous purposes, shall be enclosed by standard fire-proof
walls, ceilings and floors, and all openings between these rooms
or apartments, and the other parts of the building shall be cov-
ered by double fire doors, using a standard self-closing fire door
on one side of the wall, and a standard automatic fire door or

219

a standard automatic rolling steel door on the other side of the
wall.

No open wells communicating between any two stories of
a public hall shall be used, except the usual stair and elevator
wells, and openings through not more than one successive mezza-
nine story.

All external and court walls of buildings more than three
(3) stories high and within thirty (30) feet of any other build-
ing, structure or lot line shall be provided with the following
fire stops, viz., wall shall be standard fire walls; windows shall
be of the automatic type of standard fire-proof windows, and
doors shall be standard hinged fire doors without automatic
attachment.

HEATER ROOM

Section 5. Furnaces, hot water heating boilers and low
pressure steam boilers may be located in the building, providing
the heating apparatus, breeching, fuel and firing rooms are en-
closed in a standard fire-proof heater room and all openings into
the same from the other parts of the building are covered by
standard self-closing fire doors.

No furnace or boiler shall be located under any lobby,
exit, stairway or public hall.

No cast iron boiler operated at more than ten ( 1 0) pounds'
pressure or steel boiler operated at more than thirty-five (35)
p>ounds' pressure shall be located within the main walls of any
club or lodge building.

Exceptions. — If a club or lodge building does not contain a
minor assembly hall accommodating more than fifty (50) per-
sons, a fire-proof heater room will not be required, but the entire
ceiling over the apartments containing the heating apparatus, fuel,
breeching and firing space, if of combustible construction, shall
be lathed with incombustible lath and be plastered.
BASEMENT ROOMS

Section 6. No room wholly below the grade shall be
used for any purpose other than storage, heating apparatus and
fuel rooms.

220

Rooms with not more than half \he height of the story be-
low the grade may be used for storage, heater, apparatus, fuel
rooms, social purposes, recreation, dining, drilling, domestic
science, manual training, exercise, physical culture, baths, toilets
and barber shops.

No room wholly or partly below the grade shall be used
as an assembly room or for worship, religious instructions, school
lodge, living or sleeping purposes.

Dining rooms, lunch rooms, bakeries and kitchens may be
placed wholly or partly below the grade when the same are
properly lighted by windows with stationary sash; all entrances
from the streets, alleys, yards or courts are provided with vesti-
bules with two sets of self-closing doors; no open areaways con-
nect directly with the rooms and the rooms are provided with a
mechanical system of ventilation, which will change the eiir not
less than six (6) times per hour.

No laundry shall be placed wholly or partly below the
grade unless the same is provided with a mechanical system of
ventilation which will change the air not less than six (6) times
per hour and the ceiling is covered with plaster or otherwise
made tight.

If a club or lodge building is not located over a building
used for other purposes, the first story shall be placed not less
than three (3) feet above the grade and the basement shall be
properly ventilated by windows or grille work.

DIMENSIONS OF ROOMS

Section 7. The dimensions of the various rooms or
apartments shall be as prescribed under the various titles of Part
2, according to the classification and purpose for which the
rooms and apartments are designed or intended to be used.

SEATS, SEAT BENCHES, AISLES AND FOYERS

Section 8. Seats, seat benches, aisles and foyers in
minor assembly halls and churches, shall be installed as pre-
scribed for theaters and assembly halls and churches (see Part
2, Titles 1 and 2).

221

In lodge and dance halls, single rows of loose chairs, seats
or benches may be placed against the walls or partitions, other-
wise such chairs, seats, or benches shall be installed as prescribed
for theaters and assembly halls.

In rooms used for social, dancing, recreation, drilling, ex-
ercise or similar purposes the seats, chairs or benches may be
portable.

Seats, desks and aisles in school or class rooms shall be
installed as prescribed for school buildings (see Part 2, Title 3,
Section 10).

DINING ROOMS

Section 9. Dining rooms are classified as minor assem-
bly halls and shall not seat or accommodate more persons at a
given height above the grade line than prescribed under Sec-
tion 2.

OPTICS

Section 1 0. Windows are not required in minor assem-
bly halls, and bath, and ante rooms when such rooms are pro-
vided with a mechanical system of heating cmd ventilating.

All other minor assembly halls, bath, toilet and ante rooms
and stairways shall be lighted by windows placed in the external
walls of the building unless the use of such hall or room will
not permit, and the glass surface of such windows (except stair-
ways) shall not be less than equal to one-tenth (1-10) the floor
area of the room.

Exceptions. — All rooms and halls, except sleeping apart-
ments and school and class-rooms may be lighted by clere story
windows or skylights, providing the glass surface is of the amounr
prescribed for windows.

The upper half of all v^nndows shall be so arranged as to
open the full width; one-half (I/2) of the clere story windows
shall be arranged to open; and if skylights are used, louvers,
vents or other devices with closing dampers shall be installed
which will provide ventilating openings equal to one-fourth ('4)
the required area of the skylight.

The above openings shall be provided with operating de-
vices by which the windows or dampers may be operated from
the floor level below.

Should the building contain rooms or apartments included
in the classifications of the various titles of Part 2, such rooms
or apartments shall be provided with windows as prescribed
under the various titles of Part 2, effecting the rooms or apart-
ments, and their necessary appurtenances.

MEANS OF EGRESS

Section 1 I . All means of egress shall be exit doors
unless the same lead to A standard fire escapes, in which case
either exit doors or exit windows shall be used.

The number of persons that the building will accommodate
shall be ascertained as follows:

In assembly halls with fixed seats, the seating capacity shall
be established by the actual number of persons to be accommo-
dated in seats, benches and pews; and, where the assembly hall
is seated with portable seats or chairs, the capacity shall be estab-
lished by allowing to each person six (6) square feet of floor
area.

In all other parts of the building the capacity shall be
established as follows:

Dining rooms, 1 5 sq. ft. of floor area per person.

Lodge rooms, 1 5 sq. ft. of floor area per person.

Dance halls, 15 sq. ft. of floor area per person.

Primary school rooms, 16 sq. ft. of floor area per person.

Grammar school rooms, 18 sq. ft. floor area per person.

High school room, 20 sq. ft. of floor area per person.

Other school rooms, 24 sq. ft. of floor area per person.

Social rooms, 1 5 sq. ft. of floor area per person.

Drill rooms, 1 5 sq. ft. of floor area per person.

In all other rooms means of egress shall be based on the
actual number of persons to be accommodated.

Auditoriums and balconies in "A" grade school buildings
of composite construction shall be provided with means of egress

22S

the same as prescribed for school rooms in "A" grade school
buildings of composite construction.

Otherwise each room, balcony or apartment used for any
purpose other than storage shall have at least two (2) separate
and distinct means of egress. If the various rooms connect
directly with a public hall means of egress at each end of the
public hall will be sufficient.

Such means of egress shall be either inside stairways running
continuously from the grade to the topmost story, or from the
basement to the grade; A, B, C, or D standard fire escapes;
outside stone, concrete or iron steps, extending to the grade or
self-closing doors leading directly to the public hall of an ad-
joining section of the building containing a stairway.

Means of egress shall be in the proportion to three (3)
feet in width to each one hundred ( 1 00) persons to be accommo-
dated in buildings accommodating not more than five hundred
(500) persons.

When buildings accommodate from five hundred (500) to
one thousand (1,000) persons, two (2) feet additional exit
width shall be provided for each one hundred ( 1 00) persons
or fraction thereof in excess of five hundred (500) persons.

When buildings accommodate more than one thousand
(1,000) persons, one (1) foot additional exit width shall be
provided for each one hundred ( 1 00) persons or fraction
thereof in excess of one thousand (1,000) persons, but in no
case shall an exit be less than three (3) feet or more than six
(6) feet wide.

In club and lodge buildings the widths of the means of
egress need not be more than necessary to accommodate the
number of persons assembled under normal conditions after mak-
ing the proper reduction for unoccupied rooms.

WTien a minor assembly hall is built in connection with
and as a necessary adjunct to a school building other than of
"A" grade and of composite construction; or, with or to a hos-
pital, hotel, workshop, factory or mercantile establishment, the
stairways and means of egress beyond the walls of the minor

224

assembly hall need not be more than prescribed for the building
which the minor assembly hall serves, exclusive of the seating
capacity of the minor assembly hall; but, in no case shall such
stairways and means of egress be less in width than the width
of the means of egress from the minor assembly hail leading
thereto.

In computing the widths of exits at the foot of stairways
the standing capacity of the stairway, including the landings,
allowing three (3) square feet per person may be deducted
from the number of -persons the exit should be designed to serve.

It shall be presumed that the {persons assembled will be
equally distributed to the various means of egress.

"A" standard fire escapes may be installed only on build-
ings used exclusively by males.

Means of egress shall be so arranged as to give free access
to the same without passing through more than one intervening
room to a means of egress or to a public hall leading to two (2)
or more means of egress.

All exits shall lead to streets or alleys, or to courts con-
nected with public highways.

All stairways and exits (not marked by illuminated exit
signs) shall have painted signs on or above the same, indicating
the word "EXIT" in plain block letters not less than six (6)
inches high.

STAIRWAYS

Section 12. All stairways shall be enclosed by stand-
ard fire walls, or by standard fire proof walls, ceilings and floors;
and all openings through these walls shall be covered by standard
self-closing fire doors.

In buildings of fire proof construction, these enclosures may
be made of incombustible material; or made of wire glass not less
than one-quarter (|/^) inch thick set in metal sash and frames.

No wire glass shall be used in partitions separating stair-
ways from rooms containing highly combustible materials.

The width of stairways shall be at the ratio of three (3)
feet per one hundred (100) persons accommodated in buildings

accommodating not more than five hundred (500) persons, when
buildings accommodate from five hundred (500) to one thou-
sand ( 1 ,000) persons two (2) feet of additional stairway width
shall be provided for every one hundred (100) persons or frac-
tion thereof in excess of five hundred (500), when buildings
accommodate more than one thousand ( 1 ,000) p>ersons, one foot
additional stairway width shall be provided for every one hun-
dred ( 1 00) persons or fraction thereof in excess of one thousand
(1.000) persons.

In club and lodge buildings the width of the stairways need
not be more than necessary to accommodate the number of per-
sons assembled under normal conditions after making the proper
reduction for unoccupied rooms.

In computing the widths of stairways, the standing capacity
of the stairway, including the landings, allowing three (3) square
feet per person may be deducted from the number of persons
the stairway should be designed to accommodate.

No stairway shall be more than six (6) feet nor less than
three feet six inches (3' 6") wide, measuring in the clear between
the hand rails.

Where stairways more than six (6) feet wide are required,
the same shall be divided by a substantial center hand rail with
newel and angle posts not less than six (6) feet high, which
shall divide the stairway into widths not less than three feet six
inches (3' 6") and not exceeding six (6) feet wide.

The rise and tread of stairways shall be as follows:

Stairways used by servants only, riser not more than eight
(8) inches, and tread not less than nine (9) inches; used by
adults, riser not more than seven and one-half (JYl) inches,
and tread not less than ten (10) inches; used by children, riser
not more than six and one-half (6J/2) inches, and tread not less
than eleven (11) inches.

No riser shall be less than five (5) inches. The above
dimensions shall be from riser to riser and from tread to tread.

No stairway shall have more than sixteen ( 1 6) nor less
than three (3) risers in any run.

226

No winders shall be used and all nosings shall be straight.

Hand rails shall be provided on both sides of all stairways
and steps.

A uniform width shall be maintained in aill stairs and stair
platforms by rounding or beveling, the angles and corners.

No door shall open directly upon a stairway, but shall open
on a platform equal in width to the width of the door.

No closet for storage shall be placed under any stairway.

No stairway shall lead downward to a platform and then
upward to a new level, or vice versa, except steps in balcony
eusles.

At least one-half of the stairways shall have grade plat-
forms with exit doors not less than three (3) feet wide opening
up>on streets, alleys, yards or courts leading to public thorough-
fares, when such stairways are used in place of fire escapes.

Stair treads shall be covered with rubber or lead mats
securely fastened to place, the treads formed of non-slipping
surfaces or be covered with carpet as prescribed under Mainte-
narxe of Buildings (see Part 1 1, Title 1, Section 8).

Outside areas and steps shall be provided with guard rails
not less than two feet six inches (2' 6") high.

Monumental Stairv^ays and Steps. — Monumental stairways
may be used for the basement to the second story when there are
no sleeping rooms in any story communicating with such stair-
ways; or monumental stairways may be used when placed as
far distant from the other stairways as possible and supplied in
addition to the other stairways and means of egress required.

Monumental stairways may be of a greater width than six
(6) feet measuring between the hand rails and such stairways
need not be provided with more hand rails than would be neces-
sary for the actual width required as a means of egress.

Monumental steps from the grade to the first story with
more than five (5) risers, shall be provided with hand rails on
both sides of the same; and such steps with five (5) or less
risers need not be provided with hand rails.

GRADIENTS AND INCLINES

Section 1 3. To overcome any difference in floor levels
which would require less than three (3) risers, gradients shall
be employed of not to exceed one ( I ) foot in rise in twelve (12)
feet of run.

PASSAGEWAYS

Section 14. Public halls, shall be so designed and pro-
portioned as to prevent congestion and confusion.

No public hall leading to a stairway or exit shall be less
in width than the stairway or exit, and in no case less than four
(4) feet wide.

Any stairway or public hall shall be of equal capacity to
the aggregate width of all stairways or public halls which it
serves as a means of egress.

ELEVATORS

Section 1 5. Elevators shall not be considered or com-
puted as a means of egress.

(For the construction of elevators and elevator shafts, see
Elevators, Part 8.)

EXIT DOORS

Section 16. Doors to rooms occupied by less than ten
(10) persons are not included imder the classification of exit
doors.

Exit doors shall not be less than three (3) feet vv^de, nor
less than six feet four inches (6' 4") high, and shall be level
with the floor, swing outward, viz., towards the open or the
natural means of egress, and be so hung as not to interfere with
passageways or close of>enings, stairways or fire escapes.

No single door or leaf to a double door shall be more than
four (4) feet wide.

No two (2) doors hinged together shall be used as a means
of egress or ingress.

Accordion doors may be used to divide social rooms, pro-
viding the free section wings outward and provides the required
amount of exit width.

228

No double acting, revolving, sliding or rolling doors shall
be installed w^here used or liable to be used as a means of ingress
or egress; except as previously prescribed under sub-divisions and
fire stops (Section 4).

Sliding or rolling doors may be used to divide social rooms,
providing they are installed in addition to the prescribed means
of egress.

(For exit windows see Standard Devices, Part 3, Title 7,
Section 6.)

SCUTTLES

Section 17. Every building exceeding twenty-five (25)
feet in height shall have in the roof a bulkhead or scuttle not
less than two (2) feet wide and not less than three (3) feet
long, covered on the outside with metal, and provided with a
stairway or permanent ladder leading thereto.

Bulkhead and scuttle doors shall not be provided with
locks.

SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

Section 1 8. All floors to toilet rooms, lavatories, water-
closet compartments and any enclosure where plumbing fixtures
are used within the building, shall have a water-proof floor and
base as prescribed under Sanitation (see Part 4, Title 12, Sec-
tion 1).

All basements shall have damjvproof or water-proof floors
properly drained to carry off surface water.

No garbage chute shall be erected in or be connected with
any building included in this classification.

FLOOR AND ROOF LOADS

Section 19. In calculating construction, the superim-
posed load on the various floors and roof shall be assumed at
not less than the following:

In halls used for dancing, one hundred and fifty (150)
pounds per square foot.

In auditoriums with fixed seats, eighty (80) pounds per
square foot.

229

In auditoriums or lodge rooms with movable seats, one hun-
dred (100) pounds per square foot.

In public halls and stairways one hundred (100) pounds
per square foot.

In social rooms not used for dancing, eighty (80) pounds
per foot.

In sleeping apartments and private halls, fifty (50) p>ounds
per square foot.

In school rooms, sixty (60) pounds per square foot.

In dining rooms, one hundred (100) pounds per square
fool.

In drill rooms, one hundred and fifty (150) ix>unds per
square foot.

In attics not used for storage twenty (20) jw^nds per
square foot.

For roofs, forty (40) pounds per square foot.

HEATING AND VENTILATING

Section 20. Minor assembly halls used for drilling,
dancing, exercises or similar purposes when the persons assembled
therein are in action shall be heated to sixty (60) degrees in
zero (0) weather, and all other minor assembly halls shall be
heated to seventy (70) degrees in zero (0) weather.

All minor assembly halls not provided with windows or
skylights, minor assembly halls used by the general public, minor
assembly halls used for lodge purposes, and all assembly halls
and churches used in connection with and as a necessary adjunct
to school buildings, hospitals, hotels, workshops, factories,
mercantile establishments shall be provided with a combination
heating and ventilating system which will change the air at normal
temperature not less than four (4) times per hour in lodge rooms
and not less than six (6) times per hour in all other rooms. In
sparsely occupied or lofty rooms the air supply may be reduced
to twelve hundred (1200) cubic feet of air per person.

(See means of egress Sec. 1 I for the method of establishing
the capacity of the rooms.)

230

The system to be installed when a change of air is required
shall be either standard ventilating stoves, a gravity or mechanical
furnace system, a gravity indirect steam or hot water system, a
mechanical steam or hot water system, or a split steam or hot
water system.

Bakeries, laundries and kitchens shall be provided with a
system of ventilation which will remove the air not less than six
(6) times per hour.

Open grates may be used in social rooms but shall not be
used in any assembly or lodge room, or public hall.

If stoves are used in public halls the same shall be enclosed
in substantial screens or guard rails.

If the building contains rooms or apartments included in
the classifications of the various titles of Part 2, such rooms or
apartments shall be provided with a system of heating cuid
ventilating as prescribed under the various titles of Part 2,
affecting the different rooms or apartments, and their necessary
appurtenances.

SANITATION

Section 2 1 . Where a water supply and sewerage system
are available a sanitary equipment shall be installed within the
building as follows:

If the building is used by males and females, separate toilet
rooms shall be provided for each sex, and the traveling distance
between the entrance doors to such toilet rooms shall not be less
than twenty (20) feet.

No toilet room shall connect directly with any kitchen,
dining room or other room where edibles are prepared or
consumed.

The number of plumbing fixtures to be installed in club and
lodge buildings shall not be less than given in the following table.
The same shall be based on the maximimi number of persons to
be accommodated under normal conditions after making the
proper reduction for unoccupied rooms.

(See means of egress, section 1 1 for the method of establish-
ing the capacity of the rooms.)

2St

One lavatory to each one hundred ( 1 00) persons or fraction
thereof.

One water closet to each seventy (70) females or fraction
thereof.

One water closet to each one hundred (100) males or
fraction thereof.

One urinal to each one hundred ( 1 00) males or fraction
thereof.

One drinking fountain to each one hundred ( 1 00) persons
or fraction thereof.

Minor assembly halls built in connection with and as a
necessary adjunct to a school building, hospital, hotel, workshop,
factory or mercantile establishment need not be supplied with
any sanitary equipment other than that prescribed for the build-
ings, which it serves.

Lavatories shall not be provided with waste plugs or stoppers.

Drinking fountains giving a continuous flow of water or
operating by a ring or foot valve shall be installed.

If a water supply and sewerage system are not available
no sanitary equipment shall be inistalled within the building; but
pumps (in lieu of drinking fountains), water closets and urinals
in the above proportions shall be placed on the building ground,
and no water closet or urinal shall be placed nearer any occupied
building than twenty (20) feet.

Toilet rooms for males shall be clearly marked "Men's
Toilet" or "Boys' Toilet" and for females "Women's Toilet"
or "Girls' Toilet."

LIGHTING

Section 22. Minor Assembly Halls which are not kept
lighted during the entire performance or entertainment or during
the time the same are occupied shall be provided with illuminated
exit signs as prescribed for theatres and assembly halls; except
two separate services will not be required.

All public halls, stairways and toilet rooms and all rooms
or apartments leading to the means of egress shall be provided

232

With a sufficient number of gas, vapor or electric lights, projjerly
located to amply light the Scune at night.

Lamps may be used for lighting only when gas, vapor or
electricity is not available.

All buildings of this classification if wired for electric power
or lighting shall be wired in conduit or armored cable as prescribed
under electrical work (See Part 7).

FINISHING HARDWARE

Section 23. AH entrance and exit doors shall be
equipped with hardware of such a nature as to be always un-
lockable from within.

Single outside doors used for egress only shall have one
knob, latches, or double extension bolts as hereafter prescribed,
and no bolts, hooks or other locking device shall be placed on
these doors.

Single outside doors used for ingress and egress shall have
locks that may be locked from the outside only, but can always
be operated from the inside by simply turning the knob or lever
or by pushing against a bar or plate. No attachments shall be
placed on these locks, which will interfere with their free and
immediate operation at all times and no bolts, hooks, thumb
latches or other locking devices shall be used.

One of each pair of double doors shall be equipped with
a double extension bolt on one door, operated by a knob, lever,
push bar, push plate, push handle or other device whereby the
simple act of turning a knob or lever, or pushing against a bar,
plate or handle will release the top and bottom bolt at the same
time.

No independent top and bottom bolts shall be used.

Locks for these doors shall be as prescribed for single exit
doors.

All bolts, latches, face of locks, working parts of extension
bolts and other exposed working parts about this hardware shall
be of cast metal properly protected from corrosion.

(For hardware for exit windows see Standard Devices,
Part 3, Title 7. Section 6.)

2S3

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

Section 24. Where a water supply of sufficient pressure
to reach the various portions of the building is available all rooms
or apartments used for storing of furniture, carpenter shops,
general repairing, paint-shops or other equally hazardous purposes
shall be provided with standard automatic sprinklers.

Club and lodge buildings and minor assembly halls shall
be equipped with either standard stand pipes and hose or standard
chemical fire extinguishers.

When stand pipes and hose are installed, one standard
stand pipe with a line of one and one-half ( P/i) inch hose shall
be placed in the basement and each tier and story and when
such lines of hose will not reach the extreme portions of the build-
ing additional stand pipes and hose shall be installed.

All stand pipes and hose shall be placed in the public parts
of the building prominently exosed to view and always accessible.

When chemical fire extinguishers are used, one chemical
fire extinguisher shall be placed as follows, viz. : one in each
kitchen, one in each storage room, one in each heater room, and
one in each basement, tier, level and story to each two thousand
(2,000) square feet of floor area or less.

FIRE ALARM

Section 25. Club and lodge buildings more than two
(2) stories high shall be equipped with an eight (8) inch trip
fire gong with connections enabling the ringing of the same from
any story or basement.

Minor assembly halls need not be provided with fire alarms
other than prescribed for the building which they serve.

PROHIBITED LOCATION

Section 26. No club or lodge building shall be placed
over a stable, bam, hay mow, garage, dry cleaning establishment,
fire department building, planing mill, carpenter shop, or paint
shop.

234

MINOR THEATRES

Section 27. When a club or lodge building or minor
assembly hall contains a stage and scenery as hereinafter de-
scribed, such hall, room or place of assemblage is classified as a
minor theatre and such minor theatre shall comply with all the
prescribed conditions for club and lodge buildings with the fol-
lowing exception.

A stage containing not to exceed one permanent set of
scenery the entire set including the drop curtain containing not
to exceed six hundred (600) square feet of surface, all scenery
fireproofed as prescribed for theatres (see Part 2, Title I, Sec-
tion 37) amd containing no transient scenery is classified as a
minor theatre and may be used in connection with a minor as-
sembly hall and need not be provided with fire stops, asbestof
curtain or stage ventilator; otherwise such a minor theatre shall
be designed, constructed and equipp)ed as prescribed for as-
sembly halls.

A stage built in excess of the above requirement but con-
taining not to exceed three entrances (scenery term) not over
fifteen (15) feet deep, not over twenty-five (25) feet wide,
all scenery fireproofed as prescribed for theatres (see Part 2,
Title I, Section 37) and containing no traps or transient scenery
is classified as a minor theatre and may be built in connection
with a minor assembly hall under the following conditions, viz. :
the stage shall be separated from the auditorium or other parts
of the building by standard fireproof walls, ceilings and floors
and all communicating openings through these walls shall be
covered by standard automatic or self-closintg fire doors; the area
of the automatic stage ventilator may be reduced to one-sixteenth
(1/16) the area of the stage, the proscenium of>ening shall be
covered by a proscenium curtain as prescribed for theater (see
Part 2, Title 1, Section 17), otherwise the stage shall be
designed, constructed and equipped as prescribed for theaters
and the auditorium designed, constructed and equipped as pre-
scribed for minor assembly halls.

235

Buildings containing a stage built in excess of the above
limitations may have the stage located in any story providing the
stage, property rooms, traps or trap space are separated from the
other parts of the building by standard fireproof walls, ceilings
and floors and all communicating openings are covered by
standard automatic or self-closing doors.

Otherwise the stage shall be designed, constructed and
equipped as prescribed for theaters (see Part 2, Title 1 ) and
the auditorium designed, constructed and equipped as prescribed
for minor assembly halls.

MOTION PICTURE MACHINE AND BOOTH

Section 28. Motion picture machines may be used in
a club or lodge building, or minor assembly hall when such
picture machine is used to illustrate educational or ritualistic work
and the general public is not admitted thereto.

Such motion picture machine before being operated shall be
installed in a motion picture machine booth (see Part 2, Title 1,
Section 15).

HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS

In accordance with the State Building Code relative to
Theaters, Assembly Halls, Churches and School Buildings and
the requirements of the Ohio State Department of Inspection of
Workshops, Factories and Public Buildings relative to Hospitals,
Asylums and Homes, and General Installation.

CLASSIFICATION

A. Theaters. — Includes all buildings containing a stage
with movable scenery or a motion picture machine.

B. Assembl}) Halls. — Includes all Assembly Halls or
rooms, except Churches and Theaters.

C. Churches. — Includes all buildings used for Christian
worship or religious instruction.

D. School Buildings. — Includes all Public, Parochial
and private Schools, Colleges, Academies, Seminaries, Libraries,
Museums and Art Galleries.

236

E. Asylums, Hospitals and Homes. — Includes all build-
ings used for the detention, refuge, protection, treatment or care
of the abandoned, homeless, infirm, helpless, blind, deaf, diseased
in body or mind, incorrigible youths and felons.

(This classification does not include Hotels, Tenement
Houses or Private Residences.)

TEMPERATURE

A heating system shall be installed which will uniformly
heat the various parts of the building to the following temperatures
in zero weather.

Theatres and Assembly Halls. — All parts of the building,
exceprt storage rooms, to 65 degrees.

Churches. — Auditoriums, social and assembly rooms, 65
degrees.

All other parts of the building, except storage rooms to 70
degrees.

School Buildinss. — Corridors, hallways, play rooms, toilets,
assembly rooms, gymnasiums and manual training rooms, 65
degrees.

All other parts of the building to 70 degrees.

Hospitals, Asylums and Homes. — Operating rooms, 85
degrees.

All other parts of the building, except storage rooms, to 70
degrees.

CHANGE OF AIR

The heating system shall be combined with a system of
ventilation which at normal temp>erature will change the air the
following number of times or supply to each person the following
number of cubic feet of air per hour.

Theatres. — Parlors, retiring, toilet and check rooms, six
changes per hour.

Auditoriums, 1,200 cubic feet of air per person per hour.

Assembly Halls. — When used in connection with a school
building, lodge building, club house, hospital or hotel, six (6)

237

changes per hour; and in all other assembly halls twelve hundred
(1,200) cubic feet of air per hour p>er person.

Churches. — Auditoriums, assembly rooms and social rooms
six (6) changes per hour.

School Buildings. — All parts of the building, except cor-
ridors, halls and storage rooms, six (6) times per hour.

Asylums, Hospitals and Homes. — Rooms with fixed
capacity.

Adult Children Babiei

Hospitals, contagious and epidemic 6,000 4,000 3,000

Hospitals, surgical and medical 3,000 2,400 1.500

Penal Institutions 1.800 1,800

All other buildings 1,800 1,500

Rooms with variable capacities.

Hospitals, epidemic and contagious 12 times per hour

Hospitals, surgical and medical 12 times per hour

All other buildings „ _ 6 times per hour

Rooms accommodating four or less persons need not be
provided with a system of ventilation.

RADIATORS

No radiators shall be placed in any aisle, foyer or passage-
way of a new Theater, Assembly Hall or Church, but such
radiators may be placed in recesses in the walls.

, . REGISTERS

No floor registers shall be used in Theatres, Assembly
Halls, or Hospitals.

No floor registers, except foot warmers shall be used in a
school building.

Floor registers may be used in churches.

Otherwise all vent registers shall be placed not more than
2 inches above the floor line, and warm air registers not less than
eight (8) feet above the floor line (except when such registers
are used when a change of air is not prescribed).

Cast iron registers must be fifty (50) per cent and ^vire
screens ten (10) per cent larger than the prescribed area of the
flue opening. "^' '

238

SYSTEMS TO BE INSTALLED WHERE A CHANGE OF AIR IS

REQUIRED

The system to be installec} when a change of air is required
shall be either a gravity or mechanical furnace system, gravity
indirect steam or hot water system; mechanical indirect steam
or hot water system, or split steam or hot water system, except
in hospitals where a direct-indirect system may be used in con-
nection with an exhaust fan.

The fresh air supply shall be taken from outside the build-
ing and no vitiated air shall be reheated.

All vitiated air shall be conducted through flues or ducts
and be discharged above the roof of the building.

Exceptions. — Standard ventilating stoves may be used in
the following buildings:

Assembly halls seating less than one hundred (100)
persons.

Churches seating less than one hundred (100) persons.

All school buildings, hospitals, asylums and homes.

(See pamphlet on standard ventilating stoves.)

(The table for flue sizes being for six (6) changes per
hour, for other changes these dimensions shall be increased or
decreased in direct proportion.)

STOVES AND GRATES

Theater and Assembly Halls. — No stove or open grate
shall be used.

Churches. — No stoves shall be used except standard
ventilating stoves which may be used in churches seating less
than one hundred (100) persons.

No open grates shall be used in auditoriums, assembly
halls or Sunday school rooms.

School Buildings. — Stoves may be used.

Hospitals, Asylums and Homes. — No stove or open grate
shall be used in any part of the building, used by the inmates or
patients, unless the same be enclosed by substantial metal guards

239

of not less than two (2) inch mesh placed at no point nearer the
stove or grate than four (4) inches.

PROHIBITED BOILER PRESSURE

No cast iron boiler carrying more than ten ( 1 0) pounds
pressure or steel boiler carrying more than thirty-five (35) pounds
pressure shall be located within the main walls of any new or
existing building.

FURNACES

Furnaces may be used in all classes of buildings.

Furnaces shall be connected to masonry hot air flues, which
will carry the heated air up and enter same into rooms at a
height of at least eight (8) feet above the floor level.

In churches, heated air from furnaces will be aillowed to
enter into rooms through floor registers, but masonry flues must
be provided for all other buildings. All furnace pipes must be
wrapped with at least three (3) thicknesses of asbestos paper,
and must be kept at least eight (8) inches away from wood
ceiling, joists, etc., and all wood work must be protected by
placing one-quarter (V4) inch thick asbestos board over pipes,
same being at least twelve (12) inches wider than pipes on both
sides. All floor boxes shall be kept at least one ( 1 ) inch away
from all wood work, and all these spaces shall be lined with one-
quarter (14) inch asbestos board before metal floor box is placed
in position.

GRAVITY INDIRECT HOT WATER OR STEAM RADIATOR SYSTEM

Indirect hot water or steam radiators shall be located in
basement fresh air rooms directly at the base of masonry hot air
flues, and shall be properly connected to same wath galvanized
iron housing.

Hot air flues, protecting wood work, outside fresh air con-
nections, etc., same as above sp>ecified for furnace work, shall
be used in connection with indirect radiators.

Indirect Radiating Surface for Heating and for Ventilat-
ing Purposes. — One square foot of radiating surface shall be

240

provided to heat not more than the following number of cubic
feet of air per hour.

Height Steam Hot raater

First story 200 125

Second story 250 160

Third story 300 200

Fourth story 250 235

For Heating Wall and Class Surfaces. — The amount of
radiating surface for the heating of the glass and wall surface
shall not be less than that obtained by adding together the glass
surface and one- fourth (I/4) the exposed wall surface, both in
square feet, and multiplying by the following factors:

Height Steam Hoi water

First story 0.7 1.05

Second story 0.6 0.9

Third story 0.5 0.75

Fourth story 0.4 0.5

Accelerating Coils for Vent Flues. — Vent flues used in
connection with a gravity indirect steam or hot water system shall
be provided with accelerating coils placed one ( 1 ) foot above the
vent openings.

One square foot of radiating surface shall be provided to
heat not more than the following number of square inches of area
in the ventilating flue.

Height of flue Steam Hot ivater

Four stories 35 21

Three stories 30 18

Two stories 25 15

One story 20 12

The above story heights shall be from the inlet to the out-
let of the flue.

The accelerating coils or radiators shall be placed with the
lower part at the back of the vent flue and inclined upward and
toward the front.

MECHANICAL FAN pLeNUM SYSTEM

This system shall be so designed with furnaces or temper-
infg coils and blast coils to furnish heated air, to have cleaning
screens, fan plenum chamber, galvanized iron or masonry hori-

241

zontal ducts, masonry hot air flues, electric motor, gas or gasoline
engine, or a low pressure steam engine operating on a steam
pressure not to exceed thirty-five (35) pounds to operate fan and
such other device as is necessary to make this a complete work-
ing system. All parts and apparatus in connection with system,
to be of ample size to make a f>erfectly free and easy working
system, and to thoroughly heat all portions of the building with-
out forcing.

PIPE COVERING

All steam and hot water main and return piping shall be
covered with sectional asbestos pipe covering.

Main arjd return steam piping where used as radiation in
finished portions of buildings need not be covered. All pip>es
passing through floors, walls, etc., shall have metal protecting
sleeves or collars entirely through the floor, wall, etc., and flang-
ing out on both sides for pipes to pass through.

AIR AND FLOOR SPACE

The minimum cubic feet of air space or the minimum floor
space to be allowed per p>erson shall not be less than the fol-
lowing :

Theaters, Assembly^ Halls and Churches. — Where fixed
seats are used, bjy the actual number of persons to be accom-
modated.

Where portable seats and chairs are used, six (6) square
feet of floor space shall be allowed per person.

In dining rooms, lodge rooms, dance halls, social rooms,
and drill halls, fifteen (15) square feet of floor space shall be
allowed per person.

School Buildings. — Primary grades, 200 cubic feet.

Grammar grades, 225 cubic feet.

High school, 250 cubic feet.

All other buildings, 300 cubic feet.

242

Kind of occupancy.

Cubic feet of air space.

Adults

Child-
ren

Babies

Private rooms, hospitals

Dormilories, hospitals

Cells, penal institutions

Private rooms, other buildings.
Dormitories, other buildings.

900
820
400
700
550

675
600
400
540
325

500
400

300
225

VELOCITY OF AIR

The velocity of the air traveling through ducts, flues, etc.,
shall never exceed the following number of feet per minute;

Feet per
Ducts, Flues, Etc. minute.

Fresh air screens (small mesh) 600

Fresh air ducts, gravity system 300

Fresh air ducts, mechanical system 850

Tempering coils, gravity system 300

Tempering coils, mechanical system 1,000

Furnaces, gravitjf system 400

Furnaces, mechanical system 900

Trunk ducts, mechanical system 1,000

Laterals, branches and single ducts, mechanical system. 750

Vertical flues, mechanical system 500

Vertical warm air flues, gravity system, first story 300

Vertical warm air flues, gravity system, second story. 350

Vertical warm air flues, gravity system, third story...._, 390

Vertical vent flues less than 20 feel high 300

Vertical vent flues 20 to 33 feet high 350

Vertical vent flues 33 to 46 feet high 390

Vertical vent flues 46 to 60 feet high 440

Warm air registers 300

Vent registers 300

For flues, ducts, etc., used in connection vvith stoves, see
pamphlet on Standard Ventilating Stoves.

MAXIMUM SPEED OF FANS

The maximum speed of fans used in connection with either
an exhaust or plenum system of heating or ventilating, under
normal conditions shall never exceed the following:

243

iameter of fan in inches.

Resolutions per minute.

700

550

400

300

225

175

150

120

125

180

TEMPERATURE REGULATION

Either a manually op>erating or mechanically operating
system of temperature control for mixing hot and cold air in
flues, shall be installed in connection with all heating systems,
except gravity furnace systems installed in churches; and, for
gravity steam or hot water heating when used for the change of
air only and the radiators connected therewith shall not be valved.

Cold air by-pass connections shall be made from fresh air
intakes or rooms to the hot air flues, and a valve shall be ar-
ranged in flue so that the hot and cold air can be mixed in flue
to regulate the temp>erature ; this valve shall be manually operated
by handle and dial located in each school room, or by mechanncal-
ly operated temperature regulating device.

DUCTS, FLUES AND HEATER ROOMS

In accordance with the State Building Code relative to
Theaters, Assembly Halls and Churches, and the requirements
of the Ohio State Department of Inspection of Workshops,
Factories and Public Buildings relative to Hospitals, Asylums
anid Homes, and General Installation.

HOT AIR AND VENT FLUES CONSTRUCTION OF

All hot air and vent flues thirteen by thirteen (13x13)
inches or smaller in size shall be enclosed in four (4) inch brick
walls and all flues larger in size shall be enclosed in eight (8)
inch brick walls, these flues being smoothly plastered on inside
with Portland cement mortar. Division walls in flues can be

244

four (4) inches in thickness. All flues shall start at ground on
substantial foundations, or be supported by fireproof construction
extending to the ground, and all vent flues shall extend through
and above the roof, except as below stated. All hot air flues
shall have arched top back of registers, to turn hot air into rooms.

In fireproof buildings the vertical flues may be made of
galvanized iron enclosed by tile walls or by partitions made of
metal studs, metal lath and plaster.

In all classes of construction twenty (20) gauge galvanized
iron flues enclosed with two (2) inches of reinforced concrete,
will be accepted in place of four (4) inch brick walls, and
twenty (20) gauge galvanized iron flues enclosed with four (4)
inches of reinforced concrete will be accepted in place of eight
(8) inch brick walls.

When an exhaust fan is placed in the attic twenty (20)
gauge galvanized iron ducts or flues may be used to connect the
vertical flues ta the fan.

In buildings of composite construction a weighted fire door
or damper shall be placed at the top of each vertical flue and
in buildings of fireproof construction, one such damper shall be
placed close to the fan and so located as to control the air or
fire travel in all ducts. These fire doors or dampers shall be held
open by a fusible link, so in case of fire traveling through such
duct or flue will fuse the link, release the fire door or damper
and the same will close and shut off the flow of air or fire by
its own weight.

LOCATION OF HEATER ROOM
No heater room shall be located under the auditorium,
stage, lobby, passageway, stairway or exit of a theater; nor,
under any exit, passageway, public hall or lobby of any as-
sembly hall, church, school building, asylum, hospital or home.
This applies to new buildings, and a changed location of a heater
room in an existing building. .
STAND.ARD FIREPROOF HEATER ROOM FOR NEW BUILDING
All furnaces and boilers including the breeching, fuel rooms
and firing spaces shall be enclosed by brick walls not less than

245

twelve (12) inches thick or by monolithic concrete walls not
less than eight (8) inches thick; and the ceiling over the same
shall not be less than the following, reinforced concrete slab four
(4) inches thick, brick arches four (4) inches thick covered
with an inch of cement mortar and supported by fireproof steel
with the necessary tie rods, or by hollow tile arches six (6)
inches thick covered with two (2) inches of concrete, plastered
on the under side and supported by fireproof steel with the
necessary tie rods.

All openings in the above apartments from the outer parts
of the building shall be covered by standard self-closing fire doors.

HEATER ROOMS FOR OLD BUILDINGS

In old buildings, the boiler or furnace and fuel rooms, shall
be enclosed in same masonry walls and shall have standard fire
doors on opening to same, and the entire ceiling shall be fire-
proofed as follows: First overlay the entire ceiling with one-
quarter (J/4) inch asbestos board, lapped at least one and one-
half (l^->) inches in joints, then furr same with one and one-
half (1^) inches high metal furring spaced twelve (12)
inches on centers; then lath with metal lath and heavily plaster
with asbestos and Portland cement plaster.

THE CEILING OF HEATER AND FUEL ROOMS IN OLD BUILD-
INGS MAY BE FIREPROOFED ACCORDING TO
THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS

Materials. — Furring strips shall be of corrugated asbestos
lumber one-quarter (^) inch thick, or corrugated metal rein-
forced with asbestos, in strips five (5) inches wide, one and
one-half (IJ/2) inches high, ninety-six (96) inches long.

Ceiling finish shall be asbestos lumber or asbestos wood
forty-two by ninety-six inches by one-quarter (42x96x|/^)
inches thick.

Batten over end butt joist shall be asbestos lumber or
asbestos wood three by forty-two by one-quarter (3x42x^)
inches thick.

246

Cove in angles of ceiling shall be asbestos lumber or
asbestos wood two by one-quarter (2x^) inches thick.

Method of Erection. — Furnish and erect on the under-
side of ceiling joist, furring strips of corrugated asbestos lumber,
or corrugated metal reinforced asbestos, running in opposite direc-
tions to the joists.

These furring strips shall be spaced twenty-one (21)
inches on centers, and nailed to every bearing with two (2) eight
penny nails.

Nails shall be driven directly through strips.

On these furring strips furnish and erect a ceilng finish of
forty-two by ninety-six by one-quarter (42x96x|/^) inches
asbestos lumber or asbestos wood laid the long way of the fur-
ring strips.

The lumber or wood shall be so spaced as to break joints
over the furring strip joints, and joints in finishing sheet shall be
broken every course.

Sheets shall be screwed to the furring strips using a No.
8 screw one and one-quarter ( 1 '/4 ) inches long countersunk.

Each sheet shall have three (3) rows of screws. One row
on each side and one in the center, running with the furring strips.
Center row of screws shall start and finish three-quarters (%)
inch from the end of the sheets, and the side row of screws shall
be spaced one and one-quarter (Ij/^) inches from the edges of
the sheet and start and finish three-quarters (%) of an inch
from the end of the sheets.

There shall be seven (7) screws in each row spaced
equally between the end screws; these screws shall be staggered
to miss the nails in the furring strips. Furring strips and ceiling
boards shall be drilled for screws, using drill one size smaller than
the screws.

Cove. — Erect in all the angles between the ceiling and the
side walls a two by one-quarter 2x^4) inch asbestos lumber or
asbestos wood cove, screwed through the ceiling material into
the furring strips and nailed in the masonry walls.

247

Cove shall be drilled for nail and screw holes using a drill
one size smaller than the nail or screw.

Joints. — All joints in furring strips, ceiling boards and cove
shall be tight butt joints.

All end butt joints in ceiling boards shall be covered with
three by forty-two by one-quarter (3x42x1/4) inch thick asbes-
tos lumber or asbestos wood batten secured by screws through the
ceiling board into joists or furring strips.

Batten shall be drilled for screw holes, using drill one size
smaller than the screw. The batten shall form a butt joint into
the upper leg of the cove. All joints m furring strips, cove
where battens butt into cove, and all open joints due to uneven
base where ceiling is erected, shall be pointed up with electro-
bestos or other fireproof cement of equal quality.

Department of Workshops, Factories and Public
Buildings,

Thos. p. Kearns,

Chief Inspector.
Lester Redding,

Ass't Chief Inspector.

THE PENNSYLVANIA LAW

grounds and buildings

Section 601. The board of school directors of each
district shall provide the necessary grounds and suitable school
buildings to acocmmodate all the children between the ages of
six and twenty-one years, in said district, who attend school.
Such buildings shall be constructed, furnished, equipped, and
maintained in a proper manner as herein provided, suitable pro-
visions being made for the heating, ventilating, and sanitary con-
ditions thereof, so that every pupil in any such building may
have proper and healthful accommodations.

Section 615. After the organization of the State Board
of Education provided for in this act, no public school build-
ing shall be contracted for, constructed, or reconstructed, in any

248

school dstrict of the second, third, or fourth class, until their
plans and specifications have been submitted to the State Board
of Education, and any recommendations concerning the same
by the State Board of Education have been laid before the
board of school directors: Provided, When any school build-
ing is being constructed or remodeled at the time of the ap-
proval of this act, or when a contract has been awarded for the
construction or remodeling of any school building, such build-
ing may be constructed or remodeled without being subject to
the provisions of this section.

Section 616. The State Board of Education shall
cause to be prepared and shall, at the expense of the Common-
wealth, publish, and upon application furnish without charge, to
boards of school directors, plans and specifications of different
kinds of school buildings suited to the needs of the public
schools: Provided^ That school buildings may be built ac-
cording to plans and specifications thus furnished, without sub-
mitting the same to the State Board of Education.

Section 617. Every contract in excess of three hun-
dred dollars ($300.00), made by any school district in this
Commonwealth, for the introduction of heating, ventilating, or
lighting systems, or the construction, reconstruction, or repair of
any school building, or work upon any school property, shall be
awarded to the lowest and best bidder, after due public notice
has been given, up>on proper terms asking for competitive bids.

Section 618. All school buildings hereafter built or
rebuilt shall comply with the following conditions:

In every school room the total light area must equal at
least twenty per centum of the floor space, and the light shall
not be admitted thereto from the front of seated pupils.

Every room shall have not less than fifteen square feet of
floor space, and not less than two hundred cubic feet of air
space per pupil.

Section 619. No board of school directors in this
Commonwealth shall use a common heating stove for the purpose
of heating any school room, unless such stove is in part en-

249

closed within a shield or jacket made of galvanized iron, or
other suitable material, and o fsufficient height, and so placed
as to protect all pupils while seated at their desks from direct
rays of heat.

Section 620. No school room or recitation room shall
be used in any public school which is not provided with ample
means of ventilation, cind whose windows, when they are the
only means of ventilation, shall not admit of ready adjustment
both at the top and bottom, and which does not have some
device to protect pupils for currents of cold air. Every school
room or recitation room shall be furnished with a thermometer.

Section 621. Every school building hereafter erected
or reconstructed, whose cost shall exceed four thousand dollars
($4,000.00) or which is more than one story high, shall be so
heated and ventilated that each school room and recitation room
shall be supplied with fresh air at the rate of not less than thirty
cubic feet per minute for each pupil, and which air may be
heated to an average temperature of seventy degrees Fahrenheit
during zero weather.

Section 622. All school buildings, two or more stories
high, hereafter erected or leased in any school district of the
first class in this Commonwealth, shall be of fireproof construc-
tion, and in any school district of the second, third, or fourth
class, every building more than two stories hi^, hereafter built
or leased for school purposes, shall be of fireproof construction.

Section 623. All doors of entrance into any building
more than one story high, used for a public school building in
this Commonwealth, shall be made to open outward, and the
board of school directors of every district in this Commonwealth
shall, before the opening of the school term next following the
approval of this act, change the entrance doors of every such
school building so that they shall all open outward.

Section 624. In all school buildings more than one story
high, hereafter erected, all entrance doors, as well as all doors
from class rooms, school rooms, cloak rooms, or other rooms
into halls shall open outward.

250

Section 625. Every school building shall be provided
with necessary fire-escapes and safety-appliances as required by
law.

Section 626. The board of school directors in each
school district shall put the grounds about every school building
in a neat, prop>er, and sanitary condition, and so mantain the
same, and shall provide and maintain a proper number of shade
trees.

Section 627. The board of school directors of any dis-
trict may permit the use of its school grounds and buildings for
social, recreation, and other proper purposes, under such rules
and regulations as the board may adopt, and shall make such
arrangements with any city, borough, or township authorities for
the improvement, care, protection, and maintenance of school
buildings and grounds for school, park, play, or other recre-
ation purjx)ses, as k may see proper, and any board of school
directors may make such arrangements as it may see prop>er,
with any association or indivdual for the temjwrary use of school
property for schools, play grounds, social, recreation, or other
proper educational purjxtses.

Section 628. If any person shall wilfully or mali-
ciously break into, enter, deface, or write, mark, or place any
obscene or improper matter upon, any public school building, or
other building used for school purposes, or other purposes pro-
vided for in this act, or any outhouse used in connection there-
with; or shall deface, injure, damage, or destroy any school
furniture, books, papers, maps, charts, apparatus, or other prop-
erty contained in any public school building, or other building
used and occupied for school purposes, or other purposes pro-
vided for in this act; or shall injure, damage, or destroy any
shade-tree, shrubbery, fences, or any other property of any kind,
upon any public school grounds, or upon any public school play-
ground, such person shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon
conviction thereof shall be sentenced to pay a fine of not less
than five dollars ($5.00) and not more than two hundred dol-
lars ($200.00), or undergo an imprisonment in the county jail

251

for a period not exceeding six months, either or both, at the dis-
cretion of the court.

Section 629. The board of school directors in each
district shall, when they are not otherwise provided, purchase a
United States flag, flagstaf, and the necessary appliances there-
for, and shall display said flag upon or near each public school
building in clement weather, during school hours, and at such
other times as the said board may determine.

Section 630. The board of school directors in any
school district may, in the manner herein provided, enter into any
contract with any person, firm, association, or corpyoration, for
the furnishing of light, heat, or water to such school district, for
any term not exceeding five years. The amount to become due
and payable thereon, under such contract, may be distributed
equally during the years over which the same extends, and only
so much thereof as becomes due and payable in any one year need
be provided for in the annual estimate of school exF>enses for any
school year, and be certified to by any school controller.

Section 63 1 . All school property owned by any school
district, real and personal, that is occupied and used by any
school district for public school, recreation, or any other pur-
poses provided for by this act, shall be, and hereby is, made
exempt from every kind of State, county, city, borough, town-
ship, or other tax, as well as from all costs or exp>ense for paving,
curbing, sidewalks, sewers, or other municipal improvements:
Provided, That any school district may make any municipal
improvement, in any street on which its school property abuts, or
may contribute any sum toward the cost thereof.

Section 632. The board of school directors in every
district shall, with every building used for school purposes, pro-
vide and maintain in a proper manner, a suitable number of
water closets or outhouses, not less than two for each building,
where both sexes are in attendance. Such water closets or out-
houses shall be suitably constructed for, and used separately by,
the sexes. When any water closets or outhouses are outside and
detached from the school building, the entrances thereto shall

2S2

be properly screened, and they shall, imless constructed at a
remote distance from each other, have separate means of access
thereto, and, if possible, for not less than twenty-five feet from
such water closets or outhouses, such means of access or walks
leading thereto shall be separated by a closed partition, wall, or
fence, not less than seven feet high.

Section 633. The board of school directors shall keep
all water closets or outhouses, used in connection with amy school
building, in a clean and sanitary condition; and shall, not less
than ten days prior to the opening of any term of school, and
oftener if necessary, have them prop>erly cleamed and disinfected
by the use of fresh dry-slacked lime, or other proper disinfect-
ing material.

Section 634. The board of school directors in every
school district shall have full power and authority to make and
enter into any contract or contracts it may deem proper with any
person, firm or corporation, for the purpose of insuring against
loss or damage by fire, or otherwise, any or all of the school
buildings or other property of the school district.

SOUTH DAKOTA LAW

SCHOOL HOUSE PLANS

Plans for school buildings approved by State Sup>erintend-
ent: In order that due care may be exercised in the heating,
lighting cuid ventilation of public school buildings hereafter
erected, no school house shall be erected by any board of educa-
tion or school district board in this State until the plans and
specifications for the same showing in detail the proper heating,
lighting and ventilation of such building shall have been ap-
proved by the superintendent of public instruction.

School houses shall have in each class room at least fifteen
square feet of floor space, and not less than two hundred cubic
feet of air space per pupil, and shall provide for an approved
system of heating and ventilation by means of which each class
room shall be supplied with fresh air at the rate of not less than
thirty cubic feet per minute for each pupil, and have a system

253

of heating capable of maintaining an average temperature of
seventy degrees Fahrenheit during the coldest weather.

THE UTAH LAW

SCHOOL SITES AND BUILDINGS
When necessary for the welfare of the schools of the dis-
trict, or to provide proper school privileges for the children there-
in, or whenever petitioned so to do by one- fourth of the resident
tax payers of the district, the board shall call a meeting of the
qualified voters, as defined in Section eighteen hundred and
eleven, at some convenient time and place fixed by the board,
to vote upon the question of selection, purchase, exchange or sale
of a school house site, or the erection, removal, purchase, ex-
change, or sale of a school house, or for payment of teachers'
salaries, or for the current expenses of maintaining schools. If
a majority of such voters present at such meeting shall by vote
select a school house site, or shall be in favor of the purchase,
exchange, or sale of. a designated school house site, or of the
erection, removal, or sale of a school house, as the case may
be, the board shall locate, purchase, exchange or sell such site, or
erect, remove, or sell such school house, as the case may be,
in accordance with such vote; provided, that it shall require a
two-thirds vote to order the removal of a school house.

Provided that no school house shall hereafter be erected
in any school district of this State not included in cities of the
first and second class, and no addition to a school building in
any such place, the cost of which school house or addition
thereto shall exceed $1,000, shall hereafter be erected until the
plans and specifications for the same shall have been submitted
to a commission consisting of the State Superintendent of Public
Instruction, the Secretary of the State Board of Health, and an
architect to be appointed by the Governor, and their approval
endorsed thereon. Such plans and specifications shall show in
detail the ventilation, heating, and lighting of such buildings.
The commission herein provided shall not approve any plans for
the erection of any school building, or addition thereto, unless

254

the same shall provide at least fifteen square feet of floor space
and two hundred cubic feet of air space, for each pupil to be
accommodated in each study or recitation room therein, and no
such plans shall be approved by them unless provision is made
therein for assuring at least thirty feet of pure air every minute
for each pupil, and the facilties for exhausting the foul or
vitiated air therein shall be positive and independent of atmos-
pheric changes. No tax voted by a district meeting, or other
competent authority in any such school district, shall be levied
by the trustees until the commission shall certify that the plans
and specifications for the same comply with the provisions of
this act. All school houses for which plans and detailed state-
ments shall be filed and approved, as required by this act, shall
have all halls, doors, stairways, seats, passageways, and ausles,
all lighting and heating appliances and apparatus arranged to
facilitate egress in cases of fire or accident, and to afford the
requisite and proper accommodations for public protection in
such cases.

No school house shall hereafter be built with the furnace
or heating apparatus in the basement or inmiediately under such
school building.

The commission herein provided shall serve without com-
pensation, but shall receive their actual and necessary expenses
incurred in the performance of their official duties, except the
architect, who shall receive as above provided, and four dollars
per day while attending meetings of the commission, the amount
for which shall be verified on oath and be paid from the state
school fund.

Approved March 9th, 1909.

THE VERMONT LAW

The words, "Public Buildings," as used in this chapter,
shall mean churches, school buildings, hotels more than two
stories high, and places of amusement more than one story high,
and buildings, factories, mills or workshops more than two stories
high in which persons are employed above the second story.

25S

Said board shall take cognizance of the interests of the
life and health oi the inhabitants of the state, shall make or
cause to be made sanitary investigations and inquiries respecting
causes of disease, especially of epidemics, and the means of pre-
venting same; the sources of mortality and sickness and the effect
of localities, employments, habits and circumstances of life on
the public health, and, when requested, or when, in their opinion,
it is necessary, shall advise with municipal officers in regard to
drainage, water supply and sewerage of towns and villages, and
in regard to the erection, construction, heating, ventilation and
sanitary arrangements of public buildings; and said board may
compel the o\vners of such buildings to provide them with the
necessary appliances and fire escapes for preventing accidents
to persons who may be in such buildings; and said board shall
exercise the p>owers and authority imposed by law upon said
board.

Said board shall, when necessary, issue to local boards of
health its regulation as to the lighting, heating and ventilation
of school houses, and shall cause sanitary inspection to be made
of churches, school houses and places of public resort, and make
such regulations for the safety of F>ersons attending the same as
said board deems necessary. Public buildings now standing or
hereafter erected shall conform to the regulations of said board
in respect to sanitary conditions and fire escapes necessary for
the public health and for the safety of individuals in such public
buildings.

A person, corporation or committee intending to erect a
public building shall submit plans thereof showing the method
of heating, plumbing, ventilation and sanitary arrangements to
said board, and procure its approval thereof, before erecting such
building.

A person, corporation or committee which erects a public
building without the approval and without complying with the
regulations of the state board of health as provided for in the
preceding section, shall be fined not more than five hundred
dollars, nor less than one hundred dollars, and shall make such

256

building to conform to the regulations of said board before the
seune is used, otherwise such building shall be deemed a nuisance,
and be put in proper condition by the local health officer under
the direction of said board at the expense of the owner.

Said board may examine or cause to be examined a school
building or an outhouse and condemn the same as unfit for occu-
pation or use, and a building or outhouse so condemned by
written notice served upon the chairman of the board of school
directors, or the person having such school in charge, shall not
be occupied or used until the same is repaired and the sanitary
conditions approved by the state board of health. A person
who violates a provision of this section shall be fined not more
than fifty dollars nor less than five dollars.

THE VIRGINIA LAW
(Approved March 11,1 908)
Whereas, It is of great importance to the people of this
commonwealth that public school buildings hereafter erected by
any school board shall be properly heated, lighted and venti-
lated; therefore,

1. Be it enacted b^ the General Assembly of Virginia,
That the state board of inspectors for public school buildings
shall not approve any plans for the erection of any school build-
ing, or room in addition thereto, unless the same shall provide
at least fifteen square feet of floor space and two hundred cubic
feet of air space for each pupil to be acconunodated in each study
or recitation room therein, and no such plans shall be approved
by said board unless provision is made therein for assuring at
least thirty cubic feet of pure air every minute per pupil, and
the facilities for exhausting the foul and vitiated air therein shall
be positive and independent of atmospheric changes. All ceil-
ings shall be at least twelve feet in height.

2. All school houses for which plans and detailed state-
ments shall be filed and approved by said board, as required
by law, shall have all halls, doors, stairways, seats, passage-
ways, and aisles, and all lighting and heating appliances and

as7

apparatus, arranged to facilitate egress in cases of fire or acci-
dents, and to afford the requisite and prop>er accommodations
for public protection in such cases. All exit doors in any school
house of two or more stories in height shall open outwardly. No
stair-case shall be constructed except with straight runs, changes
in direction being made by platforms. No doors shall open
immediately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least the
width of the doors shall be provided between such stairs and
such doorway.

All school houses, as aforesaid, shall provide for the ad-
mission of light from the left, or from the left and rear of the
pupils, and the total light area must be at least twenty-five per
centum of the floor space.

THE WEST VIRGINIA LAW

MUST PROVIDE SITES AND BUILDINGS

The board of education of every district shall provide by
purchase, condemnation, leasing, building or otherwise, suitable
school houses, and ground in their districts, in such locations as
will best accommodate the pupils thereof, and improve such
grounds and provide such furniture, fixtures and apparatus for
the said school houses, as the comfort, health, cleanliness and
convenience of the pupils may require, and keep such grounds,
school houses, furniture, fixtures and apparatus in good order
and repair, but no board of education may purchase school
apparatus of any kind without the advice and consent of the
county superintendent first had in writing.

COUNTY SUPERINTENDENT SHALL APPROVE PLANS

Whenever any board of directors shall be authorized by
the electors of their district to erect a school building, it shall
be the duty of such board, before entering into any contract for
the erection of zuiy building, to obtain the approval of the county
superintendent, of the plans and specifications for the buildmg
to be erected, including also the heating, lighting, ventilating and
safety thereof.

258

APPROVAL OF LOCATION AND PLANS

In the construction of school houses the board of education
of each district shadl have regard to economy, convenience and
durabiHty of structure, and the heahh and comfort of pupils,
and no such school house shall be constructed until the location
and plan thereof have first been approved by the county super-
intendent, and in the event the board of education cannot agree
upon plans or location, the county si^)erintendent shall select the
plans and location for such house.

259

OFFICIAL CODE OF THE BOSTON SCHOOL HOUSE
COMMISSION

THE BOSTON CODE REQUIREMENT FOR
ARCHITECTS* SERVICES

City of Boston

Every Architect employed by the Schoolhouse Commis-
sioners of the City of Boston as the Architect for erecting a
building is to perform the duties hereinafter provided.

Section 1. — The Board. — (a.) Is to furnish the Archi-
tect w^ith the requirements and information for the design and
construction of the building for which he is the Architect, 2md
give the approximate cubical contents and proposed cost p>er
cubic foot thereof;

(fc.) Is to provide the services of domestic engineers to
confer vs^ith the Architect during the preparation of preliminary
studies, and when these are accepted by the Board to advise
the Architect in the details of their work, and make the neces-
sary working drawings and specifications for (excepting plumb-
ing), and have the direction of, the plumbing, heating, venti-
lating and electric work for the building, said work being herein-
after designated as the domestic engineering;

(c.) Is to give the grade and lines of streets and adjoin-
ing lots;

(d.) Is to make all borings necessary to determine the
quality of the foundations, and on request of the Architect, or of
any person doing work on the building, furnish him full infor-
mation relating to the above, the sewer, water, gas and electric
service, and to the rights, restrictions and boundaries of the lot
on which the building is to be constructed.

Sec. 2. — The Architect. — (a.) Is to consult and ad-
vise with the Board and make such preliminary studies as will
acquaint the Board with the contemplated arrangement, design,

260

construction and cubical contents of the building, and enable it
to agree with the Architect up>on a definite limit of cost therefor,
and to accept said preliminary studies as the basis of working
drawings and specifications ;

(b.) Is to make upon the basis of said preliminary studies
one complete set of working drawings in ink on tracing cloth,
floor and framing plans, sections and elevations at one-eighth
scale, plumbing drawings and such detail drawings on a larger
scale as are necessary to explain the specifications;

(c.) Is to furnish, revise and correct for the printer one
complete set of specifications, including plumbing, for everything
to be furnished or done in constructing the building, except the
domestic engineering ;

(d.) Is to loan to the Board, to make blueprints there-
from, the said set of working drawings;

(e.) Is to restudy, and if necessary redraw, without
charge, any or all of said drawings and specifications, if, owing
to an unwarranted departure from the approved preliminary
studies or to a needlessly extravagant or elaborate interpretation
of them in said drawings and specifications, the lowest bid for
doing the work in accordance therewith overruns the limit of cost
agreed upon by the Architect and the Board;

(/.) Is, upon the signing of contract, to deliver to the
Board, to remain their property, two sets of blueprints, mounted
on cloth, taken from the said set of working drawings, a per-
spective drawing of the exterior of the building and such floor
plans as the Board may request, suitable for reproduction, and
at the conclusion of the work a complete set of working draw-
ings on tracing cloth, either the set previously referred to or a
copy therefrom, which shall be corrected to agree with and
embody all changes made during construction;

(g.) Is to make application for a building permit to the
Building Department on a form signed by the chairman of the
Board, and deliver to the Building Department two sets of such
blueprints from the said set of working drawings as may be

26t

required by the Building Department (the Board furnishing
specifications to the Building Department) ;

(/i.) Is to have general supervision of the domestic engi-
neering and be the Architect of all other work to be done under
any written contract for the construction of the building, and
render the full usual Architect's services and supervision for such
other work;

(i.) Is, in the form prescribed by the Board, to make all
estimates ar-J allowances for payments under any contract in
which he is made the Architect of the work, and such estimates
for the domestic engineering are to be accompanied by certifi-
cates of said engineers as to their accuracy;

(/.) Is to advise with the Board on any changes in the
building contemplated by the Board, and is to order changes
when required by the Board so to do;

(^.) Is to cause the drawings and specifications furnished
by him to conform to all regulations of law and public authorities,
and to be in accordance with established methods of building
construction, faithfully carry out all the foregoing provisions,
use all proper knowledge, skill and care therein, and be account-
able for any failure so to do.

Sec. 3. — (a.) The city, as full compensation for the
services aforesaid, is to pay the Architect 3 per cent upon the
cost of the domestic engineering, exclusive of plumbing, and 6
per cent upon the cost of all other work;

(b.) Payments to be made as follows: 3 per cent upon
all contracts other than those for domestic engineering is to be
paid on the signing of such contracts, and thereafter 3 p>er cent
upon the value of the materials and labor, as specified in each
estimate for payment under the contract, is to be paid on the
making of the estimate, until the full payment aforesaid is made,
and if any thereof remains unpaid at the completion of the work
it is then to be paid. When preliminary studies are completed,
the value of the Architect's services to date shall be reckoned
one-sixth of the estimated total commission; when working draw-
ings and specifications are ready for contract, if for any reason

the signing of contracts is delayed, the value of his services to
date shall be reckoned at 3 per cent of cost based on allowance
for building given by the Board to the Architect. If the Board
discontinue the services of the Architect at any intermediate stage
the value of his services shall be reckoned proportionately. Five
per cent on cost of domestic engineering, exclusive of plumbing,
and 1 0 per cent on other work will be paid to Architects on all
changes and alterations made within or to existing buildings.
Additions and extensions made outside of such buildings to be
regarded as new work and the commission to be reckoned ori
that basis.

Sec. 4. — When for any reason other than those stated in
section 2, paragraph (e), above, the Board shall set aside the
whole or any part of an Architect's studies, drawings and speci-
fications while retaining him to prepare corresp>onding new studies,
drawings and specifications for the same school building, the
city shall pay the Architect for the work thus set aside a sum
not exceeding three times the actual cost of draughting, and the
new work shall be paid for on a commission basis, as stated in
section 3, above.

Sec. 5. — In the above agreement the term "building" is
used to define not only the structure itself but all work in con-
nection with it committed to the Architect by the order of the
Board, as fencing, grading, roads, walks, planting, decorative
painting and sculptural decoration.

BOSTON SCHOOL CODE

YARDS

( 1 ) Grading. — Grade the yards as determined after con-
sultation with the commissioners.

(2.) Fences. — Provide fences, planting, etc., as deter-
mined after consultation.

(3.) Gates. — Provide the gates in fences inclosing the
yards with hasp and staple to receive the Department Standard
yard padlock, which will be furnished by the Department out-
side of the general contract.

26S

(4.) Picy^-yards. — Play-yards located on the sunny side
of the building are desired, and approximately 30 square feet
per pupil should be provided. Play-yards are to be paved with
hard-burned brick?, laid flat in sand and sloping at proper grades
to catch-basins cornect;ng to sewer.

(5.) IVailfs. — Pave the walks and approaches with hard-
burned brick laid flat in sand.

(6.) Curbs. — Curbs forming borders may be paved
with brick laid on edge. Bull-nose brick may be used for curbs.

(7.) Sidewalks. — Sidewalks for public use outside of
the lot line and curbs for same are to be included in general
contract for building as an allowance.

(8.) Basement Entrances. — Separate entrances are to be
provided for boys and girls from their respective yards to the
play-room. Areas, steps and inclines are to be avoided wherever
possible. A separate entrance for janitor to boiler-room may
be provided. A proper entrance for coal and exit for ashes
should be provided.

(9.) Drivewa)^s. — Driveways such as for coal and
ash teams are to be paved with vitrified pavers laid at the proper
pitches, and in cement mortar on a sufficiently thick concrete
base.

(10.) Flagstaff. — Provide a flagstaff with halliards,
truck, etc., complete.

NoiE. — All the above items except as noted to be in-
cluded in the general building contract.

ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS

In General. — Elementary schools are sub-divided into
upper and lower. Lower includes Grades I., II. and III., and
are to have 12-inch by 18-inch desks. The buildings for the
lower grades are to have besides the class-iooms required, rooms
for teachers, nurse, book storage and emergency closets. The
upper elementary buildings are to contain Grades IV. to VIII.,
inclusive, and are to have besides the class-rooms required an

264

assembly hall and rooms for master, teachers, nurse, book storage
and emergency closets.

Grades IV., V. and VI. are to have 1 5 -inch by 21 -inch
desks and Grades VII. and VIII. are to have 16-inch by 23-
inch desks.

Desks are to be spaced according to standard seating
plan.

THE BUILDING

The building will be either "Low^er Elementary," which
includes class-rooms for Grades I., II. and III., or "Upf>er
Elementary," which includes class-rooms for Grades IV. to
VIII., inclusive. This will be determined by the Commissioners,
who will act as an intermediary between architects and the
school authorities and committee. Relations between commis-
sioners, architects and contractors to be as defined by contract.
Commissioners are to determine the type of construction of the
building.

Orientation. — It is desired to place the building so that
each class-room should receive sunlight during some portion of
the day.

Setting. — Set the building above grade so that the play-
rooms are well lighted and entrances are provided into base-
ment play-rooms as before mentioned. (See Basement En-
trances.) Boiler-room floor wash to drain direct to sewer wher-
ever possible.

Heat and Vent Flues. — To be of galvanized iron or
masonry, as determined by the commissioners. If of masonry,
to have joints neatly struck and the inner surface fairly smooth.

Fireproofing. — The ceiling of boiler-room and coal storage
should be fireproof construction if these rooms are placed under
class-rooms or corridors. Doors for boiler-room and coal-p>ocket
to be metal covered. Boiler-room to be self closing.

LOWER ELEMENTARY

This type of building, besides the required class-rooms, play-
rooms, sanitaries, boiler, coal and janitor's rooms, should con-

285

tain ro(Hns for teachers, nurse and book storage; also emergency
closets are to be provided as directed. To have kindergarten-
room where so directed by commissioners. Closets should be
provided for electrician as needed for batteries, switches, etc.

Note. — A paper burner should be provided in connec-
tion with the boiler-room as directed.

UPPER ELEMENTARY

This type of building, in addition to the requirements for
the lower elementary, should contain an assembly hall with its
necessary rooms, and a master's room writh waiting-room if so
directed. Rooms for cooking, manual training, etc., are to be
provided when called for by the commissioners.

SCHOOL-ROOMS

(1.) 5ize will be 20 by 28 for lower and 20 by 30
for upp>er elementary grades and not less than 1 2 feet high in
clear. Modification allowable only after consultation with the
Board. Desks should be Izud out on the preliminary plans. (See
drawing.) The School Conmiittee advise, and this Board has
adopted, the policy of having a small portion of the rooms in a
building, perhaps 1 0 or 20 i>er ceni, of a size that will seat 50.
Every class-room shall be consecutively numbered on the plans
to designate it. These numbers to be for the doors, as noted
below, and for the annimciatqr. Other rooms that appear on
the annunciator to be named on the plans, as assembly hall,
teachers' or master's room, cooking-room, manual treiining room.
The kindergarten shall be counted as a class-room. In high
schools both class and recitation rooms to be numbered, othei
rooms named.

(2.) WindoTvs will be on the long side for left-hand light-
ing. The glass measured inside the sash shall contain not less
than one-fifth of floor area, neither double run of sash nor double
glazing nor weather strips will be required, the head square and
close to the ceiling; the sill about 2 feet 6 inches from the
floor where a gravity indirect system of heating is installed and
2 feet I I inches where there is to be a plenum system ; the

266

windows divided with muntms, no large sheets of glass. Finished
with plastered jamb, no architrave, metal corner bead.

(3.) Doors. — One to corridor, 3 feet 6 inches by 7
feet, partly glazed, to open out, placed preferably near the
teacher's end; (two doors may be desired under certain condi-
tions) ; brass-plated steel butts, 4-level mortise lock; master keyed;
cast brass knobs, marble flush thresholds to corridors for first-
class construction. Doors to have 2-inch, plain brass numbers,
and cardholders, 3|/2 inches by 5 inches, and hooks to hold open.

(4.) Floors will be maple.

(5.) Walls will be painted burlap up to top of black-
boards, or of tack boards, and above this plaster tinted in water
color, — a warm gray green or buff gives the best results, — the
blackboards 4 feet high, 2 feet 2 inches from floor in kinder-
garten, 2 feet 4 inches to 2 feet 6 inches in Grade IV., aiid
2 feet 8 inches in Grade V. to VIII. ; behind the teacher and
on the long side. These will be of best black slate |/4 inch
thick. At end, in place of blackboard, soft wood sheath-
ing with burlap stretched over it with sewed seams for a tack
board, to extend from the base to the moulding at top of black-
boards, to have wood strips to cover tacks. In lower grades a
card rack covered with burlap is required above the blackboard
only. A picture moulding at top of burlap, and also near ceil-
ing in all rooms. (See drawings.)

(6.) Ceilings will be level, plaster tinted a light cream
color. Ceiling angles square.

(7.) Lights. — Nine chain pendant electric fixtures on
three switches. No gas.

(8.) Heating and Ventilation. — The inlet for heat about
5 square feet, the outlet for ventilation about 5 square feet.

(9.) Boolfcase. — Provide a bookcase in any conve-
nient position, capable of contaning 300 octavo volumes (600
volumes in bookcases for upper grades) ; upper doors fitted with
pin tumbler locks, and latch and knob; drawers fitted with pin
tumbler locks and small brass pulls. Lower doors to have pin
tumbler locks; seune lock in each bookcase; all bookcase locks

267

master keyed. (See drawing.) Special equipment for care
of books where school is held day and evening is desired
similar to that existing at the Charlestown High School, so that
the books of the day pupils will be put away in pigeonholes,
leaving the desks free for evening use.

(10.) Teacher's Closet. — Provide a small closet for
teacher's coat and hat, preferably opening from the class-room,
but allowable from the wardrobe, closet to have about 6 hooks
and one shelf.

(11.) Fittings. — Bulletin board and letter box should
be included in general contract.

FRESH-AIR ROOMS

The School Committee is responding to the more general
demand for fresh-air rooms for children who are anaemic or of
tubercular tendencies. At present all that the Board is advising
to meet this new demand is that a sunny room, preferably a cor-
ner room, be chosen for this work, and that the windows on one
or on two sides be made casement, to open out, or arranged as
the Board may direct; and that the heat be largely direct, so that
the temperature can be quickly raised, if necessary, when the
windows are closed. Otherwise these rooms will be the same
as other class-rooms.

WARDROBES

(a.) (1.) Side. — Wardrobes will adjoin school-room
and be from 4 feet 6 inches to 5 feet wide.

(2 and 3.) Windoivs and Doors. — Outside light, two
doors, both connecting with school-room, and not to corridor, and
having no thresholds. Doors, double swung, 2 feet 6 inches
wide, brass double-acting butts, foot and hand plates, hooks or
adjustable stops to hold open, ventilation under door farthest
from vent.

(4.) Floors. — Terrazzo or composition with border
and base for first-class construction. For second-class construc-
tion, to have composition floor and base. For all cases, to have
a drip gutter for umbrellas.

26S

(5.) Walls. — Painted burlap to a height of 7 feet,
p)oles on brass-plated iron brackets with hooks under and pins
over, 44 in number; umbrella clips and drip gutter below. (See
drawing.) Walls above, plaster, tinted. Height of lower pole,
kindergarten 30 inches from floor; lower grades, 36 inches to
40 inches; upper grades, 44 inches, 48 inches and 52 inches;
distance between poles, 8 inches for elementary, 1 2 inches for
high schools. Pins and hooks, 8 inches to I 2 inches on centers
for elementary and 1 6 inches to 1 8 inches for high. Each
hook to have a painted number 1 '/4 inches high. An individual
compartment is desired for each pupil. The Commissioners are
expjerimenting along this line at present.

(6.) Ceiling. — Plaster, untinted.

(7.) Light. — One lamp. Ceiling outlets, electric. Switch
in class-room.

(8.) Heating and Ventilation. — Heating, direct. Ven-
tilation, vent duct, 1 2-3 square feet area cross section.

CORRIDORS AND VESTIBULES

(1.) Size. — Not less than 8 feet wide for four rooms
on a floor ; not less than 1 0 feet for over four rooms, governed
by length, access to stairs, etc.

(2.) Windows. — Outside light essential.

(3.) Doors. — Main outer doors to open out,; heavy
butts, standard, master keyed, school lock; lock set to be fur-
nished by the Department but set by the Contractor; door check;
heavy hooks to hold open. Vestibule doors open out, heavy
butts, pulls, push plates, hooks to hold open, door checks, no
locks. Outer doors to basement open out, and fitted with stand-
ard latch lock. Other hardware as above.

(4.) Floors. — Terrazzo divided into areas not to ex-
ceed 80 square feet, by slate strips, and to have terrazzo or
marble base for first-class construction. Wood floor and base
second-class construction.

(5 and 6.) Walls and Ceilings. — ^A light glazed
brick, untinted walls and ceilings. Put picture moulding at
ceiling in corridors.

(7.) Light. — Ceiling or short pendant fixtures (electric),
32 candle power each, also gas for emergency in corridors, on
stairs, and in vestibules.

(8.) Heating and Ventilation. — Heat direct, supple-
mented by foot warmers on first floor. Ventilation where pos-
sible.

(9.) Sinlfs and Closets. — On each floor above the first,
one or two 4- foot sinks, with 2 fountains.

STAIRCASES

(1.) Number and Arrangement. — Determined by the
Board, and not over 5 feet wnde.

(2.) Material. — The treads. North River stone on iron
string, or concrete construction with granolithic surface for first-
class construction ; wood for second-class construction. Rails
of a simple pattern, easily cleaned; wall rails are desired.

(3.) 5/eps. — About 6^ or 7 inches by 10|/2 inches.
Rail not less than 2 feet 8 inches on runs and 3 feet on landings.

(4.) Exits. — Exits from the lower landings of stairs are
desired. These may have emergency bolts where so desired.

SANITARIES

(1.) Size. — General toilet-rooms in basement, in size ap-
proximating space for 1 ^ water-closets for each school-room, i. e.,
% boys and I '/4 for girls, and 33 inches of urinal for every
school-room, arranged for convenient supervision and circulation.
Slate sinks, length from 10 inches per class-room in small build-
ings 6 inches per class-room in large buildings, located pref-
erably in the play-rooms. The above refers to mixed schools.

(2.) Windows. — Ample outside light; glazed where ex-
posed to view outside with ribbed glass; to have wire guards.

(3.) Doors. — The doors arranged "in" and "out," with
spring or door check and stout brass hooks to hold open; glazed
with ribbed glass; half doors to water-closets.

(4.) Floors. — Asphalt. Boys' drained to urinal, girls'
to floor wash.

270

(5.) Walls. — Salt-glazed brick or other non-porus inex-
pensive surface, 7 feet high; above, brick painted.

(6.) Ceiling. — Untinted plaster or white-we^shed con-
crete. Basement ceiling need not be furred level for first-class
construction. For second-class construction ceiling should be
plastered.

(7.) Light. — Ceiling or short pendant electric fixtures.

(8.) Heat and Ventilation. — Heat direct. Ventilation
through water-closets and space back of urinals, allow 1 0 square
inches local vent for each water-closet and 8 square inches for
each lineal foot of urinal.

PLUMBING FIXTURES

(1.) Water-Closets. — The pupils' water-closets for ele-
mentary schools are wash down closets; siphon action, upper
classes, 16J/^ inches high; lower classes, 1 3|/2 inches high.
Teachers' same with raised rear vent 1 6J/2 inches high. (See
drawing. )

(2.) Partitions. — To be %-inch V-grooved hard
wood sheathing applied vertically, with top and bottom rails of
same wood, supported at ends with iron pipe about 8 feet high,
tied together and to the wall, to wliich doors are hung. Back
partition of water-closets to be wood sheathing over a 2- foot slate
base. Finish of wood (color) to match that of rest of building.
(See drawing.)

(3.) Urinals. — The urinals will be of slate, floor
slab, trough and back, with partitions where requested, flushed
automatically from special tank, through ^-inch jjerforated pipe,
with cold water; vented at bottom into space behind. (See
drawing.)

(4.) Sinks of black slate, two self-closing cocks, and
jet drinking fountains, set 20 inches on centres. A sink is de-
sired for electrician unless there is one near by.

(5.) Floor Washes in sanitaries and play-rooms as al-
ready mentioned. (See drawing.)

(6.) Piping. — (a.) Cast iron must be laid on good
footing in basement, clean-outs at every change of direction,

271

Soils and vents exposed as far as possible, no asphaltum, red
lead and three coats of paint.

{b.) Supplies. — Exposed as far as possible; where cov-
ered may be plain brass, elsewhere polished brass; no nickel
plate. Hot water for janitor's use in basement, cooking-room,
and for master's and teachers' room. Supply from boiler and
from summer boiler, if any, or from an independent hot water
heater. No auxiliary supply wanted for water-closet tanks.

(c.) Fire Lines. — In buildings over three stories high,
one or more lines of 3-inch pipe if requested by the Board.

PLAY-ROOMS

All free basement space to be arranged as play-rooms for
boys and girls. Salt-glazed brick, 7 feet high, and painted or
whitewashed brick or stone walls above. Granolithic floors,
plaster ceilings or whitewashed concrete. Basement doors and
windows to have wire guards in channel iron frames ; guards to
be hinged and padlocked. Doors are desired from the play-
rooms to the play-yards. Areas at doors are not desired.

master's and teachers' rooms

(1.) In each school of the upper grades a room of about
240 square feet for the master, with a water-closet and bowl
and a book-closet adjoining. This room should be near the
centre of the building, i. e., on the second floor, in a three-story
building. In all schools a room or rooms for teachers, averag-
ing about 300 square feet for ten teachers, with one water-
closet and bowl. Doors to be clearly marked "Master" or
"Teachers" in brass letters and one water-closet and bowl on
each floor of six rooms for teachers' emergency.

(2.) Where men as well as women are teachers, a sep-
arate room with toilet accommodations for men.

(3.) Opportunity in teachers' rooms for warming lun-
cheon, either gas or electric.

272

SPECIAL ROOMS

ASSEMBLY HALLS

Assembly halls should accommodate from 400 to 800.
It is not considered necessary to seat the full number of pupils
in schools of greater capacity. The floor to be level and of
wood like class-rooms, or linoleum. The windows to be fitted
with rebated mouldings to take black shades, and so designed
as to make the op>eration of shades practical and simple. The
platform should be capable of accommodating one, or, in the
large schools, two classes, and should have removable stepped
platforms of wood to take the benches. Galleries may be used
where the hall is two stories in height. Ante-rooms near the
platform are desirable, and a connection from adjoining class-
rooms to the ante-rooms or directly to the platform. A digni-
fied architectural treatment of the walls and a studied color
scheme for walls and ceiling is exp)ected. The lighting, acoustics
and exits should be such as belong to a small lecture hall.
Artificial lighting to be under control from at least two points,
one of which must be near an exit. Electric outlet for 30-
ampere projection lantern, 25 feet from curtain. Provide re-
cess in ceiling over platform for spring-rolled curtain 1 3 feet
long. For assembly hall an allowance in cubing is made by
the Board of two class-rooms for schools of medium size, that
is, about sixteen class-rooms, 2uid four class-rooms for schools
of larger size, i. e., over twenty-four class-rooms to represent the
added area for this purpose.

MANUAL TRAINING ROOMS

(1.) Size. — Room, generally located in basement, if floor
can be above grading, should be approximately 900-1,000
square feet, preferably a corner room, and the larger of the
two allowed sizes of rooms, and arrangement shown by drawing,
for number of benches there given, 25. In elementary schools
for boys only 22 benches are sufficient.

(2.) Light. — TTie windows should be as near full length
as possible and on two sides. Artificial light in chain pendant
electric fixtures, one light to every four benches.

273

(3.) Floors. — Of wood.

(4.) Walls. — A basement room should be finished as
a shop; salt-glazed brick up to 7 feet where exposed, and above
blackboard brick walls whitewashed. If above basement, fin-
ished as a class-room.

(5.) Ceilings. — Like basement.

(6.) Heating and Ventilation. — The same as in class-
rooms. If in basement provide some direct radiation.

(7.) Fittings. — (a.) Stock-room. — -Stock-room should
contain at least 80 square feet, preferably long and narrow.
Eighteen-inch shelves should run around the room, 5 feet 6
inches and 6 feet 6 inches from the floor.

(fc.) Wardrobes. — Wall space for 26 double coat and
hat hooks, in a separate room.

(c.) Teachers' Closets. — Teachers' closet should be
small for p>ersonal belongings, with shelving and hooks under.

(d.) Store-room. — For finished work and hardware
should be fitted with all shelving possible ; an area 40 square
feet is adequate.

(e.) Bookcases. — Like those in class-rooms, 150
capacity.

(/.) Work-raclf. — About 28 feet long, made in sec-
tions, 6 feet 6 inches high and 2 feet deep. The length is to
take 24 compartments (equaling the number of benches) and
the height the number of divisions that use the room (two each
day, five days, outside limit). Compartments to have numbers
and letters painted. (For all of these, see drawings.)

(g.) Sin}(. — A 3-foot soapstone sink, with hot and cold'
water, with drinking fountain if desired.

(h.) Display Frames. — Four display frames, size and
position as indicated, of burlap over soft wood back, with 2-inch
moulding around.

(i.) Demonstration Steps. — Demonstration steps are, de-
sired.

(/'.) Furniture. — (Not included in the building contract.)
The furniture comprises 25 benches and stools, teachers' desk,

274

table 4 feet by 21/2 feet, with unfinished top, I desk chair and
2 common chairs, a clock. (See drawing.) Lay these out on
preliminary drawings. Lower benches to be set toward the front
and nearer the windows.

(^.) Blackboards. — Provide about 15 running feet of
slate blackboards, 4 feet high.

(/.) Clue Pot. — Provide electric or gas connections for

same.

COOKING ROOM

(1.) Size. — Should have an area of 900-1,000 square
feet, preferably a corner room on top floor, but generally in base-
ment, and the larger of the two allowed sizes of room, and
arranged for 24 stations.

(2.) Light. — Windows as in a class-room, if located in
a corner, from two sides. Artificial light as in a class-room.

(3.) Walls. — Above basement, similar to school-rooms,
blackboards, 4 by 1 0 feet, back of teacher's desk. Walls
painted in oils. A basement room may have salt-glazed brick
walls up to 7 feet and painted brick above. (See drawings.)

(4.) Floors. — The floor to be wood or linoleum, on
cement, except space occupied by ranges, which is tiled.

(5.) Ceilings. — Ceilings like basement, or, if above base-
ment, like class-rooms.

(6.) Heat and Ventilation. — Less heat is required than
in a class-room, but the ventilation should be the same, with
additional vent from the demonstration ranges. Hoods over
ranges if Board so desires.

(7.) Fittings. — (a.) Wardrobes. — Provision for 24
pupils, double coat and hat hooks in separate lighted closet, and
teachers' small closet.

(b.) Work Benches, accommodating 24 pupils, fitted
with compartment for utensils, bread-board, etc., a Bunsen burner
with a hinged iron grille over it, set on aluminum plate at each
station; benches arranged in the form of ellipse, or oblong, with
access to centre from two sides; top of pine 24 inches wide; open
underneath and supported on pipe standards. One section de-

275

tached and fitted as a demonstration bench; a clear space of 4
feet all around. Dining table (furnished under another con-
tract) is to be set in centre. (See drawings.) Lay these out
on preliminary drawings and include in final drawings and con-
tract.

(c.) Dresser. — Ten feet long, in 3 sections, 4 adjustable
shelves and glazed sliding, or hinged doors at top; one set of
3 drawers and 2 cupboards on lower part. A shelf should be
put in each cupboard about 1 2 inches from top.

(d.) Fuel-box. — In 2 compartments, each about 24
inches square and 30 inches deep, with hinged lids; small shelf in
one section. Accommodations in the main coal-room for a
supply of range coal and kindling wood.

(e.) Boolfcase. — Similar to those provided in class-rooms.

(/. ) Sinlf. — Soapstone, 4 feet long ; 2 cold and 2 hot
water cocks; soapstone drip shelves 24 inches long, at each end
of sink, provided with grease trap. Sink should be near ranges.

(g.) Hot Water Supply. — (See instructions in plumb-
ing.)

(h.) Coal and Gas Ranges. — A six-hole coal range and
a similar gas range, with hood provided, and set on a hearth pre-
viously mentioned.

(i.) Refrigerator. — Will be a part of the furniture. Fur-
nished under another contract,

«►

SEWING ROOM

The following is a list of standard equipment adopted by
the School Committee.

(Not to be included in the general contract for building.)

30 Portable tables (inserted yard measure) .•
50 Chairs in girls' school*

and
30 In mixed schools, varying in height from 14 inches to 21 inches
from floor.*
1 Glass show case about 8 feet long, 2}/z feet or 3 feet wide.
1 Cutting table, 8 feet long, 3 feet wide and 2 feet 6 inches high,
inserted yard measure, 3 drawers in table, blackboards, minimum
of 30 square feet.
Closet for teachers' wraps.

276

Stationary washbowl with running hot and cold water.
I 7J/2-lb. electric iron.
14-lb. electric iron.
Standard box rack with box for each girl.
(See drawing.)
I Sewing machine for 500 or fewer girls.
* Not required when no regular "sewing room" is available.

KINDERGARTEN

(1.) Size. — The rooms can be contained in the space of
a class-room and wardrobe, but a sHghtly larger area, 800 to
900 square feet, is desirable, and preferably the larger of the
two allowed sizes of room. They comprise a lafge room, a small
room, a supply closet, a wardrobe and a water-closet. The large
room should take a 16- foot circle, regulation lines painted on
the floor with at least 4 feet all around it. (See drawing.)
The small room, about 200 square feet.

(2.) Light. — Windows should be as in a class-room, if
on a corner, on both sides. Exposure should be sunny. Artifi-
cial light of the class-room type arranged for the different rooms.

(3.) Doors. — Door to corridor as in class-rooms. Wide
doors should open from small room into large room.

(4.) Floors. — Wood or linoleum cemented onto concrete
surface, with painted lines as above.

(5.) Walls. — As in class-rooms, with blackboard as in
lower grades.

(6.) Ceilings. — As in class-rooms.

(7.) Heat and Ventilation. — As in class-rooms.

(8.) Fittings. (a.) Wardrobe. — Hooks for 60, ar-
ranged as in ordinary wardrobes.

(b.) Teachers' Closet. — For clothing of two or three
teachers.

(c.) Toilet-room. — Immediately adjoining with low-
down seat and bowl or sink.

d.) Boof(case. — As in lower grades.

nurse's room

(1.) Size. — From 200 to 400 square feet, according to
size of school.

277

(2.) Windows. — Outside light as in class-rooms.
(3.) Shades. — Set to roll from windowsill upward. Not
in building contract.

(4.) Doors. — One door to corridor, as in class-room,
marked "Nurse's room."

(5.) Walls. — Upper two-thirds plaster, smooth finish,
round corners, painted with light green oil paint. Lower one-
third to floor, glazed white tile with sanitary base.

(6.) Floor. — Terrazzo, like corridors for first-class con-
struction. CompKJsition for second-class.

(7.) Heat and Ventilation. — As in class-rooms.

(8.) Light. — Pendant electroher with special shade.
Extra socket on body of fixture for hand portable.

(9.) Nurse's Closet for Supplies. — Size, 3 by 4; one
shelf; 6 hooks for clothing.

(10.) Bath Tub. — Five- foot porcelain enameled iron,
hot and cold water, where requested by Superintendent of Nurses.

(11.) Bowl. — Enameled iron, hot and cold water fau-
cets with shcunpoo cock. Hot water must be available all the
year.

(12.) Stove and Clock- — ^^s or electric heater as in
teachers' rooms, and a secondary clock.

(13.) Fittings. — (Not in building contract.) (a.)
Cabinet. — Oak finish medical cabinet, adopted as standard by
Schoolhouse Commission, (b.) Stool. — White enamel revolv-
ing stool, (c.) Table. — Dressing table, white enamel frame,
glass top and shelf; size, 16 to 20, rubber crutch tips. (d.)
Filing Case for Nurse's Records. — Oak finish, to hold 1,000
cards, 4 by 6; lock and key; guide cards, (e.) Writing Table.
— Oak finish, with drawer and lock; size, 20 by 30. (/.)
Chair. — Oak to match table, (g.) Couch. — Flat frame oak,
canvas adjustable top. (h.) Mirror. — Size, 2|/2 by 3, set
over bowl.

278

HIGH SCHOOLS

CLASS-ROOMS AND RECITATION-ROOMS

High school class-rooms are leiid out for classes of thirty-
six or forty-two, generally the latter. A room 26 feet by 32
feet will accommodate forty-two high school desks. The larger
class-rooms are to accommodate from sixty to eighty pupils; the
larger number can be acconrunodated in a room 33 feet 8 inches
by 43 feet. Recitation-rooms, which to a certain extent will be
used also as class-rooms, should be about 16 by 26. These
rooms, if equipped with continuous desks and seats as in a lecture-
room, or with double desks, such as are to be used in the Charles-
town High, would accommodate about thirty pupils each. Lay
out desks in one roona of each type on preliminary plans.

ASSEMBLY HALL

For a hig^ school would not differ materially from that already
described for elementary schools.

master's and teachers' rooms

For accommodation of the principal there should be an
outer office, that is, a waiting-room or reception-room, and an
inner office, and rooms for both men and women teachers, which
might well be concentrated in the neighborhood of the reception-
room and the principal's room.

chemistry

The Rooms in Ceneral Required. — Laboratory, separate
from lecture-room, may be used as recitation-room, but better to
use lecture-room and keep laboratory free from desks and demon-
stration table. Lecture-room, separate from laboratory, but easy
of access, may be used for recitation; in that case should have
facilities for demonstration. Combined lecture-room for physics
and chemistry admissible. Three rooms for administrative pur-
poses, store-room for dry chemicals and apparatus, room for
storage of liquid chemicals and preparation of reagents, which
may also be used as a teacher's laboratory and an office. The

279

total area of the laboratory and administration rooms should be
about 1 ,200 square feet and of the lecture-room about 600 square
feet.

CHEMICAL LABORATORY

(1.) Size. — Should accommodate a class of forty to
fifty pupils, with apparatus. Accommodation for three such
classes.

(2.) Light — On two sides.

(3.) Heating and Ventilation. — On same basis as for
class-rooms, but removal of gases should also be provided for
by a hood, each compartment of which should be ventilated by
9-inch hole at top, venting into elbow or T of drain pipe, thence
connected by drain pipe into main flue, in which should be a
fan operated by a motor.

(4.) Walls and Ceiling. — Walls of brick ideal, but not
generally feasible, except on outside walls; plaster walls painted
in oils and ceiling of plaster, covered with water-resisting surface
containing no lead. All woodwork to have natural finish, except
lops of desks.

(5.) Floor. — Preferably of concrete; may be of hard-
wood in narrow strips, filled in by asphalt; should slope very
slightly between desks, interspaces again trending to common
corner, which may be drained.

(6.) Equipment. — Working desks at right angles to
greater length of room, in sections back to back between win-
dows; sections movable when top is removed. Each section 21
feet to 24 feet 6 inches long, 2 feet wide, 3 feet to 3 feet 2
inches in height. Distance between double sections about 5 feet,
same distance at least between ends of sections and hood, which
should be opposite longer line of windows and at right angles
to direction of desk sections. Other ends of sections near enough
to wall to allow for drain at right angles to sections and under
windows. Desks to be of ash or any durable wood, natural
finish. Top of narrow pine strips, treated with aniline black
and waterproof lead finish. Individual desks provided with 3
lockers and 3 sets of drawers each, each set of drawers operated

280

by bar from locker, combination lock to fasten locker. Each
double section of desks provided with soapstone sink, placed be-
tween sections and flush with section top, which should slope
slightly to sink.* Sink 8 inches wide at least, and should begin
within I foot of the end, toward hood, depth here to be 6 inches,
runnmg nearly to other end, where depth should be 8 inches.
Each pupil to have working space of 3 feet 6 inches by 1 foot
8 inches. Each double section of desks provided with shelf for
reagents, running length of desk, 10 inches to 12 inches above
desk, supported by metal standards at suitable intervals, of white
wood, 1 Y4 inches thick, 9 inches wide, natural finish, covered
with glass plates, I/4 inch thick, 9 inches wide, suitable lengths,
clamped to wooden shelf with as few clamps as possible. Wooden
shelf at free end of each section, 1 inch to I Yl inches thick, 3
feet to 4 feet long, not over I foot 3 inches wide, height of 2
feet 8 inches to 2 feet 1 0 inches, for holding blast lamps, re-
agent jars, etc. Finish off top of shelf in aniline black. Floor
space under second row of windows taken up with line of extra
desks, built like sections, furnished in similar way, but without
necessarily a drain to be used for emergency or general utility.
Wall space not otherwise occupied may be used for shelves or
cabinets. Fixed slate blackboards at end opposite second set
of windows and parallel to desk sections, sliding slate blackboards
above hood. Liquid waste may be thrown into desk sink, dry
waste into earthen jars. Hood should run at right angles to
desk sections and along wall opposite free ends of sections. In
the construction of hood, protection against fire should be con-
sidered. Should be built against brick wall. Floor of hoods
to be of slate; wood, inside and outside, to be finished natural.
Space divided into three or four compartments, closed by sliding
windows. Space against wall not occupied by hood for general
link.

(7.) Cas. — ^Lead from gas main at free end of centre
of double desk sections, branch into two leads along back of each

* Individual sinks are preferred by the teachers, although the long
trough is apparently adequate for teaching elementzuy chemistry, and is less
cxpensiYc.

281

section. Take-offs between each working desk space in form
of pillar with two '/^-inch cocks, at each end desk a single cock.
Two J/^-inch gas nipples at each side of each compartment of
hood. Cocks of these outside of hood. Wall desk fitted with
single gas taps at intervals of two feet.

(8.) Water. — Lead from water main at free end of
centre of double desk sections. Size, large enough to fill section
sink rapidly. Lead of ordinary size along length of section un-
derside of shelf, take-off at free end of section, to which blast
and suction pump may be attached. At junction of each four
working desk spaces take-off, carrying two valves with hose bibb
delivery 14 -inch, the two valves or cocks facing oj^wsite sides.
Suction pump attached to these bibbs if desired.

(9.) Drains. — Section desk sink to have open drain and
mercury arrester, into which should be set movable concave net-
ting of wide mesh to arrest larger solid matter. Main desk drain
at right angles to sections along and under wnndows, between
windows and sections should be in form of wooden trough, in
sections dovetailed from 6 inches to 8 inches inside diameter and
equally deep, covered with asphalt paint or filling; may be sup-
ported on brackets against wall and left open, or covered and
provided with movable top. Into this drain will drip the lead
pipes coming from section sink. Slate floor of each hood com-
partment should deepen slightly in centre, where there should be
a hole 1 inch in diameter, into which is fitted short lead drain
pipe, closed by perforated plug; drain pipes to be connected with
sloping drain pipe, ofjen or closed, running toward and delivering
into general sink..

(10.) Electricity. — Current of electricity on section desks
need not exceed ten volts, may be supplied from source common
to physical and chemical side. Plugs between each working
space placed under desk top on frame.

LECTURE AND RECITATION-ROOM

(1.) Size. — Area to depend on number of seatings re-
quired or nimiber of pupils in classes; should be large enough

282

for two classes and should occupy a position between the labora-
tories for physics and chemistry,

(2.) Light. — As much glass area as class-room, prefer-
ably from left. Fit windows and other openin'gs admitting light
with dark curtains as specified under Assembly Hall. Electric
lighting from top, controlled at point convenient to demonstration
table.

(3.) Floor stepped up in fireproof construction and fin-
ished in wood, like floor. idv OS oj C ]o liuato dno

(4.) Heating and Ventilation. — As for class-rooms, with
extra ventilation to remove fumes. Space at left end of desk
provided with register and flue of at least 10 inches diameter, to
afford means of down draught. Flue carried under floor to
nearest wall, flue and draught actuated by motor if not sufficient.

(5.) Equipment. — Demonstration table, not less than 12
feet long, not more than 3 feet nor less than 30 inches wide,
height 32 inches. Placed 4 feet distant from wall, material
same as that of room, top made of pine plank and finished like
chemical laboratory desks. Pneumatic sink at right hand of
desk, of soapstone in two depths. Not to exceed 30 inches
long, 20 inches wide. Depth, 4 inches to 6 inches minimum;
16 inches to 18 inches maximum. Length of minimum depth
not to exceed 60 per cent of total length. Sink to be depressed
in table and provided with flush cover. Sink to have screened
drain with mercury trap and overflow. Supply hot and cold
water under reduced pressure and cold water under street pres-
sure for quick filling, 2 goosenecks with ^-inch hose bibbs, to
one of which combined blast and suction pump may be attached;
steam supply direct from boiler main with a by-pass to summer
boiler; supply gas air suction, and gas taps not exceeding 6 in
number. Over demonstration table, secured to ceiling, provide
a plank with heavy screw hooks. Behind lecture table provide
sliding blackboards of not less than 50 square feet, and a can-
vas curtain on heavy spring roller for attaching charts. Drawers
and closets for lesser lecture apparatus and chemicals in body
of table, wall on either side provided with shelves for reagent

283

bottles under glass, and side wall provided with cabinets for
larger pieces of permanent apparatus, if there is no special room
for this. Lifting seats with desk for taking notes arranged on
platforms, so that the successive tiers will rise one above the
other to insure an unobstructed view of demonstration table.
(See drawing.)

(6.) Electricity. — Provide three (3) forms of current,
viz., one circuit for direct current at 1 10 volts, 30 amperes, and
one circuit of 5 to 20 volts, 50 amperes, and one circuit for
alternating current at 110 volts, 30 amperes. Regulating rheo-
stat for the 5 to 20 volt direct current to be located conveniently
to table. A 50-ampere ammeter and a 125-volt voltmeter, both
with extra large illuminated dials, mounted on swing brackets in
full view of class and instructor; suitable means for switching
ammeter and voltmeter to either circuit. Terminate circuits in
non-reversible push plug receptacles. A projection lantern and
receptacles for same at end of table and at rear of room. Lantern
screen on spring roller at side of room, width of screen usually
12 feet, but dependent on distance and lenses used.
ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES

(1.) Apparatus Store-room. — Should give ample space
for storage of extra and reserve apparatus and original packages
of stock chemicals. These should be kept in dust-proof cabinets
with glass doors and in drawers.

(2.) Preparation-room. — This should adjoin the above.
Primarily for storage of liquid chemicals in bulk and preparation
of liquid reagents and storage of supply bottles, also fitted for
teacher's laboratory. Should have wide centre table with gas
in centre, working desks, with drawers and closets along two
sides, also gas, water, sink, blast, suction, steam and electricity.
Shelves along desks for storage of liquid chemicals, supply bottles
and smaller reagent bottles. An adequate hood should be pro-
vided.

(3.) Office and Balance Room. — Adjoining store-room
and preparation-room should be small room to contain desk, book
shelves, table and a good grade balance.

284

PHYSICAL LABORATORY

(I.) Size. — In a space about 30 by 40 feet. A labo-
ratory, apparatus-room and shop.

(2.) Light. — The same basis as for class-rooms, one
wall having as direct a southern exposure as possible for porte
lumiere studies. Artificial light as in a class-room. Dark cur-
tains in addition to regular shades for darkening room. Win-
dows and all openings admitting light fitted as specified under
Assembly Halls (page 65).

(3.) Heating and Ventilation. — On same general basis
as for class-rooms.

(4.) Equipment. — Small laboratory tables to accommo-
date two or four pupils at each, built of hard wood, white pine
tops, fitted with 4 drawers, supports and adjustable crossbar.
Wall tables around room on sides where there are windows, with
one or two shallow drawers under, but not deep enough to inter-
fere with comfort of pupil. Soapstone drip sinks with cold
water to be provided at these tables, one to every six or eight
pupils. Instructor's table, fitted with hot and cold water, Rich-
ards' pump, numerous cupboards and drawers of various depths
and widths. Two-inch plank bolted to ceiling over this table,
with space of 2 or 3 inches between plank and ceiling for attach-
ment of pendulums and other apparatus. Provide electric out-
let for stereopticon and screen for same.

(5.) Furniture. — Provide adjustable stools for all the
tables and a sufficient number of tablet arm chairs to accommo-
date the entire division during demonstration exercises. Chairs
to be placed in rectangle formed by pupils' tables emd demon-
stration table. These are not in building contract, but to be
laid out on preliminary plans.

(6.) Electricity. — One outlet for direct current at 110
volts E. M. F. and 30-ampere capacity. One outlet for direct
current at low voltage with regulator conveniently located. One
outlet for alternating current at 1 1 0 volts E. M. F. and 30-
ampere capacity. One outlet for each kind of current at demon-
stration table, to be single pole push plugs instead of binding

285

posts. Series and multiple connections at each pupil's table.
Switch in laboratory to cut out pupils' tables.

(7.) Gas. — Pupils' tables to be equipped with gas, 4
cocks to each table. Wall tables to be equipped with gas.
Demonstration table to be provided with gas.

(8.) Bulletin Board. — 25 to 50 square feet of bulletin
board, covered with burlap, secured at edges, but not glued on
like wall paper.

(9.) Blackboards. — ^As much blackboard space as pos-
sible. Sliding blackboards back of demonstration tables.

APPARATUS-ROOMS

(1.) Size. — One large or several small rooms, to opeii
directly out of laboratory, and connected with lecture-room.

(2.) Equipment. — To be fitted with dust-tight cases with
adjustable shelves and sliding glass doors, 7 feet high; cabinets
of drawers of various widths and depths, mostly narrow and
shallow. Some of these cases may be in the laboratory if there
is sufficient wall space. A small sink and hood should be pro-
vided.

SHOP

A small shop is desirable, though not absolutely necessary.
This should be equipped with work bench, power lathe, belted to
motor generator, and shelving for tools and stock, and may be
set up in apparatus-room.

BOTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL LABORATORY

( 1 . ) Size. — In a space about 30 by 40 feet. Labora-
tory and apparatus-room.

(2.) Light. — ^Windows the same as for class-rooms, one
wall with southern exposure. Artificial light as in class-rooms.

(3.) Equipment. — (a). Twenty-one pupils' tables, 54
inches by 24 inches by 30 inches high, each to accommodate two
pupils, to have plate glass tops.

(b.) Soapstone sink, 72 inches by 30 inches, 10 inches
deep, accessible on all sides. Supply with cold water, about 8
bibbs and 2 hose bibb cocks.

286

(c.) One aquarium, 30 inches long, 20 inches wide and
20 inches high, with supply, gooseneck cock with aspirator and
standing waste.

(d.) Ice chest, 36 inches by 24 inches.

(e.) Cases built wherever practicable. Three sections to
contain 42 pigeonholes, 3 inches by 3 inches by 8 inches, for
storage of instruments. A liberal supply of cases to contain
drawers and cupboards in lower compartment, and shelves above,
for exhibition of specimens, storage of material, instruments, books,
charts, etc.

(4.) Furniture. — Forty-two adjustable screw revolving
chairs, not in building contract.

GYMNASIUM AND DRILL HALL

(1.) To be used in common for gymnasium exercises,
athletic games and the drilling of the school cadets. On account
of its size and for structural conditions to be generally located
in the basement, with clear span of ceiling auid combined height
of basement and first story. Visitors' gallery generally provided
at one end, entered from first floor.

(2.) Size. — The classes exercising in the gymnasium are
from fifty to one hundred, and a suitable floor space for this
number, as well as floor space for a full company of cadets at
drill, is from 3,750 to 4,000 square feet. The height should
not be less than 24 feet.

(3.) Light. — Ample outside light in all cases. Elec-
tric light from ceiling protected with wire guards.

(4.) Heat and Ventilation. — The former sufficient to
guarantee a temperature of about 60 degrees, and about twice
as much ventilation as is customary for the ordinary class-room.
This is, of course, insufficient for the number of people who might
occasionally occupy the gymnasium for exhibitions, but it is
more than enough for the ordinary number using it for class
exercises.

287

(5.) Equipment. — The standard gymnastic apparatus
consists of the following fixtures, which may be slightly modified
in particular cases:

23 Bar stalls.

25 Bar stall benches.

2 Double booms.

2 Saddles.
20 Vertical ropes.

2 Serpentine ladders.

2 Boxes, 1 horse.
12 Balance boards.

2 4 by 7 mats.

2 5 by 10 mats.

4 Pairs jumping standards and ropes.

2 Pairs basket ball goals.

3 Basket balls.

4 2j/2-lb. medicine balls.
16 2-lb. medicine balls.

4 Indoor baseballs and bats.

1 Fairbanks scale.

I Water spirometer.

1 Tape measure.

1 Dozen glass mouthpieces.

24 Bean bags.

1 Truck to carry mats.

100 Pairs ^-Ib. Indian clubs.

2 Jump boards.

I Shoulder caliper.
100 Solid rubber bounding balls, 2'/^ in. diameter.
100 Pairs ^-Ib. dumb-bells.
100 Wands %-in. in diameter.

(6.) Cun Racl(s. — Racks for holding the guns carried
by the cadets should be provided on walls. These racks should
be protected by locked doors.

(7.) Special Rooms. — Adjoining gymnasium and drill
hall two small rooms about 1 0 feet square should be provided
for school matron and director of gymnasium.

(8.) Dressing-rooms, Baths and Lockers. — (a.) Sys-
tem.— The clothing of all the pupils is in a central locker-room,
each suit being numbered, and all being under the control of
the attendarft in charge. Dressing-rooms are provided in num-
ber equivalent to the number of a class. A class coming for
exercise are given their gymnasium clothing and keys to dressing-
rooms, which they lock behind them when exercismg. After

288

exercise they can take a shower bath. When dressed the dress-
ing-room keys are given up, but the gymnasium clothing is left
to be gathered up by the attendant. The clothing is carried
to the dry-room, and when dried each set is put back in its proper
pigeonhole.

(b.) Locffers. — The locker-room is controlled by the at-
tendant, and contains pigeonholes, 1 0-inch cube, one for each
pupil in the school, and a counter over which to deliver the cloth-
ing. Adjoining this is the dry-room, capable of being heated
to a high temperature and thoroughly ventilated. This is fitted
with hooks and clothesline.

(c.) Dressing-rooms. — The dressing-rooms are small
cabins, about 3 feet square, with a locked door, a seat and hooks.

(J.) Showers. — The shower baths are 3 feet square,
divided by slate partitions, similar to those for water-closets, each
having a bar at the front, over which a cotton sheet can be
dropped. Each compartment has two sprays in ojjposite corners.

MANUAL ARTS-ROOM

Rooms shall be provided for drawing, and in boys' schools
for shop work in addition.

(I.) Size. — The space for each subject should be about
1,500 to 1,800 square feet.

(2.) Light. — Windows and artificial light by special
fixtures. North light preferable in the drawing-rooms.

(3.) Floors. — Of wood.

(4.) Walls. — As in a manual training room.

(5.) Ceilings. — As in a manual training room.

(6.) Heating and Ventilation. — Same as in manual
training rooms.

(7.) StocI(-rooTn. — The lumber stock-room should con-
tain at least 80 square feet, and preferably be long and narrow.
Shelves as directed.

(8.) Teachers' Closets. — As in manual training room.

(9.) Fittings. — (a.) Bookcases, like those in class-
rooms, 1 50 capacity.

(fc.) Cases. — For work in process, extra tools, supplies,
drawing boards, models, paper, finished drawings, etc. (For
all of these get directions and see former High School drawings.)
ffl (c.) Display Frames. — Size and position as directed, to
be of burlap over soft wood back with 2-inch moulding around.

(d.) Sinli. — A 5-foot sink, with hot and cold water,
fountains as directed.

(10.) Equipment of Free-hand Drawing-room. — Pro-
vide at least 25 oak drawing tables of approved type to be used
by boys and girls in common.

(11.) Equipment for Mechanical Drawing-room. — (For
boys only.) See Appendix XII. and former High School draw-
ings.

(12.) Equipment of Woodworking Rooms. — (For boys
only.) Provide at least 20 cabinet benches of approved type
with quick action, iron vises. Provide glue pot with electric or
gas connections as directed. Machinery if directed.

(13.) Equipment of Metal- wording Room. — (For boys
only. ) Six double benches 8 feet by 2 feet, fitted with 1 2 Pren-
tiss iron vises, 3 '/i -inch jaw; wall bench fitted with 10 stations,
tool drawers and 5 Bower's tool holders; one '/^-inch gas hose
cock terminal above each bench station; 2 gas blast burners, 1
large, I small; metal-covered bench with ventilated hood; 1
muffle furnace, ventilated ; 1 drill ; 1 grindstone ; 1 pair bench
shears. Machinery if directed.

(14.) Motor. — If directed.

(15.) Blackboards. — For each class-room for above
subjects provide about 1 5 running feet of slate blackboard 4
feet high.

HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE

(1.) Size. — The space should be about 1,200 square
feet, and should accommodate the kitchen, two small rooms for
showing the care of a dining-room and of a bedroom, and a
china closet and pantry.

(2.) Light, Heat, etc. — TTie same as that for other
rooms, with additional ventilation in the kitchen.

290

(3.) Equipment. — The kitchen to contain an equipment
as may be decided upon by the Board after consultation; a
kitchen pantry fitted with shelving and a china closet fitted with
a sink; drawers, cupboards and shelves enclosed with glass doors.
The dining-room and bedroom simply finished rooms, having no
equipment except the furniture.

tUNCH-ROOMS

(1.) In Ccneral. — The lunch-rooms in Boston schools
have usually been located in the basement, and where these are
high and well lighted this location seems to serve satisfactorily,
rhey should, however, have the special ventilation that is pro-
vided in a basement cooking-room. In size they should accom-
modate comfortably, seated at benches or small tables, that pro-
portion of the pupils in the school which takes advantage of the
luncheon facilities.

(2.) Equipment. — (a.) The counter should be set at
height as required, and should have a rail 2 feet from it, with
openings at intervals, to keep children in single file, and there
should be accommodation under the counter for dishes.

(fe.) Range. — A six-hole gas range, with ample oven
space.

(c.) Slnl(s. — ^Two good-sized soapstone sinks.

(d.) Ice-box. — Of sufficient size to take care of milk
supply.

(e.) Lockers. — Sufficient to care for the clothing of the
attendants, and for mops and brooms, etc. These should not be
under the counter or near any place where food is kept.

(/.) Furniture. — In some cases the children are provided
with camp chairs and small round tables to seat four. In others
ordinary school benches have been provided. Both seem fairly
satisfactory in operation.

LIBRARY

A space equivalent to a small class-room is ample for
library purposes. The book accommodation will depend some-
what on the size of the school. The library is planned as a

2»i'

reading-room, that is, with the books in the room and not in
a separate stack-room.

WARDROBES
(I.) In high schools common wardrobes are — one for
boys and one for girls — advised for all the clothing, situated on
the lower floor to avoid bringing dirt into the upper floors. There
being an attendant on the lower floor, the room, as a whole,
can be locked up.

(2.) Light. — The rooms should have outside light.
(3.) Heat and Ventilation. — This should be thoroughly
well heated and ventilated similar to class-rooms.

(4.) Equipment. — The poles, hooks, etc., will be simi-
lar to those used in other schools, but more space should be given
the girls, /. e., about 1 foot 6 inches on centre. It has been
found desirable to have some locked pigeonholes, 20 by 20 by
1 2 inches.

ELECTRIC WORK
(1.) Service. — This should enter basement underground
at location to be determined by reference to street mains, and
should terminate on a switchboard located in a fireproof closet,
o{>ening if possible into the basement corridor.

(2.) Conduits. — All wires to be run in iron conduit con-
cealed, except conduits for mains in basement, and side outlets
in boiler, engine and stack-rooms. Tap circuit conduits to be
run above rough floor wherever possible. If floor construction
will not allow this, they are to be run below floor beams and
above ceiling, a space of 2 inches being left in which they can
be run.

(3.) Wife Slot. — Obtain from electrical division the
location of slots and openings for conduits and panel boards.

(4.) Cabinets. — All cabinets to be furnished by wiring
contractor, but finished by the general contractor.

(5.) Cutting. — All cutting and patching to be done by
the general contractor.

(6.) Outlets. — Class-rooms to be provided with nine
four-light ceiling outlets, controlled by three switches. Ward-

292

robes to have one ceiling outlet, controlled by switch in class-
room. Corridors to be lighted from ceiling wherever possible.
Height of side outlets in rooms and corridors to be 6 feet 6
inches. Switch outlets in class-rooms to be 6 feet, elsewhere 4
feet. Switches in corridors, play-rooms and pupils' toilet-rooms
to be operated by private key. In lower elementary schools
omit all electric lighting in class-rooms. Basement and corridor
lighting to be installed as directed by the Board,

(7.) Fixtures. — Fixtures in class-rooms to be of special
design to combine a direct and diffused light.

(8.) Gas. — Gas outlets to be provided in all corridors,
vestibules, stairways, boiler-room and assembly hall exits; all
to be wall outlets. Gas-piping to be included in the electrical
engineer's work.

(9.) Stereopticon. — All grammar schools and high
schools to be provided with an electric projection lantern with
reflectoscope attachment.

(10.) ClocJfs and Bells. — All schools to be provided
with an electric system of clocks, operated by a master clock.
All primary schools to be provided with a system of signal bells,
operated by push buttons. In all grammar and high schools
the bell system to be operated automatically by master clocks,
according to prearranged program.

(II,) Telephones. — In all schools, each class-room, hall,
teachers' room and boiler-room to be connected to master's office,
or to room occupied by the first assistant, by a telephone system.

In lower elementary schools omit class-room telephones ex-
cept in first assistant's room, boiler-room and one corridor.

Note. — Drawings showing special fittings for both plumbing and inte-
rior fittings will be found in Appendices X1I„ XIII, and XIV,

EQUIPMENT DETAILS

On the following twenty-one pages are illustrated various
tested and standard equipment details for public schools. The
Boston detail plates axe reproduced by perinission from the
latest annual report of The Boston School House Commission,
and represent the standard requirements of the city of Boston
for several years past. The other details shown are in line
with the latest and best practice elsewhere.

2»i

TWO ILLUSTRATIONS OF BLOWER SYSTEMS.
Courtesy of The American Blower Co., Detroit.
Note. — The fan or blower is contained in the circular shaped hous-
ing or casing. The upper illustration shows overhead delivery of
hot air. The lower shows sub-basement floor ducts for the deliv-
ery of hot air.

295

ILLUSTRATION OF MODERN BLOWER SYSTEM.

Courtesy of The American Radiator Co.

The large rectangular housing or boxes contain Hot "Vento"
steam coils, and the curved housing contains the fan or blower.
Cold air is drawn through the coils by the fan and forced thence
out through the large ducts shown, into all parts of the building.

296

WARDROBE -FITTINGS"

c-y\^rrm*. SCALE »i*-\FO0T
_ Moouma To ttfN«.«s^,^

OCT

9 HOOK*

Bkacksts ro^ HiftM-scMoet:*.

"DE.TAIL.0F C1_0TMBS -pOtCS USED WHtn
AUU SIDE'S OF WAKD-RO-fcES AH.E OTlUXEO.

Bo>5TON Public Schools

297

BOSTON PUBLIC 5CH00LS
•LECTURE-

Y^\l;f

DEMOMl
Fin

FiM. FLooM,

SECTION -TV! ROUGH
PUPILS • OKSK AXO CHAIR.-
SEE -Pi. AN- BCJUOV/-

Relisooji

1& <; o X fc «C '

•P L.A.A4
•WiNdcWS-AT- R£AJt.- OP- ROOM •

R.OOM-

298

Boston Public .schools
•CHEAIICAL-

lABOPATODY-

• 6«««<M Ovift. Tiu>u^

ScALV. Feet

0 , .s-

I I 1 1 1 1

a 5" 3o

299

PUPILSTABLE-

• SecfioN- A- A-

CHEMICAL-LAbDR^SDGY-

soo

' I N5TR.UCIDRS TAbLE-

Si OB.. .ELE-VATION*

IN- CHEMICAL-

FROAJT. •E-l-EVATlO/S.

•AND- -PHYSICAL-

'* \X^ ^.M«acu«.v. Rings CLp,«, «>,..,<

J.-^Aj'^-^ / Sl^TC. SL4» FOR. _ 'y^fe^B'-.Pmos

1^ EUcAF(y,RffrJS— =_—_—_
L&£ f ll-PlNE-TOPfc ji

^f^

^ [ jj IW < fV maps and O^gTSBEloh

I2.-0"

^5QAPSTONE.SlNK . PJ_AM»

bORATORlES-

in It

'SECTION- A- B- •Sa.C.yiOH'CO'

Boston Public 5chool6

391

CITY or BOTTOM
•DE^^I5rI3/snWTAbLE

^Fo« Quick

.!Tfc

c c a; a

Z'-8*

^•|i

J u

fT'

f 5

L.™J

i'-9"

rCTUC^-DDOM-

302

• PUPILS ..TABLE-

BosTONa ja-Publi c a Schools

J WHITE PINE TOP
ftALANCE OF -maL;

.£ WMfTt <

■3ECTIO/4.

CZSE

PHY51CAL- n

-Vl-:- M

) TABLES LIKE THIS

':^-v

-k±:

^^!V-

Fl^4 FlcX>B.>

>FROA4T. .ELtVATlON-

tLEC

OOUBL6_^J^I,
CftiTtRMlHAU tl

"** OOOBLt.

CASttRMINAL

•PLAM.

LAEOa^aDRY-

303

PUP1L5 -TABLE'

AND • MAR-BLE-aAiK-

i^k.

Pl^\TE CLASS-TOP j t| I

,_ •BOrA\'ICAL

^/S PLA"^ CLASS CP-OU/^D

^vvHiTE. Pine.- "J<

-h-

AM D • ZOOLOGlG\L- ■

lo'-o" — *

I A. to" SH&LP

A ^.^--.^'^°'^-^-.__a>^L_^

•LAbOR^oaV-

304

...•DR.AW1NG-RDOM-

■Doors hehe. same as
• OTVtoi-coMPArrME/s-rs

Boston Public Schools

Ik fr^

• SEcncvv

CASE-FOR:D[^\^/SG-E£AeD5'

MOD EL- STAND

•E-LE-VATIOAl.

' f

R(pCH!OTQN-b^

»:ito/<T-

DUDILST^^BLE-

305

°MANUAL»TEAININQ°ROOM

SCALE )k'<6'i - I FOOT

BOSTOKr PUBLIC sSCHOOLS

v/iNWwa on thi-s side

t 0*0M*TIAT

TtACHtM MSK.

KATIi H •WCM

o n n □ □

o n □ □ □

□ □ □ □ □

n □ □ □ □

n n □ □ □

STOCK. CA.«(.« mmM. ttmii

Stock. Room
AKJMk 90 %m "FT

TtACHlM CLMCT

Plan of manual training Mom scalr f' ' Foot

u^f/y^,^^^/ /y^A^y/y^/y/^y, '^^j///^/7^yy//^.

COMPARTMENTS- lOTItRS HiOh
5' TO 12" WIDE - t'roJ'MlOH.
Z-li'tEEP.IHSIfE

>>/.'/^y^/'//^/y^^^y/^j'/ /ryy//^//y

DETAIL OF STOCK CASES

ja- .T»r««l«r To H»»l..

1^ MlllT«BAU

.-FMHT* To

LIFT OoT

TIM* ^».«h7»
TO Cov»ft. ««T
OVKK. 6 secTiotn
xn lCngtm
2 KHee* T«

■ ACH BdAUk.

306

COOKING-ROOMO-HTTINGS-

.SCALE. ■^" -^ R • lyOQT i

' -^ I I ^

^^5^^(u» C ~— ' — ■ ' — *^-*

.,J^

Coc < mo

A A

B05TON Public Schools

WmDOYV* OH THIS •Ilir-

m^^n^.^l

?u^M OF coo w not t<.ootn

307

SLATE -^INK'

^ feiiAcxan fMWrma *eik i.AK«a Sinks ''

INMSSMSNT-re •« eBTAlHlD fU<cr4 SC H m D UIA H Stkcipicatioms-

•SLATE-UR.INAL-

r^s.^nasr

"■*■'—■ — '"-fninfufiiii

5-0-

•SECTiOAl.

•EuevA-noAi.

Boston Public Schools

308

LAVATORY- BOWLS-

•ELEVAnON -l^AN
•CORNER,- •CORNER--

■••<A»STH»r

• PLAN.

-SIDE:.

•tJLEVAttON-

•H1NGE5

•WATER- -J
C105ET- DOORS

'Ei-EVAnoyH-

5Ecncv4

• 5'scC&5

£L£yAnaNO^
SHOWING •

Boston Schools

BRASS •HINCE.S*

309

Note: The illustrations on this and the next five pages
are equipment details employed in the author's practice, and
have been found complete and satisfactory.

DOOR

i
1

1
)

^^zOl

TT30MT ELEVATIOM

>1 C>A COWMC^CTlOMS
OM HOT WATtR HCRE.
'I COLX> WATeC AMD CrO^itrii

Ir &URnE.l% on other itj}
ji V«'ATKR iUPPOC PIPEi
' i\ ^"r»lAI-ieT£R.

PI_AM AT D

PLAN ATC

TXE»LE.i> in Chemical Laboratorv

310

r*!

311

Hi "

1 -

0
0

D
u

r I

0 Hi

lU I

J -

UJ uJ

I
aJ

V sssssssss^sissssss^ ;

^^^^S^^J

Ssss^

!•

._i

312

D <

313

\.o-.

OK COPPftK
»01.-T»

i-ecb OF bCAfc;> PIPE

'I'-lROM F'lPE Sl^E.
fX7-f-OC.

xi. >i-oo». -•^

&E.CTIOM CLEVATION

E>EricH Fob Physic au l_AK>oR>KTOTjj«r

COAT RACKS IM HAUL.b

314

CHAI_K TROUGHS

315

REFERENCE TABLES

The following tables are supplied to facilitate the designer's
work in planning school buildings, and not with any idea of
covering the engineering needs of architects' offices. It is be-
lieved that the tables given cover all ordinary requirements in
school house planning — up to the engineering stage — and in-
cluding the simpler engineering problems.

By the use of these tables, the size of all flues, chimneys,
heating and ventilating ducts, etc., may be obtained almost in-
stantly, the required conditions being known; also nearly all other
preliminary data needed in working out the heating and venti-
lating systems of school buildings.

316

DIAMETERS OF

CIRCLES.

CIRCUMFERENCES. AREAS, SQl

;ares.

CUBES

, SQUARE

ROOTS AND CUBE ROOTS.

No. or
Diameter.

Circumfer-

Circular
Area.

Square.

Cube.

Square Root.

Cube Root.

3:i41C

0.7854

1.000

6.2832

3.1416

1.414

1.359

9.4248

7.0680

1.733

1.443

12.67

12.57

2.000

1.587

1571

19.63

125

2.236

1.709

18.85

28.27

216

2.449

1.817

21.99

38.48

343

2.645

1.913

25.13

50.27

512

2.828

2.000

28.27

63.62

729

3.000

2.080

31.42

78.54

100

1,000

3.162

2.154

34.56

95.03

121

1,331

3.316

2.223

37.70

113.10

144

1,728

3.464

2.289

40.84

132.73

169

2.197

3.605

3.351

43.98

153.94

196

2 744

3.741

3.410

47.12

176.71

225

3,375

3.873

3.466

50.26

201.00

256

4.096

4.000

3.519

53.41

226.93

289

4,913

4.123

3.571

50.55

254.47

324

5,832

4.343

2.620

59.69

283.53

361

6,859

4.358

2.668

03.83

314.1C

400

8.000

4.472

2.714

65.97

346.30

441

9.261

4.582

2.758

69.11

380.13

484

10.648

4.690

2.802

72.26

415.48

529

12,167

4.795

3.843

75.40

452.39

576

13,824

4.898

3.884

78.54

490.87

635

15.635

5.000

3.924

81.68

530.93

676

17,576

5.099

2.962

84.82

512JX

739

19,683

5.196

3.000

87.96

615.75

784

21,952

5.291

3.036

91.11

660 53

841

24,389

5.385

8.072

94.25

706.86

900

27.000

5.477

3.107

97.39

754.77

961

29,791

5.567

3.141

100.53

804.25

1,024

32,708

5.656

3.174

103.67

855.30

1,089

35,937

5.714

3.307

106.81

907.92

1.156

39,304

5.830

3.339

109.96

962J1

1,225

42,875

5.916

3.371

113.10

1,017.88

1,296

46,656

6.000

3301

116.34

1,075.21

1,369

50,653

6.083

3.333

119.38

1.134.11

1,444

54,872

6.164

3.361

122.52

1,194.59

1,.521

59,319

6.344

3.891

125.66

1.256.64

1.600

64,000

6.336

3.419

131.95

1.385.44

1.764

74,088

6.480

3.476

DIAME
CU

TERS OF

CIRCLES,

CIRCUMFER

ENCES. AREAS. SQUARES,
JE ROOTS.-(Continued.)

BBS. SQUARE ROOTS AND CUI

No. or
Dia/neier.

Circumfer-
ence.

Circular
Area.

Square.

Cube.

Square Root.

Cube Root

138.23

1.520.53

1.936

85.184

6.633

3.530

144.51

1,66190

2.116

97.336

6.782

3.583

150.80

1.809.56

2.304

110,593

6.928

3.634

157.08

1.963.50

2.500

125,000

7.071

3.684

163.36

2.123.72

2,704

140.608

7.211

3.732

169.65

2.290.22

2,9l6

157.464

7.348

3.779

175.93

2.463.01

3,136

175,616

7.483

3.825

182.21

2,642.08

3.364

195.112

7.615

3.870

188.50

2,827.43

3.600

216.000

7.745

3.914

194.78

3,019.07

3.844

238,328

7.874

3.957

201.06

3.216.99

4.096

263.144

8.000

4.000

207.34

3.421.19

4.356

287.496

8.124

4.041

213.63

3.631.68

4,624

314.432

8.246

4.081

219.91

3.848.45

4.900

343.000

8.366

4.121

226.19

4,071.50

5,184

373.248

8.485

4.160

232.48

4.300.84

5.476

405,224

8.602

4.198

238.76

4,536.46

5.776

438,976

8.717

4.235

245.04

4,778.36

6.084

474.552

8.^1

4 272

251.33

5.026 55

6.400

512,000

8.944

4.808

257.61

5,281.02

6.724

551.368

9.055

4.344

263.89

5.541.77

7.056

592.704

9.165

4.379

270.18

5,808.80

7,396

636.056

9.273

4.414

276.46

6.082.12

7,744

681.473

9.380

4.447

282.74

6.361.73

8.100

729,000

9.486

4.481

289.03

6.647.61

8.464

778.688

9.591

4.514

295.31

6.939.78

8.836

830.584

9.695

4.546

301.59

7.238.23

9,216

884.736

9.797

4.578

307.88

7.542.96

9.604

941,192

9.899

4.610

100

314.16

7.853.98

10.000

1.000,000

10.000

4.641

102

330.41

8,171.28

10.404

1.061,208

ia099

4.672

104

326.7»

8.494.87

10.816

1,124.864

10198

4.702

106

333.01

8,824.73

lh236

1.191.016

10.295

4.782

108

339.29

9.160.88

11.664

1.259.712

10.392

4.762

110

345.57

9.503.32

12.100

1,331,000

10.488

4.791

113

351.86

9.852.03

12.544

1,404,928

10.583

4.820

114

358.14

10.207.03

12,996

1.481.544

10.677

4.848

116

364.42

10.568 32

13.456

1.560.896

10.770

4.876

118

370.71

10.935.88

13,924

1.843.032

10.862

4.904

lao

876.99

11.309.73

14.400

1.728.000

10 954

4.932

383.27

11.689.87

14,884

1.815,848

11.045

4.959

AREAS OF CIRCLES AND LENGTHS OF THE SffiES OF SQUARES OF THE

SAME AREA

Diam. o(
Circle In
Inches.

Area of
Circle In i
Square
Inches.

sides of
Square of
Same Area
in Square
Inches.

Dlam. of
Circle In
Inches.

Area of
Circle in i
Square
Inches.

sides of
Square of
Same Area
In Square
Inches.

Dlam. of
Circle In
Inches.

Area of
Circle in
Square
Incises.

Sides of
Square of
Same Area
In Square

Inches.

.785

.89

21.

346.36

18.61

41.

1320.26

36.34

■Yi

1.767

1.33

■H

363.05

19.05

1352.66

36.78

3.142

1.77

22.

380.13

19.50

42.

1385.45

37.22

•M

4.909

2.22

•H

397.61

19.94

■M

1418.63

37.66

7.069

2.66

23.

415.48

20.38

43.

1452.20

38.11

•H

9.621

3.10

•H

433.74

20.83

•K

1486.17

38.55

12.566

3.54

24.

452.39

21.27

44.

1520.53

38.99

•H

15.904

3.99

.y%

471.44

21.71

1555.29

39.44

19.635

4.43

25.

490.88

22.16

45.

1590.43

39.88

■Vi

23.758

4.87

-M

510.71

22.60

1625.97

40.32

28.274

5.32

26.

530.93

23.04

46.

1661.91

40.77

•H

33.183

5.76

•H

551.55

23.49

1698.23

41.21

38.485

6.20

27.

572.56

23.93

47.

1734.95

41.85

■Vi

44.179

6.65

.y%

593.96

24.37

1772.06

42.10

50.266

7.09

28.

615.75

24.81

48.

1809.56

42.58

•^

56.745

7.53

637.94

25.26

1847.46

42.98

63.617

7.98

29.

660.52

25.70

49.

1885.75

43.43

•H

70.882

8.42

683.49

26.14

1924.43

43.87

10.

78.540

8.86

30.

706.86

26.59

50.

1963.50

44.31

•J^

86.590

9.30

•M

730.62

27.03

2002.97

44.75

11.

95.03

9.75

31.

754.77

27.47

51,

2042.83

45.20

•^

103.87

10.19

•M

779.31

27.92

2083.08

45.64

12.

113.10

10.63

32:

804.25

28.36

52.

2123.72

46.08

•J^

122.72

11.08

."A

829.58

28.80

2164.76

46.53

13.

132.73

11.52

33.

855.30

29.25

53.

2206.19

46.97

•M

143.14

11.96

•H

881.41.

29.69

2248.01

47.41

14.

153.94

12.41

34.

907.92

30.13

54.

2290.23

47.86

• H

165.13

12.85

■Vi

934.82

30.57

2332.83

48.30

15.

176.72

13.29

35.

962.11

31.02

56.

2375.83

48.74

•M

1 188.69

13.74

.y%

989.80

31.46

2419.23

49.19

16.

j 201.06

14.18

36.

1017.88-

31.90

56.

2463.01

49.63

•J^

213.83

14.62

•H

1046.35

32.35

2507.19

50.07

17.

226.98

15.07

37.

1075.21

32.79

57.

2551.76

50.51

• H

240.53

15.51

■Yi

1104.47

33.23

2596.73

50.96

18.

254.47

15.95

38.

1134.12

33.68

58.

2642.09

51.40

.J4

268.80

16.40

•M

1164.16

34.12

2687.84

51.84

19.

283.53

16.84

39.

1194.59

34.56

59.

2733.98

52.29

• H

1 298.65

17.28

■Yi

1225.42

35.01

2780.61

52.73

20.

j 314.16

17.72

40.

1256.64

35.45

60.

2827.74

53.17

•M

330.06

18.17

■M

1288.25

35.89

2874.76

53.62

319

FLUE AREA REQUIRED FOR THE PASSAGE OF A GIVEN VOLUME OF AIR
AT A GIVEN VELOCITY

1
u

Velocity in

Feet Per Minute.

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

1600

100

.11

9.6

125

30.

14,

12.

11.3

150

14.4

13.5

175

16.8

15.8

200

;24

19.2

18.

225

108

■27

21.6

20.3

250

120

24.

22.5

275

132

26.4

24.8

300

144

108

28.8

27.

325

156

117

31.2

29.3

350

168

126

101

33.6

31.5

375

180

135

108

36.

33.8

400

192

144

115

38.4

36.

425

204

153

122

102

40.8

38.3

450

216

162

130

108

43.2

40.5

475

228

171

137

114

45.6

42.8

500

240

180

144

120

103

48.

45.

525

252

189

151

126

108

50.4

47.3

550

264

198

158

132

113

52.8

49.5

575

276

207

166

138

118

104

55.2

51.8

600

288

216

173

144

123

108

57.6

54.

625

300

225

180

150

129

113

100

60.

56.3

650

312

234

187

156

134

117

104

62.4

58.5

675

324

243

194

162

139

122

108

64.8

60.8

700

336

252

202

168

144

126

112

101

67.2

63.

725

348

261

209

174

149

131

116

104

69.6

65.3

750

360

270

216

180

154

135

120

108

72.

67.5

775

372

279

223

186

159

140

124

112

101

74.4

69.8

800

384

288

230

192

165

144

128

115

105

76.8

72.

825

396

297

238

198

170

149

132

119

108

79.2

74,3

850

408 j 306

245

204

175

153

136

122

111

102

81.6

76.5

875

420 315

252

210

180

158

140

126

115

105

84.

78.8

900

432 324

259

216

185

162

144

130

118

108

100

86.4

81.

925

444 333

266

222

190

167

148

133

121

111

103

88.8

83.3

950

456

342

274

228

195

171

152

137

124

114

105

91.2

85.5

975

468

351

281

234

201

176

156

140

128

117

108

100

93.6

87.8

1000

480

360

288

240

206

180

160

144

131

120

111

103

96.

90.

320

FLUE AREA REQUIRED FOR THE PASSAGE OP A GIVEN VOLUME OP AIR
AT A GIVEN VELOCITY

1
If

Velocitt in

Feet Per Minute.

17001800

1900^2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2600

2700

2800

2900

3000

3100

100

8.5

7.6

7.2

6.9

6.6

6.3

5.5.

5.3

5.1

4.8

4.6

125

10.6

9.5

8.6

8.2

7.8

7.5

6.9

6.7

6.4

6.2

5.8

150 1 12.7

11.4

10.8 10.3

9.8

9.4

7.7

7.5

7.2

175

14.8

13.3

12.6 12.

11.5

11.

10.5

9.7

9.3

8.7

8.4

8.1

200

16.9

15.2

14.4

13.7

13.1

12.5

12.

11.1

10.7

10.3

9.9

9.6

9.3

225

19.1

17.1

16.2

15.6

14.7

14.1

13.5

12.5

12.

11.6

11.2

10.8

10.4

250

21.2

19.

18.

17.1

16.4

15.7

15.

13.9

13.3

12.9

12.4

12.

11.6

275

23.3

21.8

19.8

18.9

18.

17.2

16.5

15.2

14.7

14.1

13.7

13.2

12.8

300

25.4

22.7

21.6

20.6

19.6

18.8

18.

16.6

16.

15.4

14.9

14.4

13.9

325

27.5

24.6

•23.4

22.3

21.3

20.6

19.5

18.

17.3

16.7

16.1

15.6

15.1

350

29.6

26.5

25.2

24.

22.9

21.9

21.

19.4

18.7

18.

17.4

16.8

16.3

375

31.8

28.4

27.

25.7

24.5

23.5

22.5

20.8

20.

19.3

18.6

18.

17.4

400

33.9

30.3

28.8

27.4

26.2

25.

24.

22.2

21.3

20.6

19.8

19.2

18.6

425

36.

32.2

30.6

29.1

27.8

26.6

25.5

23.5

22.7

21.9

21.1

20.4

19.7

450

38.1

34.1

32.4

30.9

29.5

28.2

27.

24.9

24.

23.1

22.3

21.6

20.9

475

40.2

36.

34.2

32.6

31.1

29.7

28.5

26.3

25.3

24.4

23.6

22.8

22.1

500

42.4

37.9

36.

34.3

32.7

31.3

30.

27.7

26.7

25.7

24.8

24.

23.2

525

44.5

39.8

37.8

36.

34.4

32.9

31.5

29.1

28.

26.9

25.

25.2

24.4

550

46.6

41.7

38.6

37.7

36.

34.4

33.

30.5

29.3

28.3

27.3

26.4

25.5

575

48.7

43.6

41.4 39.4

37.6

36.

34.5

31.9

30.7

29.6

28.5

27.6

26.7

600

50.8

45.5

43.2 41.1 39.3

37.6

36.

33.2

32.

30.8

29.8

28.8

27.8

625

52.9

47.4

45.

42.9

40.9

39.1

37.5

34.6

33.3

32.1

31.

30.

29.

650

55.1

49.3

46.8

44.6

42.5

40.7

39.
40.5

36.

34.7

33.4

32.2

31.2
32.4

30.2
31.3

675

57.2

51.2

48.6

46.3

44.1

42.3

37.5

36.

34.7

33.5

700

59.3

53.1

50.4

48.

45.8

43.8

42.

38.8

37.3

36.

34.7

33.6

32.5

725

61.4

55.

52.2

49.7

47.4

45.4

43.5

40.2'

38.7

37.3

36.

34.8

33.6

750

63.5

56.9

54.

51.4

49.1

47.

45.

41.5

40.

38.6

37.2

36.

34.8

775

65.6

58.8

56.3

53.1

50.7

48.5

46.5

42.9

41.3

39.9

38.5

37.2

36.

800

67.8

60.6

57.6

54.9

52.4

50.1

48.

44.3

42.7

41.2

39.7

38.4

37.1

825

69.9

62.5

59.4

56.6

54.

51.7

49.5

45.7

44.

42.4

40.9

39.6

38.3

850

72.

64.4

61.2

58.4

55.6

53.2

51.

47.1

45.3

43.7

42.2

40.8

39.4

875

74.

67.3

63.

60.

57.3

54.8

52.5

48.5

46.7

45.

43.4

42.

40.6

900

76.2

68.2

64.8

61.7

58.9

56.3

54.

49.9

48.

46.3

44.6

43.2

41.8

925

78.4

70.1

66.6

63.4

60.5

57.9

55.5

51.3

49.3

47.6

46.

44.4

42.9

950

80.5

72.

68.4

65.1

62.2

59.5

57.

52.6

50.7

48.8

47.1

45.6

44.1

975

82.6

73.9

70.2

66.8

63.8

61.0

58.5

54.

52.

50.2

48.4

46.8

45.3

1000

84.7

75.8

72.

68.7

66.

62.6

60.

55.4

53.3

51.4

49.6

48:

46.4

321

Diameter of Air Pipes for Various Velocities

Cubic
Feet
Air
per

Minute

AOz.
Pressure

Velocity
11 Feet

per
Second

AOz.
Pressure

Velocity
15.5 Feet

per
Second

HOz. MOz.
Pressure Pressure

Velocity I Velocity

22 Feet

per
Second

43 Feet

Ijer
Second

HOz.
Pressure

Velocity
60.9 Feet

per
Second

?iOz.
Pressure

Velocity
74.7 Feet

per
Second

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

4500

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000

50000

5.3
7.5
9.2
10.6
11.8
12.9
14
15
15.9
16.7
18.8
20.5
22.3
23.6
26.6
28.9
32
33.4
35.4
37.3
40.9
44.1
47.2
50
52.7
64.6
74.6
84
91.3
98.6
105.5
118

Diamete rs of Pipe,

in Inches

4.5
6.4
7.7
9
10.1
11.1
11.9
13
13.4
14.1
15.8
17.2
18.6
20
22.3
24.4
26.6
28
29.7
31.4
34.4
37.1
39.7
42.2
44.4
54.3
62.5
70.2
76.9
83
88.2
99.3

3.8
5.3
6.5
7.5
8.4
9.2
9.9
10.6
11.3
11.8
13.2
14.5
15.6
16.7
18.7
20.5
22.3
23.6
25.1
26.4
28.9
31.2
33.4
35.4
37.3
45.7
52.7
59
64.6
69.8
74.6
83.4

2.7
3.8
4.7
5.4
6

6.6
7.1
7.6
8

8.5
9.5
10.4
11.2
12
13.4
14.7
15.8
16.9
17.9
18.9
20.7
22.3
23.9
25.3
26.7
32.7
37.7
42.2
46.2
49.8
53.3
59.6

2.3
3.2
3.9
4.5
5.1
5.5
6

6.4
6.8
7.1
8

8.7
9.4
10.1
11.3
12.4
13.3
13.8
15.1
15.8
17.4
18.8
20.1
21.3
22.4
27.4
31.7
35.5
38.8
41.8
43.6
50.1

2.9
3.6
4.1
4.6
5

5.4

5.8

6.1

6.4

7.2

7.9

8.5

9.1

10.5

11.1

12.1

12.8

13.6

14.3

15.7

18.1

19.2

20.3

24.8

28.6

35.1

37.9

40.5

45.3

TABLB OF SIZE OF CHIMNEYS FOR POWER PLANTS

Diam-
eter in
Inches

Hbicbt or Chimneys and

COHMERCIAL HOKSKPOWER

Side of
Square
Chim-
ney
Inches

Effect

Area
Square
Feet

Actual
Area

GO
Feet

60
Feet

70
Feet'

80
Feet

90
Feet

100
Feet

Feet

125
Feet

ISO
Feet

175
Feet

200
Feet

18
21
24
27
30
33
36

48
M
00
88

78
84

90
M
MB
108
114
130

ia«

133

138

23
35
49

25
38
54

72
92

lis

141

27
41
58
78
100
125
152
183
21«

16
19
22
24
27
30
33
35
38
43
48
54
59
64
70
75
80
86
90

.97

1.47

2.08

2.78

3 58

4.48

S.47

6.57

7.76

10 44

13 51

16.96

20 83

25.08

29.73

34.76

40.19

46.01

52 23

1.77

2 41

3.14

3:98

4.91

8,04

7.07

8.30

9.62

14.57

15.90

19.64

23.76

28.27

33.18

38.48

44.18

50.27

56.75

83.62

70.88

78 .-54

88 59

95.03

103.86

'•3, JO.

82
8»
107
133
1«3
196
231
311
363
60S

■

113
141
173
208
245
330
427
536
658
792

182

219

258

348

449

565

684

835

095

1.163

1.344

1J37

271

365

472

593

728

876

1.038

1.214

1.415

1.816

389

503

632

776

934

1.107

1.204

1.496

1.720

1.946

2.192

2.450

551
602
849
1.023
1.212
1.418
1.639
1.876
2.133
2.402
2.887
2.990
3.308
3.642
3.791

748
918
1.105
1.310
1.531
1.770
2.027
2.303
2.594
2.903
3.230
3.573
3.735
4.311
4.407

"osi'

1,181
1.400
1.637
1.893
2.167
2.462
2.773
3.003
3.452
3.820
4.205
4.608
5.031

101
106
112
117
122
}27

58.83
65.83
73.22
81.00
89.19
97.75
106.72

Table of Necessary Increased Pipe Diameters

for Different Lengths

Length of Pipe

30'

60'

90'

120' 1 150'

180'

210'

240'

270'

300'

3> V

a> <u

0 V

ti a>

Q> 0)

0) 0)

<a a>

0) 0)

0/ OJ

Oi a

Diameter of
Blower Outlet,

aj2

&ja
•*- 3

•» 3

•" 3

»- 3

ftja
^■3

in Inches

o o

0 0

0 g

0 0

0 5

° °

0 0

.2-g

c«-S

rt-S

.2-S

.s-g

.«•§

.-■s

i-g

OS'S

4J4

43^

4?i

314

4>g

5>i

434

5>^

5J^

43^

5J^

6J^

6Ji

73^

7>^

7?i

«^

6J^

10%

8Ji

9^g

10%

11%

12%

lOH

10?i

11?^

11%

12%

13%

lOM

IIH

12>^

12^

13%

14%

15%

llJi

12Ji

13H

143i

14%

15%

16%

17%

13%

14?i

155^

16%

17%

18%

19%

13J^

14M

15Ji

161^

17%

18%

19%

20%

UVi

15%

16H

17H

18J^

19M

20%

21%

22%

15H

16^

17M

18J^ 19?4

20M

21%

22%

23%

24%

16J4

17?i

20H

21M

2234

23 3i

24%

25%

171^

20^

22^

23H

24%

25%

26%

27%

17^

20}^

2iy2

223<

2b%

26%

27%

28%

29%

21^

22%

24M

253^

26Ji

27%

29%

30%

31%

2oys

22>^

25 >^

283i

29%

303%

31%

23^

25J^

27j|

28?^

29Ji

32%

33%

34%

24 J^

26^

2SH

29M

313^

32%

33%

35%

36%

241^

26^

27Ji

293^

313^

32%

34%

35%

36%

38%

25M

27Ji

29J^

30J^

323^

34%

35%

37%

38%

39%

26>^

28^

30^

32}^

35%

37%

38%

40%

41%

Length of Pipe

30'

60'

90'

120'

150'

180'

210'

240'

270'

300'

Length of Mouth-piece.

15"

21'

27'

33'

39'

42'

48"

54' ; 60"

Pressures, Corressponding Velocities

and

Water Column Heights

Table of

Correspond. Air Velocities

Table of

Correspond.

Ur Velocities

Pressures

Height of

per Minute,

Pressures

Height of

)er Minute,

per Sq. In.

Water Col.

Corres. to

per Sq. In.

Water Col.

Corres. to

in Ounces

in Inches

Pressures per
Sq. Inch

in Ounces

in Inches

Pressures per
Sq. Inch

.4335

2584.80

17.34D

16683.51

.8671

3657.60

19.074

17533.50

1.3005

4482.00

20.808

18350.34

1.734

5175.00

22.542

19138.26

3.468

7338.24

24.276

19900.68

5.202

9006.42

26.010

20640.48

6.936

10421.58

27.750

21360.00

8.670

11676.00

29.478

22060.80

10.404

12817.08

31.212

22745.40

12.138

13872.72

32.946

23415.00

13.872

14861.16

34.680

24070.80

15.606

15795.06

323

ABLi

: OF AREAS AND CUBICAL CONTENTS

Ceiling Heights

Room

Size

Area

9M'

10'

lOM'

11'

12'

13'

15'

10x10

100

850

900

950

1000

1050

1100

1200

1300' 1500,

10x101^

105

893

945

997

1050

1103

1155

1260

1365 1575

10x11

110

935

990

1045

1100

1155

1210

1320

1430, 1650

10x11^

115

97811035

1092

1150

1208

1265

1380

1495

1725

10x12

120

1020 1080

1140

1200

1260

1320

1440

1560

1800

10x12^

125

10631125

1187

1250

1313

1375

1500

1625

1875

10x13

130

11051170

1235

1300

1365

1430

1560

1690

1950

lOxlSH

135

11481215

1282

1350

1418

1485

1620

1755

2025

10x14

140

1190 1260

1330

1400

1470

1540

1680

1820

2100

10x143^

145

1233! 1305

1377

1450

1523

1595

1740

1885

2175

10x15

150

12751350

1425

1500

1575

1650

1800

1950

2250

10xl5H

155

1318 1395

1472

1550

1628

1705

1860

2015

2325

10x16

160

1360 14401 1520

1600

1680

1760

1920

2080

2400

10x161^

165

1403 1485! 1567

1650

1733

1815i 1980

2045

2475

10x17

170

1445 1530' 1615

1700

1785

1870

2040

2210! 2550

10x173^

175

1488 1575! 1662

1750

1838

1925

2100

2275 2625

10x18

180

1530 1620, 1710

1800

1890

1980! 2160

2340 2700

10x183^

185

1573 16651 1757

1850

1943

2035

2220

24051 2775

10x19

190

16151710 1805

1900

1995

2090

2280' 2470' 2850

10xl9M

195

16581755 1852

1950

2048

2145

2340! 2535 2925

10x20

200

1700 1800

1900

2000

2100

2200

2400! 2600 3000!

11x11

121

1029

1089

1149

1210

1271

1331

1452

1573 1815

11x12

132

1122

1188

1254

1320

1386

1452

1584

1716 1980

11x13

143

1216

1287

1358

1430

1502

1573

1716

1859

2145

11x14

154

1309|l386

1463

1540

1617

1694

1848

2002

2310

11x15

165

1403 1485

1567

1650

1733

1815

1980

2145

2475

11x16

176

1496 1584

1672

1760

1848

1936

2112

2288

2640

11x17

187

1590,1683

1776

1870

1964

2057

2244

2431

2805

11x18

198

1683

1782

1881

1980

2079

2178

2376

2574

2970

11x19

209

1777

1881

1986

2090

2195

2299

2508

2717

3135

11x20

220

1870

1980

2090

2200

2310

2420

2640

2860

3300

11x21

231

1964

2079

2194

2310

2426

2541

2772

3003

3465

11x22

242

20572178

2299

2420

2541

2662

2904

3146

3630

12x12

144

12241296

1368

1440

1512

1584

1728

1872

2160

12x13

156

1326 1404

1482

1560

1638

1716

1872

2028

2340

12x14

168

14281512

1596

1680

1764

1848

2016

2184

2520

12x15

180

153011620

1710

1800

1890

1980

2160

2340

2700

12x16

192

1632!l728

1824

1920

2016

2112

2304

2496

2880

12x17 :

204

1734J1836

1938

2040

2142

2244

2448

2652

3060

12x18 i

216

18361944

2052

2160

2268

2376

2592

2808

3240

12x19 1

228

193812052

2166

2280

2394

2508

2736

2964

3420

12x20 !

240

2040 2160

2280

2400

2520

2640

2880

3120

3600

12x21

252

2142 2268 2394

2520

2646

2772

3024 3276

3780

12x22

264

2244 2376 2508

2640

2772

2904

3168: 3432

3960

12x23

276

23462484 2622 2760|

2898

3036

33121 3588

4140

12x24

288

2448i2592 2736

2880

3024 3168

3456 3744 4320

13x13

169

1437 1521 1605

1690

1775 1859

2028! 2197 2535

13x14

182

1547 1638 1729

1820 1911' 2002' 21841 2366! 2730 1

324

TABLE OF AREAS AND CUBICAL CONTENTS

Ceiling Heights

Rool

SizE

Area

8K'| 9'

9^'

10'

lOH'

11'

12'

13'

15'

13x15

195

1658:1755

1852

' 1950 2048

2145

2340! 2535

2925

13x16

208

17681872

1976

2080 2184

2288

2496; 2704

3120

13x17

2211879 1989

2099

2210 2321

2431

2652 2873

3315

13x18

234 1989 2106

2223

2340 2457

2574

28081 3042

3510

13x19

2472100 2223! 2346

2470 2594

2717

2964

3211

3705

13x20

2602210,2340

2470

2600; 2730

2860

3120

3380

3900

13x21

27323212457

2593

2730

2867

3003

3276

3549

4095

13x22

1 286 2431 12574

2717

2860

3003

3146

3432

3718

4290

13x23

299 2542 2691

2840

2990

3140

3289

3588

3887

4485

13x24

312 2652 2808 2964

3120

3276

3432

3744

4056

4680

13x25

325 2763 2925

3087

3250

3413

35751 3900

4225

4875

13x26

338 2873 3042

3211

3380

3549

3718! 4056

4394

5070

14x14

196 1666 1764

1862

1960

2058

2156' 2352

2548

2940

14x15

210 1785 1890

1995

2100! 2205

2310

2520

2730

3150

14x16

2241904'2016 2128

2240 2352

2464

2688

2912

3360

14x17

238 2023,2142 2261

2380 2499

2618

2856

3094

3570

14x18

1 252 2142 2268 2394

2520 2646

2772

3024 3276

3780

14x19

266 22612394! 2527

2660 2793

2926

3192

3458, 3990

14x20

, 280 2380 2520! 2660

2800 2940

3080

3360

3640 4200

14x21

i 294 2499 2646- 2793

2940. 3087

3234

3528

3822 4410

14x22

1 308 2618 2772' 2926

3080; 3234

3388

3696

4004 4620

14x23

322 2737 2898! 3059

3220! 3381

3542

3864

4186

4830

14x24

336 2856 3024 3192

33601 3528

3696

4032

4368

5040

14x25

350 2975 3150 3325

35001 3675

3850

4200

4550

5250

14x26

364 3094 3276 3458

3640

3822; 40041 4368 4732

5460

14x27

378 3213 3402 3591

3780

3969 4158' 4536, 4914

5670

14x28

392 3332 3528 3724

3920

4116 4312 47041 5096

5880

15x15

225 1913 2025 2137

2250

2363 2475

2700: 2925

3375

15x16

240 2040 2160 2280

2400

2520; 2640

2880! 3120; 3600

15x17

255 2168 2295 2422

2550

2678 2805

3060 3315 3825

15x18

; 270,2295 2430 2565

2700

2835 2970

3240 3150 4050

15x19

! 285 2423 2565 2707

2850

2993

3135

3420 3705 4275

15x20

300 2550 2700 2850

3000

3150

3300

3600 3900 4500

15x21

i 315 2678 2835 2992

3150

3308 3465

3780 4095

4725

15x22

1 330 2805 2970 3135

3300

3465 3630

3960

4290

4950

15x23

, 345 2933 3105 3277

3450

3623 3795

4140

4485

5175

15x24

i 360 3060 3240 3420

3600

3780 3960

4320 4680

5400

15x25

i 375 3188 3375 3562

3750

3938 4125

4500! 4875

5625

15x26

i 390 3315 3510 3705

3900

4095 4290

4680; 5070

5850

15x27

; 405:3443 3645 3847

4050

4253 4455

4860 5265

6075

15x28

j 420|35703780 3990

4200

4410 4620

5040' 5460

6300

15x29

43536983915; 4132

4350

4568! 4785

5220 5655

6525

15x30

' 45013825 4050 4275

4500

4725; 4950

5400 5850

6750

16x16

J 256i2176 2304 2432

2560

2688' 2816

3072! 3328

3840

16x17

272|2312 2448 2584

2720 2856 2992

3264 3556

4080

16x18

288,2448 2592 2736

2880, 3024 3168

2456 3744! 432o

16x19

304'2584 2736 2888

3040 3192 3344

3648 3952 456o

16x20

320l2720 2880 3040!

32001 3360 3520

38401 41601 4800

325

TABLE OF AREAS AND CUBICAL CONTENTS

Ceiling Heights

Room

Size

Area

8^'

9H'

10'

lOH'

11'

12'

13'

15'

16x21

336

2856

3024

3192

3360

3528

3696

4032

4368

5040

16x22

352

2992

3168

3344

3520! 3696

3872

4224

4576

5280

16x23

368

3128

3312

3496

3680' 3864

4048

4416

4784

5520

16x24

384

3264

3456

3648

3840 4032

4224

4608

4992

5760

16x25

400

3400,3600

3800

4000, 4200

4400

4800

5200

6000

16x26

416

3536

3744

3952

4160 4368

4576

4992

■ 5408

6240

16x27

432

3672

3888

4104

4320! 4536

4752

5184

5616

6480

16x28

448

3808

4032

4256

4480

4704

4928

5376

5824

6720

16x29

464

3944

4176

4408

4640

4872

5104

5568

5032i 69601

16x30

480

4080

4320

4560

4800

5040

5280

5760

6240

7200

16x31

496

4216

4464

4712

4960

5208

5456

5952

6448

7440

16x32

512

4352

4608

4864

5120

5376

5632

6144

6656

7680

18x18

324

2754

2916

3078

3240

3402

3564

3888

4212

4860

18x20

360

3060

3240

3420

36001 3780

3960

4320

4680

5400

18x22

396

3366

3564

3762

3960, 4158

4356

4752

5148

5940

18x24

432

3672

3888

4104

4320 4536

4752

5184

5616

6480

18x26

468

3978

4212

4446

4680i 4914

5148

5616

6084

7020

18x28

504

4284

4536

4788

5040, 5292

5544

6048

6552

7560

18x30

540

4590 4860

5130

5400i 5670

5940

6480

7020

8100

18x32

576

48965184

5472

5760 6048

6336

6912

7488

8640

18x34

612

5202 5508

5814

6120 6426

6732

7344

7956

9180

18x36

648

5508

5832

6156

6480 6804

7128

7776

8424

9720

20x20

400 3400

3600

3800

4000 4200

4400

4800

5200

6000

20x22

440 3740

3960

4180

4400 4620

4840

5280

5720

6600

20x24

480

4080 4320

4560

4800 5040

5280

5760 624q

7200

20x26

520

4420 4680

4940

5200

5460

5720

6240 6760

7800

20x28

560

4760 5040

5320

5600

5880

6160

6720 7280

8400

20x30

600

5100 5400

5700

6000

6300

6600

72001 7800

9000

20x32

640

5440 5760

6080

6400

6720

7040

7680: 8320

9600

20x34

680

5780 6120

6460

6800

7140

7480

81601 8840

10200

20x36

720

6120 6480

6840

7200

7560

7920

8640 9360

10800

20x38

760

6460 6840

7220

7600

7980

8360

9120| 9880

11400

20x40

800

6800 7200

7600

8000: 8400

8800

9600:10400

12000

21x20

420

3520;3780

3970

4200 4410

4620

5040 5460

6300

21x22

462

39274158

4389

4620: 4851

5082

5544! 6006

6930

21x24

504

4284'4536

4788

5040 5292

5544

6048 6552

7560

21x26

546

4641'4914

5187

5460, 5733

6006

6552: 7098

8190

21x28

588

4998 5292

5586

5880, 6174

6468

7056 7644

8820

21x30

630

5355 5670

5985

6300 6615

6930:

7560; 8190

9450

21x82

672

5712 6048

6384

6720, 7056

7392

80641 8736

10080

21x34

714

6069 6426

6783

7140, 7497

7854'

8568' 9282

10710

21x36

756

6426 6804

7182

7560 7938

8316

9072 9828

11340

21x38

798

6783 7182

7581

7980, 8379

8778

9576 10374

11970

21x40

840

7140 7560

7980

8400, 8820

9240 10080 109201

12600

22x20

440

3740 3960

4180

4400 4620

4840

5280 5720

6600

22x22

484

4114 4356

4598

4840 5082

5324

5808 6292

7260

22x24

528

4488 4752

5016

5280 5544

5808

63361 6864

7920

22x26

572

4862 5148

5434

5720 6006

6292

68641 7436 8580 1

326

TABLE OF AREAS AND CUBICAL CONTENTS

Ceiling Heights

Room

Size

Area

8M'

9M'

10'

lOH

' 11'

12'

13'

15'

22x28

616 5236

5544

5852

6160

6468

6776

7392

8008

9240

22x30

66(^5610

5940

6270

6600

6930

7260

7920

8580

9900

22x32

704 5984

6336

6688

7040

7392

7744

8448

9152

10560

22x34

748 6358

6732

7106

7480

7854

8228

8976

9724

11220

22x36

792 6732

7128

7524

7920

8316

8712

9504

10296118801

22x38

836 7106

7524

7942

8360

8778

9196

10032 108681125401

22x40

880 7480

7920

8360

8800

9240

9680

10560

11440 132001

23x20

4603910

4140

4370

4600

4830

5060

5520

5980

6900

23x22

506 4301

4554

4807

5060

5313

5566

6072

6578

7590

23x24

5524692

4968

5244

5520

5796

6072

6624

7176

8280

23x26

598 5083

5382

5681

5980

6279

6578

7176

7774

8970

23x28

644 5474

5796

6118

6440

6762

7084

7728

8372

9660

23x30

690 5865

6210

6555

6900

7245

7590

8280

8970

10350

23x32

736 6256

6624

6992

7360

7728

8096

8832

9568 11040

23x34

782 6647

7038

7429

7820

8211

8602

9384

101661 11730

23x36

8287038

7452

7966

8280

8694

9108

9936

10764J 12420

23x38

874 7429

7866

8303

8740

9177

9614

10488

11362,13110

23x40

920 7820
4804080

8280

8740

9200

9660

10120

11040

11960 13800

24x20

4320

4560

4800

5040

5280

5760

6240

7200

24x22

G28 4488

4752

5016

5280

5544

5808

6336

6864

7920

24x24

576 489615184

5472

5760

6048

6336

6912

7488

8640

24x26

624 530415616

5928

6240

6552

6864

7488

8112

9360

24x28

672 571 2 '6048

6384

6720

7056

7392

8064

873610080

24x30

720 61206480

6840

7200

7560

7920

8640

9360110800

24x32

768 652816912

7296

7680

8064

8448

9216

9984 11520

24x34

816 69367344

7752

8160

8568

8976

9792

106081 12240

24x36

864 7344

7776

8208

8640

9072

9504

10368

11232

12960

24x38

9127752

8208

8664

9120

9576

10032

10944

11856

13680

24x40

960 8160

8640

9120

9600:10080

10560

11520

12480

14400

25x20

5004250

4500

4750

5000

5250

5500

6000

6500

7500

25x22

55(^4675

4950

5225

5500

5775

6050

6600

7150

8250

25x24

60Q5100

5400

5700

6000

6300

6600

7200

7800

9000

25x26

650 5525

5850

6175

6500

6825

7150

7800

8450

9750

25x28

700 5950

6300

6650

7000

7350

7700

8400

9100

10500

25x30

750 6375

6750

7125

7500

7875

8250

9000

9750

11250

25x32

80(^6800

7200

7600

8000

8400

8800

9600

104001 120001

25x34

850 7225

7650

8075

8500

8925

9350

10200

11050

12750

25x36

900 7650

8100

8550

9000

9450

9900

10800

11700

13500

25x38

950 8075

8550

9025

9500

9975il0450lll400

12350

14250

25x40

I000 8500i9000

9500

10000

10500!ll000ll2000jl3000il5000|

327

PROPORTIONING DUCTS FOR PUBLIC BUILDINGS

In public buildings the sizes of air-conveying ducts from fans
or heaters to vertical induction flues, and the sizes of these flues,
depend upon the velocities of the air flowing in such ducts and flues.
The essential factors in determining these velocities are: The limi-
tations of economical rotative speed of fans from the standpoint of
power, the limitations of air velocities on account of noise or by
reason of increasing friction as velocities increase; limitation of
velocity of inflowing air through registers into rooms; the desira-
bility of as high a velocity of air as is permissible under the limita-
tions referred to in order to get as quick a conveyance of heat units
from the heater to the rooms to be heated as possible; and the
necessary initial and intermediate velocities to overcome the resist-
ance existing in each particular system or case.

The size of vertical flues to the registers in the rooms is deter-
mined by the maximum velocities allowable in avoiding drafts and
noise in the rooms. Practice has shown that the best velocities for
the registers should be from 200 to 400 feet per minute over the face
of the register depending upon the size and location; floor registers
from 125 to 175 feet. The velocity in the vertical flues leading to
the registers should be from 400 to 750. The sizes of these vertical
flues is determined largely by the size of register desirable. In
general, the velocity in these risers should be low, in order to obtain
as uniform a velocity as possible over the register area.

The velocity in the horizontal ducts leading from the appara-
tus to the vertical risers is determined chiefly by the resistance of
the duct. In practice these velocities will vary anywhere from
700 feet to 1200 feet depending upon the size, length of the duct,
number of elbows, etc. A designer with considerable experience
may proportion these ducts so as to give very uniform distribution
without going into any extended calculation. However, it is desir-
able to have a correct method as a basis. For the benefit of engi-
neers and architects we give here the method employed by this
company in the determination of duct velocities and sizes.

The principal losses in piping systems for public buildings are in
the horizontal ducts where the velocity is the highest. The losses
in these ducts depend upon the velocity, the size and length of duct
and upon the number of elbows. There is also considerable loss
in pressure as the air enters the duct. An ideal system should

take all these factors into consideration, and so proportion the
velocities that the resistance would be practically equal in all ducts
regardless of the length, etc.

The system which we employ accomplishes this in a practical
manner and at the same time avoids any laborious calculation. For
each duct a factor may be obtained by inspection in accordance
with the following formula:

F-«H + -^ + ^

This factor represents the loss by friction in terms of velocity
head. The first term, 2J^, is approximately the number of times the
velocity head lost by entrance to the pipe, entrance to the vertical
flue, and loss in riser and register. The second factor represents
the loss due to length and size of pipe; L is the length in feet and
W is the approximate width in inches. The third term represents
that proportion of the pressure lost in elbows, and N is the number
of long radius elbows. One square elbow is figured equal to two
long radius elbows. In checking over the piping layout the factors
for the various ducts are first found as above and from these factors
the velocity in the respective ducts are ascertained directly. In
determining these velocities it is usual to allow a loss not exceed-
ing one-fourth of the total fan pressure. This in practice usually
amounts to about M oi an inch. The velocity corresponding to
a pressure of one-quarter of an inch is 2000, and since the velocities
vary as the square root of the pressure, the factor F and the velocity
V will give a loss of }4 of an inch if

y 2000

In this manner the velocities are accurately and convemently
proportioned. The table on page 117 from an actual case illustrates
the variation in velocities which occur in a correctly proportioned
system, and the table on page 119 shows standard size of registers
and risers in pubHc buildings.

Note: The foregoing rules for proportioning ducts in public
buildings, are here used by courtesy of the Buffalo Forge Co.
Pages named refer to their catalogue.

329

* o « —

£ B " "S J: j:
— ■so"

■= c »

= s. §

n 00

4-1

CO o

CD OS

C '^

CO w

CO
CQ

N I

2 e

C B b
•70S

OO V. >

-. O »

». * c
o « 2

^ '2

s s I

& a, o
<c ^ J=

■5 ^ ^ -c >.

E
3 S ^

s <— ? ^
I ° I 2

M -- — OJ

o- .3 "3 « *"

N -v o o

■2 S

J -s - e -j

~ g. .£ -^

^•2 e ?

2 2
I

R § •=

r4 ^ » ^

*"« — •£.

■| 2

CJ to o o

— " ^ CM CM

CM c^ r- •-• *o o <o

.-< r-* ^ CM CM TO CO

00 CM 50 O

a c «=

^ 3

CM Oi ^ ^ t- to

wCMC9^'^r-.-<to^r~

«-••-' CJ CM

9! ^ ••
3 :S =

S ♦* ci

a^J -^ tft 06 -^

— — — — CM CM

^^— ,^Mc>i«co'*ua

^,-i^,-.eMCMCM03'«*0

91 >0 CM ^if

00 Qo <-< t- j;o A

^ >-« CM -^^tO r-0>e«C091C*3t«CM

W^*-CMCMCO«^^*Or-GOO

O V t« CO

CMn»oaocMcooto

^-^CMCMCOCO-VO

to 00 o ■*)• »o o 01

to CO CM CM

^ s

•O 00 O CO

^^^^eactacMco

,-OOeo»o»0'^^o

— •9>9>Oe4tOtDO

^ la (O r* uo o>

•>e4co'viot0r*ao

eM^«oaOO«eNao^

CM e«s « ■»

o
o
o

CO
00

eo
CO

1—1
©
©
©

o
o

eo
o
o
o
o

rH
1—1

■

1— (

1—1
©
©
©

1— (

1-1

~l
00

rs and Flues for
r Hour.

o
o

o
o
o

1—1
©
©
©

I— 1
©
©
©

1— (

1—1
©
©
©

■<*

o
o
o
o

i-H

1— (
©
©
©

r Determining the Size of Registe
Certain Number of Changes Pe

o
o

o
o
o
o

1-*
»— 1
I— (

CO
CO

1—1

i-(
©
©
©

'S
o

o
o

«o

o
o
o
o

T-l
O
©
©

CD
©

CO
CO

CO
eo
eo

o
o
o
©

.-1
t-l

o
o
©

1—1

1—1
©
©
o

(M
CO
CO

lO
CO

eo
eo

«
00

o
o
o
©

t— 1

CD
CD

r-t

o
©

CO
00

CO
©
©
©

o
in
CO

05
T-H

00
CO

eo
eo

o
©
©

'©

CD
CO
»-(

CO
CO

OS
00

eo
©
©
©

o
©

ec
eo

CD
CD

eo
to

o
o
©

-S3

■^

•o ©

OS*'

*?-^

" 0)

U V

3«*H

•«->

U c8

0) 3

•c

a cr

to "

<U rH

^eo

a a

"'^

4J-=

J ??

(rf

C«M

^ ©

— t

>>T3

•*J

T5
C

C oj

c o

c Sh o

O +J .

— > O CJ o

•j: 08 -u
^<jH a>

oso ^

03© "^

cr© a

Q>^ OS

■^ ^
C c *
a> S O

oH O

« Z

p-N ^^

c3 oi ^

o.S J

O g -<

CO 0) ■<
X S .
C0_ v

e© -w

O d, o

.S <i> c

• • bo<u
J t< o

> Z

331

Table for Determining tlie Size of Registers and
Flues for a Given Air Supply Per Person.

A=Cubic ft. air per person per minute.
P=Number of persons in room.

Velocity in Feet

per Minute

250

300

350 1

400

450

500

600

700

800

900

1000

.04 0

.033

.029 1

.025

.022

.020

.017

.015

.013

.011

.010

.060

.050

.042 1

.037

.033

.030

.025

.021

.019

.017

.015

.080

.066

.057 j

.050

.044

.040

.033

.029

.025

.022

.020

.100

.083

.071 1

.063

.055

.050

.042

.036

.032

.028

.025

.120

.100
.116

.085 1

.075

.066

.060

.050

.043

.038

.033

.030

.140

.100 1

.087

.077

.070

.058

.050

.044

.039

.035

160

.132

.114 1

.100

.088

.080

.066

.057

.050

.044

.040

.180

.149

.128 1

.112

.099

1 .090

.075.

.064

.056

.050

.045

.200

.166

.142 i

.125

.111

1' .100

.083

.071

.063

.056

.050

FORMULA: Area of Flue or Register in feet =

PxA

To find size flue or register: Multiply the number of persons in
the room by appropriate factor in table.

EXAMPLE: Number of persons =45. Air required=30 cubic
feet per minute. Velocity allowed =300 feet per minute. Then
45 X . 100 = 4.5 square feet.

Allowance should be made for grille work if used, and for
friction in long flues.

332

AMERICAN SCHOOL BUILDINGS.

The following pages illustrate many of the best school
buildings in America. Many of them are but recently com-
pleted,— some are still under construction, the illustrations hav-
ing been obtained from the architects' drawings. Buildings
which are not so recent are also shown, because they illustrate
architectural standards still recognized as the practice of the best
offices, and well worthy of study and reference.

While every school building problem is worthy of the de-
signer's best endeavor, not all sets of conditions render ideal re-
sults possible. All school building "standards" must necessarily
be considered only as averages. The thing to be done depends
on the time, the place, the money in hand, educational require-
ments and other important items. A principle may be universal,
but its application must be particular and specific.

The buildings illustrated all typify the same general prin-
ciples of school design, — representing the latest and best in
America, — ^but the results are of widely varying character as in-
fluenced by all the factors referred to.

In most cases the floor plans not given with the buildings are
occupied with class rooms only, or the usual basement rooms, the
arrangement of which is indicated by the plans which are shown.

333

Cordaville School, Southboro, Mass.
Coi^er & Bailey, Architects.

Groun

Tloob.

Cordaville 5chc»l 5outhboro Mass.
Cooper & C>ailey • • Architects

334

model' SCHOOL- UNITED STATES BUREAU Of EDUCATION'
PRCF. r.B.DRESSLAR - SreaALIST IN SCHOOL BYCJOHt.-
CXXJPEB. AND BAILEY ■ - ARCalTECTS.
BOSTON • • MASS.

SaMdI C>i.AC)tBo/>^J«>S

_Cla55 Room

QSAT^

^«l

(SkowmtjTjldor No Pasement

Model 3chool Midx>lee>or.d MA5^. U.S.Durxav of^d
ucATioN s Cooper. <s- Cxmj-ey, Architects

335

Second Floor Plan.

First Floor Plan.

Basement Plan.

Michael DriscoU School, Brookline, Mass.
Kilham & Hopkins, Architects.

336

Floor Plans. Delany School. Virginia Ave. and Bowen Street.

340

u D d|d D

D Dpn D D

342

r,rjt Fhor pUn

Floor Plans, Bryan Hill School. Gano and
Florissant Avenues.

-■^K^^XSBWBsJl^ib^SBfsOH^-

344

St. Mary's School, Marion, O.
Wilbur T. Mills. Architect. G}lumbus. O.

-- 0
J 0

soKia. cvsnT op

' 1

! 1 i

1 1

Ci_^ae nc

CiT tSo^E 3 ^rtoQi-* Chelsea MASi

/^SSE/^Bl—'l' AlAI

"TTTT"

a i ^ i iw *a

>\rtlrt -Woi*

>5T Ro^E'5 5CHOOi-* CH£J-5EA,MA5J

348

Domestic Economy Room, Emerson School, Gary, Ind.

Boyle Heights Intermediate School, A. F. Rosenheim, Architect, Los Angeles.

350

S'"S

-m

CZ3

x:m ^

KM)

Boyle Heights Intermediate School, Los Angeles, A. F. Rosenheim, Architect.

352

, tWnlH i-^l h

Cko/iK, ''&<::iori

O o J5e-*e 1 !=><=> x^ .

— ^ Tf ^^ M^iB :^iii 1^^

354

355

Geh Gzo. MSCall School. . Phila Penna

Sen Geo M?Call 3choo\^ Phii-ADelphia Pa

356

357

Al-ice Cary vSchool
Phiua Pa.

Alice Gary School^

'Dui I I A Da

£A3EMENT

ThIR.13

1 1

<i-c5 xe>e,xi3C3iS.

S5,OOJS1..

MENT.

360

-0 U

361

TlRS-T TuooR.

363

Gen PaviD BDirney
Public School
Ph ii.-adel.ph I a Pa .

I Roojvi, rt» <

^ ■ ■ ■ !■

K.OOJSi.H« 3

B ■ ' ' ^

Gen David £>. Birney vSchooj-. Phila Pa
First T\i.oor.

'*1if^

*f.

370

Floor Plans, William Glasgow Jr. School. Garrison Ave. and Glasgow Place

372

L^lt

THIRD " rL°OR, c pLAl^ c

5CALt

BASLMLfVT F-L°°R. PLAW
374

375

376

378

■-3^0mm^'i^llKf^^.. '^90^'- ^'''^^iNH^*'''**^'**''''^!*^"^ '^"^ .

^^m

Basement Plan, George Sands School, Cincinnati, O.

380

381

I LI

n lu

n i„ 4iUir «^f '■.■^ Ji

FirA Floor Plan, George Sands School, Cincinnati, Ohio.

382

r 1

g-l

imm'i-'m'<

I J

^ JL

T-^

L.-^^J

George Sands School, Cincinnati, O.

383

5HURTJ.Err 5CH0D1. Ad. Chelsea Mass.

CLA35 pfl Rooms

RiCEP

Class

Room 5

ST "^

Cl-ASi

IB4 IJi MH^HBaMsaM ■ 1

Rooms

1 1 f I I I I I I I \t pTT

Ci_A55

RooMi

-SnuQTLLrr DcnooL

ADDIT 1 O N

CnLLDLA Mao.!) KlLHAMoflOPKINOAPCrtn

DA.3tMr,NT PLAN

384

■ ooT- Tit J/^^4 i

386

FIRST FLOOt PLftN

SECOND riOOR PLAM

Winsor School, Brookline, Mass., R. Clipston Sturgis, Architect, Boston.

388

c ^

Guilford School, Cincinnati, O.
390

382

\ CoArrst

ir '3

394

395

J ■ — -H-

A ^ijLJm-u <

^TF^ ^ J B

■*

> UL-»umil jl»

-\MdoP540S. -Sc-fcXiL ■ pLPG-

i 1 i"

NevwMZK- -O«o

TptST r^oOR Plan

-W09D5IPC - School E>l.t>fi

NcwKAK.- ^mo

Pasemejjt Tloor Fi_an

396

397

Ci_A.&a Room

CLAia Room

Cl>AAS> 12.00M

_ I r^^:..:-, ffl _

(LUJ. L

-+ll!

Class R.oom

■SrcoMD FLcma Plat-l

FlBST FuOOU Pi. AN

$30,000. Fireproof School Building.
398

400

401

Fredonia High School. Chas. A. Dieman & Co., Architects,
Cedar Rapids, la.

402

■«■

■^p

403

Class 2m.

w —

oi ot

[^^ CLAS5 2U.
or

PRINCIPAL'^
Rm.

CLA35 UPoU

Eight Kdom School With' Toilets On Each Elooi^

Eight Room School L

■Toilets In Basement

.'f^

Mgii«i|r

^.w^SH

IM^H^SP^ ^^HMi^^l

The very rigid requlremenls of ihe Ohio Code have given birlh to a
plain type of fireproof school buildings, very compact and very economical.
On account of cost, it is necessary to omit costly ornament and elaborate
design of every sort. The many colored and different texture brick now
generally in use are made use of to produce interesting color effects and
thus in some measure make up for other more expensive forms of decora-
lion.

The above building is shown as an illustration of one of the most suc-
cessful buildings of this type, being an eight room fireproof structure above
basement, and having two finished rooms m basement, of same height as the
school rooms, serviceable for laboratories, manual training, etc.

Where necessary for the sake of economy, the toilets are all located in
basement. Where more money is available, toilets are arranged on the floors
with the school rooms. On opposite page plans are shown illustrating both
of these arrangements. An eight room school building of this type may be
built for as little as $20,000.00 and in no case need exceed $30,000.00, at
prices now existing, (1915).

405

fiRST Tj-oor Plan ' 5caj-e

Cleveland School • Newark* New Jersey
• £.KGuiLDER.T* Architect •

407

5 10 20 ao :

408

•Mew Carr School °
• St. Louis * • "Mo "
" Wm. D.Ittne.r.'-Arch't'

•Second Tloor. Plan

lORBY

"Washington School At '
•East Orauge.* 'N.J. *

•GUILr>ERT ^DATELLE'ARCHT^-

: CLKS5

Room

Class
Room

Basement Plan
412

413

T ^ ^ "^o SCALE flR5T TLOOR,

Central School Troy, N. Y., R. Clipston Sturgis, Architect, Boston.

415

^i
^i

. fli'i'i-^i ^

416

Kwwuo .y*OQ

418

419

CcsjejgiiDojR,.

TiR-ST TIOOK.

V?oex>a.,

"1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ?ri

fnii

<5' •a' J>^ -I"-^ *». « ^ " »~* •

5a^ememt

-■-L

ICAX.

High School, Virginia, Minn., Tyree & Chapman, Architects.
420

421

ThIOD noDC n_AN

- CCDKiNfl

ICOOTNG r-| LADOMTOEV

ILCCTUCCI

ChEMkSTOY
LATbOQATOPy

■^fel j

CMCMi5TCr

Lectucc

Typd»bitles

— J- r;

TYPCWEJTCE5 P" N

Typcweitcej

■fl — ~¥T — m

COUET

L^DCCATOCY

^^■

Lwox-N MiorfiCHOx.

Portland ore.

"^ EODM f^T^ LCCTUEC DOXANY

iOTact| —Laooeatoei-

AECHUCCT^ m^^^^Hi

HisH School* Navsatuck Covult -J| Pj-AK of Second TLoor.

McKiM MEAX3&. White ARCvrrsif ^| Scale Tt. ^' '° - — ^

424

Hith School, Naugatuck, Conn., McKim, Mead & White, Archilecl*.
From Photogravure by A. W. Elson Co., Boston, Mass.

High School* Nav/gatwck Conn.
McKiM Mead & White 'Archts.

KH«| pj_AN Of FiR5T TlooR

scAi.E=fEET I ! y T y

425

RiaTATlON toOM

426

428

430

432

flha P>-

Huldiinson High School, Buffalo. N. Y.

434

High vSchool
WHITE Plains N.Y.

H.c.Pelton
Architect

TTeaCNIIcI CI.A5S Rc»M

437

•PLAN • or- AAIN • MJDOR,

Newton Technical High School, Newton, Mass.

441

I«— ft.__ft.-«

Hi&M School At De5Moine5'!owa-
Proudtoot Biro & RAwiON-AiPCH'Tj*

■ TiR5T rroOR Plan ■

•HlGU 5CMOD1. At CtSMOlNES.IOVVA*

•Proljetoot, Bird 6-Kaw50N'Ar.ch't5*

444

Gbound T'l.ood, Pi_a>n ■

GvMNAOlUM

-DAStMCMT PLvMH-

CocMC:=>Tt-E High .^cmodi-

JHffiffl

TTTrrr

446

• DCCOMD-rLOOG -PL AM •
EOCHtSTta HiCiM ^CHOOL.

riEOT ruOQD- Plah
EocHtsTta High Dcmool.

448

449

4S0

452

FxooR

Basement Plan.

Third Floor Plan.

Si:COHT>

'^ I I III r

WWW

Ji^o

H W » II ^^

3t<->oy Room

H Class

-plT

T^r

"I i I III r--

— ' '•— s (ST' ' ' 1 T—' • '-'

h 3

Ci-ASS

Cl. AS 5

fa< » * > » ^

High School. " ° I.anca5Ter KH
CoopEiR. <5^ E>AiLtY " Architects

455

, Ground Tloor,

High School Attleboro tAAss. Cooper &. Dai ley Architects

S= 5>HOWEFlS Ti=TEAM LOCKER.S

HC-Heatihc Chamber P-D=PHT5.Di

N m fit m n m n H ^m

Toii-ET

Spectators' Gallbrt

C3yMNA5)VJM
104 " 69

Spectators' Gallery

GiRL-S'
i-OCKERJ

I II ll II II *< W W >

Girls'
Toilet

DA5EMENT

Tonai
Room

High School Attledoro Mas^. Coopers*. Dailey Architect5

456

;^ d ^

to 3= ^
lU O M

cv :!~ ! —

C-! :• -

o ^ ^

o S ^

Third "Floor
High 5chooi. Attledoro Masj. Cooper &, Dailey Architects

MiSH School Attleboro Ma55. Cooper ^s. Dailey AftCHiTEcns

458

S--

461

DAVENPORT HIGH SCHOOL FIRST-FLOOR PLAN.

DAVENPORT HIGH SCHOOL. BASEMENT PLAN.

J B(

PHYSICS I m

DAVENPORT HIGH SCHOOL. THIRD-FLOOR PLAN.

DAVENPORT HIGH SCHOOL. SECpND-F^pOR PLAN.

;^hg

I 1

I g A56EA\BLY-R.°°>n

is^l ■ ■ ■ - All '

a I IE

• 5Ai)LALNT " PLAN/ -
High School at Salem, Mass. Kilham and Hopkins, Architects, Boston.

High School at Salem, Mass. Kilham and Hopkins, Architects, Boston.

467

468

469

Warren Easton Boys' High School, New Orleans, La. E. A. Christy, Archilecl
Plan of Basement and Second Floor.
470

'BA5tntK'T» PLAhJ-
High School at Haverhill, Mass. Kilham and Hopkins, Architects, Boston.

THIRD" PL°°R»PLAN''

^ SCALE - o^tC°rVD» M°°R»PLAN''>

High School at Haverhill, Mass. Kilham and Hopkins, Architects, Boston.

474

00
•V

00 '^

a V

->«

-^* S
B ig

o -B

(J u

5eCO\D ''^^oor Plan*

High >3chooi.- Omaha- Neb."

wOMN i_A-rEN5E'=L AHCH'T

*59Ai_E

•First TijaoR pLAr~

5cHOOi. AT Omaha • Neb"
John Latensee.* Architect *

Manual Training High School, Los Angeles, Cal.
480

487

489

\L' W { ''' t:^! f^^^^^H

u
u

J^^BIIH

3
C

^^^^^^B ^ — ~*^»lli^

^^^^^^^^^^^^^K^m'-'-- i- 1 ttH^^^Hq

^^^^^^^HHR, ' ^^I^B

'6
g

1
U

u
CO

_c
ee

'f^-' ^

SzcoND Floor. Plan

10 20 30 T
II

494

"Free
Hand

Drawing - ;

Mechan'l-
Drawing

OlX> bUlLDINGr

High .School At

Ia5t Orange New Jersey

IIGuiLDERj Architect
■ 1 1 h

Auditorium

IT ^ ^ nf Tq-I

li |«pORRlD0W

Reception

RODM5

TiR5T Floor.

:)0R. Plah I

I
1

: Jtudv &-

1 Rec. Room

495

t Open Air
Gymnasium

♦: +

High School At
East Orange New Jersey
E.EGUIL^IRI A-RCHiTEcr

SiMi-TiRE Proof. Cost 14.5(1: CuJt

Third Tloor PLArs

496

Central High sSdHooL Saint Paul, •''^'^'^"'^^^°"^*^*^''^'-""
498

500

501

502

503

^ruuL

504

508

510

a D

2 -

512

513

514

•SurFALo New York.

DA.5e/^EA\T • T="i_oora. • i3i_/\rA-

Lewis F. Pilcher, Stale Architect. Fred B. O'Connor, Designer
Albany, N. Y.

518

State Normal School

4-Om

Buffalo New York

•r'lE.ST' r'L-ooii ' PUj»vr\;

Lewis F. Pilcher, State Architect. Fred B. O'Connor, Designer.
Albany. N. Y.

517

.5TATE Normal School

f>urrALo NY

Lewis F. Pilcher, State Architect, and Fred B. O'Connor, Designer.
Albany, N. Y.

521

522

fr=

■

•3

id5
fl -

ii_

*> 1^

^^■J

524

525

y~-< w

Hj>or- OWR. Avi)rroniv/-i

^OVUT
' 1 ,

«:oviiT

- _t — '

- i.j ;_

llllllllllll

l^\

-THIRD fLOOTl PLAI^*

S<A/TI1 -Bt-ND • MlSM-acHooL-

SOVTM BrND, INDIANA,
w. B. iT-nn-ii,. AHCHiiTCT, at LWia

—J ULJ P..>.[^^or^P..Hp II U_

'6E:':0ND f-LOOR. PLAN ■

526

X
X

528

529

5SD

UUL

531

2 I

534

535

536

c75

CQ
B

538

539

540"

542

^E3^'^3

543

C — I ^-^

544

Tor se

j L.uMB»j..^, I /s,oor> Wofc»;;Nq .Shop

St, i.oui4 Me.

Wm. B. iTTNEf*.
AWCHITBCT.

547

548

552

554

PLAN
TMIRD°'np-LooR,

Central High School, Minneapolis, Minn. Wm. B. Ittacr, Architect,
St. Louis, Mo.

558

THIRD FLOOR PLAN.

SECOND FLOOR PLAN

West Technical High School, Cleveland, Ohio. F. S. Bamum, Architect.
Plans by G)urtesy of The American School Board Journal,

559

560

5S2

563

564

JO.

Roof

Skylight

ttslSMOWE!

GYMNA5IVM

Halu

fe^

Physics Lab

Iecture 1?cx)m I * IChemistry Iab.I' ' |Bioi-ocy1ab

OREsF

■L

TOURTJi IlOOR PLAH

Plans of High 5cHooLrnAT Dloomfield N.J,

B R5 r Iloor Plan ^ .

C.Granville Jones
Architect

Maury High 5chooi' Norfolk, Va.
Neff <5i Thompson * Architect3. :

p.J UT

Third Fj-oor.

jUv=i»=t

Second "Floor.
Cost of Dvjldinq ^250,000= ir.s cu.ft.

568

riMtauiPt

THIRD FLOOR PLAN

FIRST FLOOR PLAN
High School at Madison, Wis. Cass Gilbert, Architect, New York.

570

Chemistry
Lab.

RST Floor Plan

Woo-D

WOR-KING

Bo\l_-E.R Rm.

Hciting e^ V.

Arts &. C TRACTS

Gro\jhd TiooR.
High 5CH00rlAfAY£TTE InD'' WM.5.1TTN£R. Arott.

572

In Third Floor.: Ci-AS5 Rooms

Centr-al Commercial & Manual Training High ^School
Newark K J. ° • E.F Guilbert • -Architect,

576

578

579

580

■\ •

High School at Albany, N. Y. Sfarrett and Van Vleck, Architects,
New York City.

582

583

3ca»C ruODB. R.AN iCALC

V*aHN0TON feVNO HlOM JCIODt. CVMG fLACt NEW YOBK I

* MZ. Cnj JWlTICC-ARCHfrECT-

J Qrncr

Washington Irving High School, New York City. C. B. J. Snyder, Architect.

585

rouETM rLOOC Plan Scjlc in if fTT

WAJMNuTCN IHVlNtj rtai JCrtOX. IHVINO PUCC ttU ItJRK J

•MB. CD.J 5n>t)CE. •Architect-

Thud ruJCG Plan Jcale. ' i ■! T'"" I

WsailNGTCN BMNO MIOfI JCKEU RUNG PLACE NtW lOKK I

. 'ME. CD.J. 5nmx:e- architect-

OcwiNO Com

JCWINO CCDM

<^iy' 'i^ii^-

Entrance Foyer, Washington Irving High School, New York.

On the roof; Washington Irving High School, New York.

Auditorium — Washington Irving High School, New York, equipped as a
theater. C. B. J. Snyder, Architect.

CQ
U

590

., -'^ -M- ^r-r -¥- T^ +^-4

:i I :! ; i! :'■ i! Ii i i I

592

594

598

GENERAL INDEX

INDEX OF TEXT

Air

Composition 132

Direction of 135

Filtering 150

Humidity 149

Pressure, Corresponding Vel. Water Col. Hts 323

Quantity per Pupil 145

Velocity 145

Vitiation 132

Washing and Filtering 150

Air Inlets, Size and Location 134, 148

Tables of 331-2

Air Outlets, Size and Location 134, 148

Tables of '331-2

Apparatus Rooms 51

Areas and Cubical Contents of Rooms, Tables 324-7

Arched Windows, Undesirable 25, 29

Architects, Importanec of Skilled 9

How to Select 9

Architectural Competitions 13

Assembly Halls, Character of 51

Astronomy Room 51

Astronomical Laboratory — Observatory 71

Atmospheric Conditions, Influence Ventilation 140

Automatic Control, Heating and Ventilating 146

Automatic Flushing Water Closets 80

Balance Room 55

Base Boards and Mouldings 45, 31

Basements — Use of 40

Waterproofing 40

Baths — Bath Rooms 55

Beauty in School Building 34

Bicycle Room 56

Biological Rooms 55

Biological Laboratory, Table Details 311

Blackboards, Material and Dimensions 30

Mouldings and Trough Details 314

Board Room 56

Boiler Room 56

Boston — Complete School Code 260

599

Boston — Equipment Details 298-309

Botanical Laboratory, See Biological. 56

Botanical Laboratory — Boston 286

Botanical Laboratory, Equipment 304

Briggs, Warren R., Air Experiments 135

Building — General Character 34

Attic 41

Coat Rooms . 46

Construction 34

Corridors 42-3

Educational Plan 34

Entrance and Exits 41

Floors 44

Foundation and Basement 40

Number of Stories 40

Position — Orientation 38

Roofs 41

Site 37

Smoke Partitions 42

Stairways 43-44

Types of 48

Wainscoting 46

Building Laws of States 153

Business Department 57

Ceilings — Height, Finish and Color 24

Chalk Trough Details 314

Chemistry Rooms 57

Chemistry Laboratory — Boston Code 280

Chemistry Laboratory, Details 310

Chimneys — Table of Sizes for Boilers 322

Circles — Tables of Circum. Areas, Etc 317

Circles — Table of Squares of Equiv. Area 319

Class Rooms, Description and Dimensions 24

Plan for Forty Pupils 25

Plan for Forty-Eight Pupils 25

Lighting of 24-27

Clerk's Office 58

Closets 78-79

Coal Room 58

Coat Racks, Detail 297, 314

Coat Rooms, General Description 58

Arrangement, Plans and Sizes of 46-47

Equipment, Details 297, 314

Code of Boston 260

Code op Ohio 192

Codes of States 153

Coils — Heating ; 296

Commercial Rooms 58

Competitions, Architectural

Advantages and Disadvantages 10

Circular of Advice Regarding 13

600

Composition op Air 132

Connecticut School Law 154

Conservatory 58

Convenience in School Rooms 31

Cooking Rooms „ 60

Cooking Room Details 307

Corridors, General Character

Doors of 42

Good Example of Correct 102

Lighting of 42

Width of 43

Cost of School Buildings 110

Cost Tables ; 112-124

Danger in Poorly Designed Buildings 93

Dark Rooms 60

Decoration of School Rooms 32

Demonstration Tables, Details 302, 312

Diameters Air Pipes For Given Vel. Table 322

Dining Rooms 59

Direct Heating 125

Direct-Indirect Heating 128

Directors' Rooms 59

Domestic Science Rooms 60

Domestic Science — Boston 290-1

Doors ..: 30

Drawing Rooms 61

Drawing Rooms, Details 305

Dressing Rooms 61

Drinking Fountains 90

Ducts — Determining Sizes — Tables 331-2

Ducts — Heat and Vent. — Size and Location 148

Ducts — Equalizing — Table of 330

Ducts — Proportioning _ 328-9

Emergency Rooms, See Hospital 64

Emergency Stairs 43

Engine Room 64

Entrances 41

Equipment Details 294-316

Exhaust Ventilation 141

Exits 41

Expert Service, Necessity 9

Extinguishers 99

Fan Room 64

Fan System, Heating and Ventilating 140

View of Apparatus 142, 295

Filtering Air for Ventilation 150

601

Fire Extinguishers 99

fireproofing, importance and cost 92

Fireproof School Buildings 93

Fire, Protection Against 99

Floors, Materials and Design 45

Cove Moulding at Base 45

Sound Proofing 45

Toilet Rooms 91

Flues — See Ducts

Flue Area — Table for given Vol. at Given Vel. 320

Foundations 40

Fresh Air Rooms 52-53

Furnaces, Heating by 126

Furnace Room 64

Gardens 36

Gravity System of Heating 126

Gravity System of Ventilation 138

Grounds — Location, Size, Drainage, Etc 37

Gymnasium 65

Equipment 288

Running Track 65

Hand Rails 43

Heat — Inlets and Outlets 148

Heating 125

Automatic Control 146

Bv Rotation 146

Direct 125

Direct — Indirect 128

Fan System 140

Hot Air 125

Indirect 127

Heating Coils — View of Apparatus 296

Heating Devices 125

Height of School Rooms 24

High Schools — Boston Code 279

Hose for Fire Protection 99

Hospital or Rest Room 64

Hot Air Furnaces 125

Humidity of Air 149

Indiana School Law 158

Indirect Heating 127

Inlets, Hot Air — Location and Size 134,148

Introduction 7

Janitor's Room 67

602

Kansas School Law 164

Kindergarten Room 67

Kitchen 67

i>ab0rat0ries 58, 71

Laboratory Equipment Details 299, 313

Landings 44

Latrines 79

Lavatories 86

Laws of States 153

Lecture Room, High School; Plan of 298

Length of School Rooms 24-5

Library 67

Light 24-29

Direction 27

Importance 24

Quantity 27

Lighting of School Rooms 25-26

Lockers — Locker Rooms 68

Louisiana School Law 166

Lunch Rooms 68

Lunch Rooms — Boston 281

Manual Arts Room — Boston 289

Manual Training Rooms 69

Manual Training, Details.. 306

Maple Flooring 45

Massachusetts School Law 167

Mechanical Ventilation 140, 142

Minnesota School Law 170

Mouldings 31

Museum 70

Music Room 70

•N

New Hampshire School Law 171

New Jersey School Law 172

New York School Law 187

North Dakota School Law 189

Number of Pupils per Class Room 24-5

Observatory 71

Ohio, School Code 192

Oil Colors for Walls 29

Orientation 38

Organic Matter in Air 132

Ornament Undesirable 34

Outlets, Vent., Etc 134, 148

603

Painting — Inside Walls 29

Panic — Proofing 100

Pennsylvania School Law 248

Physics Laboratory 71

Physics Laboratory, Boston Code 285

Physics Laboratory — Equipment Details 71

Physiological Rooms 71

Picture Mold 31

Pipe Diameters — Increases for Length — Table 323

Plan of School Rooms 25

Plastering — Smooth Finish 29

Platforms for Teachers 31

Playgrounds 38

Playgrounds — Roof 72

Play Rooms 72

Plenum Fan System...„ 141

Plumbing 78-90

Plumbing, Details and Fixtures 78-81

Principal's Office ^ 72

Principles of Ventilation 130

Program of Competitions 13

Pupils, Number per Class Room 24-5

Pupil's Table for Laboratories. 300

Recitation Rooms 73

Reference Tables 316-332

Registers — Determining Sizes — Tables 331-2

Rest Rooms, See Hospitals 73

Risers in Stairs, Height 44

Roofs 41

Rotation — Heating by 146

Sanitation 77

School Rooms 24

Arrangrement of Desks 25

Color Walls 29

Conveniences 31

Cubic Feet per Pupil 24

Decoration 32

Dimensions 24

Direction of Light 27

Doors 30

Lighting 24

Openings for Flues 25

Picture Mold 31

Walls, Finish and Color 29

Windows, Size and Design 29

Window Shades 29

604

School Building CJodes 153

Chart of 152

City of Boston 260

Ohio Code 192

School Building Laws of States 153

Science Lecture Room 73

Science Lecture Room — Equipment 313

School Room 24

Seating of School Rooms 25

Selecting an Architect 9

Sewerage and Drainage 78

Sewing Rooms 75

Shops — (Manual Training) 74

Shower Baths 87

Shower Bath Stalls 88

Shower Rooms 74

Sinks 87

Site for School Building 37

Slate for Blackboards and Partitions 30

Slop Sinks 87

Sound Proofing Floors 45

South Dakotah School Law 253

Special Rooms 51

Special Rooms — Boston Code 273

Sprinkler System 99

Stage 74

Stairways — General Design 101

Model Plan for 44

Risers and Treads 44

Width 44

Stall Partitions for Toilets, Etc 88

Stand Pipes for Fire Hose 99

State School Laws 153

Study Rooms 74

Superintendent's Office 76

Tables of Costs — School Buildings 112-124

Teachers' Rooms 76

Teachers' Toilets 76

Teachers' Platforms 31

Temperature, Automatic Control 146

Tempering Coils — View op Apparatus 347

Toilet Rooms, Location and Design 76,90

Toilet Room Ventilation 83

Transoms Objectionable 25, 29

Treads of Stairs 44

Urinals 83-85

Urinals, Number per Male Pupil. 86

Utah School Law ^ „ 254

Utility Chamber 82

605

Vacuum Cleaning _ „ 91

Vault 76

Velocity of Air in School Rooms 145

Vent Ducts — Arrangement 139

Vent Ducts — Location and Size 148

Ventilation — General Principles 130

Ventilation — Natural Methods 137

Ventilation and Heating Combined 140

Ventilation — Systems of 137

Automatic Control 146

Gravity System 138

Fan System 140, 142

Quantity of Ventilation 145

View of Ventilating Plants 62, 144

Ventilation of Toilets and Closets 83, 90

Vermont School Law 255

Vestibules 41-2

Virginia School Law 257

Wainscoting 46

Walls, Decoration 29-32

Walls, Plastered Smooth 29

Walls — Sanitation 77

Wardrobes, or Coat Rooms 58

Wardrobe Fittings, Details 297, 314

Washing Air 150

Water, Drinking Fountains 89-90

Water Closets 80

Number per Pupil 79

Ventilated Automatic Closets 80-82

Water Closet Stalls 83

West Virginia School Law 258

Wider Use of School Plant 104

Width of School Rooms 24

Winding Steps Objectionable 44

Windows — Arrangement and Design 25-29

Window Shades 29

Wire Glass Stair Partitions 97, 98

Zoological Laboratory — Boston Code 286

Zoological Room 76

606

INDEX OF ARCHITECTS

This index has been prepared with the view of making it
as convenient as possible, the subjects being indexed both by
location and also with the name of the architects. Buildings
having particular names are indexed both by that name and also
the name of the city in which the building was erected.
Throughout the index, the high schools are referred to as such.
In general, buildings not classified as high schools are grade
schools, or schools for some particular grade as noted in title.

In arranging the illustrations, grade schools are located
between page 334 and page 416. From page 416 to page 598,
the work is devoted entirely to high schools.

The author has been influenced by two motives in devoting
more space to high school buildings than other types. (1) By
the fact that there is a growing tendency throughout the coun-
try to include in grade buildings many features which have
hitherto been found only in high school buildings, such as
auditoriums, gymnasiums, manual training and domestic science
rooms, rooms for the study of drawing, music and other sub-
jects aside from the common branches. Most of the smaller
high schools illustrated in this book, would be equally suitable
for grade buildings if these and other facilities are desired in
the building. (2) When the common branches only are taught
in grade buildings, there is not nearly so much opportunity for
variety in design as there is in buildings of the type above
described, and an ample number of successful grade buildings
have been illustrated to show the characteristics and practice
in various parts of the country.

Barnum, Frank S., Cleveland, Ohio.

East Technical High School, Cleveland 492

Watterson School, Cleveland 353

West Technical High School, Cleveland 557-9

Blair, Edgar, Seattle, Washington.

Franklin High School, Seattle 590-4

Christy, E. A., New Orleans, La.

Warren Eastom High School at New Orleans 468-70

Clausen and Burrows, Davenport, Iowa,

High School at Davenport 462-4

Cline, Edgar H., Los Angeles, California.

Lincoln High School, Los Angeles 475-7

607

Cook, J. Horace, Philadelphia, Pa., Schools.

Alice Gary School ^ 358-9

Anthony Wayne School 354-6

Frances E. Willard School 360-1

General David B. Birney School 364-5

General George McCall School 356-7

Southwark School 362-3

West Philadelphia High School 491

Cooper and Bailey, Boston, Mass. *

Attleboro, Mass., High School 457-8

Cordaville School, Southboro, Mass 334

Lancaster N. H. High School 453-6

Middleboro School, Middleboro, Mass 335

Cram, Goodhue and Ferguson, Boston, Mass.

Mather School, Dorchester, Mass 394-5

DbBuys, Churchill and LaBouisse, New Orleans, La.

Gardner School, Laurel, Miss 343

Dieman, Chas. a. & Co., Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

Fredonia High School 402

Donovan, John J., Oakland, Cal.

Oak Park School, Sacramento, Cal 376-8

Dornette, E. H., Cincinnati, Ohio.

Eleventh District School Cincinnati 401

Drach, Gustav, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Woodward High School at Cincinnati 449

Garber and Woodward, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Guilford School, Cincinnati 390-1

Westwood School, Cincinnati 408-9

Gilbert, Cass, New York.

High School at Madison, Wis 571-2

Green and Wicks, Buffalo, New York.

South Park High School, Buffalo 595-8

Guilbert, E. F., Newark, New Jersey.

Central Commercial and Manual Training High

School, Newark, N. J 574-5

Cleveland School, Newark. 406-7

East Orange, N. J., High School 493-6

Montgomery School, Newark 26, 52

Normal School, Newark 435

Guilbert and Batelle, Newark, New Jersey.

Washington School, E. Orange, N. J 412-13

Heath and Gove, Tacoma, Wash.

Central School, Tacoma 386-7

Lincoln Park High School, Tacoma 416-19

Stadium High School, Tacoma 560-4

Holland, H. Osgood, Buffalo, New York.

Hutchinson High School, Buffalo 430-4

608

HusANDER, A. F., Chicago, Illinois.

Armstrong School, Chicago 370-1

Carter H. Harrison High School, Chicago 527-31

Hyde Park High School, Chicago :... 541-4

Nicholas Senn. High School, Chicago 518-22

Ittner, Wm. B., St. Louis, Mo.

Bryan Hill School, St. Louis 344-5

Carr School, St. Louis 410-11

Columbia, Mo., High School 429

Delaney School, St. Louis 338-9

Emerson School, Gary, Indiana 532-6

Froebel School, Gary, Indiana 537-40

Glasgow School, St. Louis 372-3

Lafayette, Ind., High School 572-3

McKinley High School, St. Louis 459

Minneapolis Central High School 552-6

Soldan High School, St. Louis 545-8

South Bend., Ind., High School 523-6

Jones, W. Granville, New York.

High School at Bloomfield, New Jersey 566-7

Johnson, Clarence H., St. Paul, Minn.

Central High School, St. Paul 498-9

Kilham and Hopkins, Boston, Mass.

Haverhill, Mass., High School 472-4

Michael Driscoll School, Brookline, Mass 336-7

Salem, Mass., High School 465-7

Shurtleff School Addition, Chelsea, Mass 384-5

Krucker, Frank G., Los Angeles, Cal.

49th Street School, Los Angeles 379

Latenser, John, Omaha, Nebraska.

Omaha High School _ 478-9

Longfellow, A. W., Boston, Mass.

Abraham Lincoln School, Boston 402-3

Marsh, N. F., Pasadena, Cal.

New High School, Pasadena 471

McGiNNis, Walsh and Sullivan, Boston, Mass.

Marshall School, Dorchester, Mass 400

McKiM, Mead and White.

High School at Naugatuck, Conn 424-5

609

Mills, Wilbur T.

Battle Creek High School, Battle Creek, Mich 500-504

Favorite Hill Schools, Piqua, Ohio 347

London, Ohio, High School 460-1

St. Mary's School, Marion, Ohio 346

Washington School, Marietta, Ohio 340-2

Woodside School, Newark, Ohio 396-7

Neff and Thompson, Norfolk, Va.

Maury High School, Norfolk 568-70

Newton, Geo. F., Boston, Mass.

Technical High School, Newton, Mass 438-40

NoRDHOFF, Charles M., Toledo, Ohio.

Jessup W. Scott High School, Toledo 505-9

Parkinson and Bergstrom, Los Angeles, Cal.

Manual Training High School, Los Angeles 480-4

Patton and Miller, Chicago, Illinois.

High School at Rochester, Minn 446-8

Pelton, Henry C, New York.

High School at White Plains, N. Y 43(>-7

PiLCHER, Lewis F., State Architect, Albany, N. Y.

State Normal School, Buffalo, N. Y 515-18

Proudfoot, Bird and Rawson, Des Moines, Iowa.

Des Moines High School 444-5

Rand, L. L,, Spokane, Washington.

Lewis and Clark High School, Spokane 549-51

Rosenheim, A. F., Los Angeles, Cal.

Boyle Heights Intermediate School, Los Angeles.. 350-2

Schweinfurth, J. A., Boston, Mass.

High School of Practical Arts, Boston 576-9

Scott, Thomas H., Pittsburgh, Pa.

Wilkinsburg, Pa., High School 426-7

Shaw, R. W., Enid, Oklahoma.

High School at Enid 450-2

Shepley, Rutan and Coolidge, Boston, Mass.

Jefferson School, Roxbury, Mass 374-5

Smith, Rea and Lovett, Kansas City, Mo.

North East High School, Kansas City 510-14

Snyder, C. B. J., New York.

Bushwick Ave. High School, Brooklyti, N. Y 486-90

Washington Irving School, New York 584-90

Starrett and Van Vleck, New York.

Albany High School, Albany, New York 580-S

Stevens, J. Walter, St. Paul, Minn.

Hughes High School, Cincinnati, Ohio 485

610

Stickney and Austin, Boston, Mass.

High School at Charlestown, Mass 441-3

Sturgis, R. Clipston, Boston, Mass.

Central School, Troy, New York 414-15

Winsor School, Brookline, Mass 388-9

Sullivan, Mathew, Boston, Mass.

St. Rose's School, Chelsea, Mass 349

Bishop Stang Day Nursery, Fall River, Mass 362

TiETiG AND Lee, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Sands School, Cincinnati 380-383

Tyrie and Chapman, Minneapolis, Minn.

High School at Virginia, Minn 420-1

Whitehouse and Fauilhoux, Portland, Oregon.

Failing Elementary School, Portland 366-7

Lincoln High School, Portland 422-4

Whitehouse, Morris H., Portland, Oregon.

Jefferson High School, Portland 497

611

INDEX OF BUILDINGS

Abraham Lincoln School, Boston, Mass 402-3

AiNSWORTH Elementary School, Portland, Ore 368-9

Albany, New York High School 580-3

Anthony Wayne School, Philadelphia, Pa 354-5

Armstrong School, Chicago, Ills 370-1

Attleboro, N. H., High School 457-8

Battle Creek, Mich., High School 500-504

Birney (Gen. David B.) School, Philadelphia, Pa 364-5

Bloomfield, N. J., High School 566-7

Boston, Mass.

Abraham Lincoln School 402-3

High School of Practical Arts 576-9

Boyle Heights Intermediate School, Los Angeles, Cal. 350-2

Bryan Hill School, St. Louis, Mo 844-5

Buffalo, N, Y.

Hutchinson High School -. 430-4

South Park High School 595-8

BusHWiCK Ave. High School, Brooklyn, N. Y 486-90

Cooking Room — Domestic Science 66

Carr School, St. Louis, Mo.. 410-11

Carter H. Harrison High School, Chicago 527-31

Cary, (Alice) School, Philadelphia, Pa 358-9

Central High School, Minneapolis 474-5

Central High School, St. Paul, Minn 498-9

Central Com. and Man. Training High School, Nsw-

ark, N. J 574-5

Central School, Tacoma, Wash 386-7

Central School, Troy, New York 414-15

Charlestown, Mass., High School 441-3

Cincinnati, Ohio, Schools.

Eleventh District 401

Guilford 390-1

Hughes High 485

Westwood 408-9

Woodward High 449

Chicago, III., Schools.

Armstrong 370-1

Carter H. Harrison High 527-31

Hyde Park High 541-4

Nicholas Senn. High 518-22

612

Clark School, St. Louis, Mo 392-3

Cleveland School, Newark, N. J 406-7

Cleveland, Ohio.

East Technical High School . 492

West Technical High School _. . 557-9

Watterson School 353

Columbia, Mo., High School 429

CORDAVILLE SCHOOL, Southboro, Mass 334

Davenport, Iowa, High School 462-4

Delaney School, St. Louis, Mo 338-9

Des Moines, Iowa, HigH School 444-5

Driscoll School, Brookline, Mass 336-7

East Orange, N. J., High School 493-6

East Technical High School, Cleveland, Ohio 492

Eleventh District School, Cincinnati, Ohio 401

ENteRSON School. Gary, Ind - 532-6

Chemical Laboratory 57

Dining Room ..-i...._„..„..- 59

Domestic Science Room .......'. 60, 350

Lathe Room 70

Enid, Oklahoma, High School 450-2

Failing Elementary School, Portland, Ore 366-7

Favorite Hill School, Piqua, Ohio 347

Forty-Ninth Street School, Los Angeles, Cal 379

Franklin High School, Seattle, Wash 590-4

Boiler and Engine Room 63

Domestic Science Room 428

Kitchen 594

Fredonia High School 402

Froebel School, Gary, Indiana 537-40

Gardens' School at Collinwood, Ohio 36

Gardner School, Laurel, Miss 343

Glasgow School, St. Louis, Mo 372-3

Guilford School, Cincinnati, Ohio 390-1

Harrison (Carter H.) High School, Chicago 527-31

Haverhill, Mass., High School 472-4

Hughes High School, Cincinnati, Ohio 485

Hutchinson High School, Buffalo, New York 430-4

Hyde Park High School, Chicago, Illinois 541-4

Jefferson High School, Portland, Ore _ 497

Jefferson School, Roxbury, Mass 374-5

613

Lafayette, Ind., High School 572-3

Lancaster, N. H., High School 453-6

Lewis and Clark High School, Spokane, Wash 549-51

Lincoln High School, Portland, Ore 422-4

Lincoln High School, Los Angeles, Cal 475-7

Lincoln Park High School, Tacoma, Wash 416-19

London, Ohio, High School and Auditorium 460-1

Madison, Wis., High School 571-2

Manual Training High School, Los Angeles, Cal 480-4

Marshall School, Dorchester, Mass 400

Mather School, Dorchester, Mass 394-5

Maury High School, Norfolk, Va 568-70

McCall (Gen. Geo.) School, Philadelphia, Pa 356-7

McKiNLEY High School, St. Louis, Mo 459

Middleboro, Mass., Model School 335

Minneapolis Central High School , 552-6

Auditorium — Minneapolis High School 565

Model Fireproof School, Eight Rooms 404-5

Model Fireproof School, Ten Rooms 398-9

Montgomery School, Newark, N. J 52

Lighting of Rooms 26

Open Air School Room 53

N ■

Naugatuck, (Conn.) High School 424-5

Newark, N. J., Central Com. and Man. Training High

School 574-5

Cleveland School 406-7

Montgomery School 26, 52

Normal School • 435

Newton, Mass., Technical High School 438-40

Nicholas Senn. High School, Chicago, Ills. 518-22

Normal School, Buffalo, New York 515-18

Normal School, Newark, New Jersey 435

North East High School, Kansas City, Mo 510-14

Oak Park School, Sacramento, Cal 376-8

Omaha, Neb., High School 478-9

Pasadena, Cal., High School 471

Philadelphia, Pa., Schools

Alice Gary 358-9

General David B. Birney 364-5

Frances E. Willard : 360-1

General George McCall 356-7

Southwark 362-3

614

Anthony Wayne 354-5

West Philadelphia High 491

Portland, Ore., Schools.

Ainsworth Elementary 368-9

Failing Elementary 36G-7

Jefferson High 497

Lincoln High 422-4

Rochester, Minn., High School - 446-7

Sands School, Cincinnati, Ohio 380-3

Scott High School, Toledo, Ohio 505-9

Seattle, Wash., Franklin High School 590-4

Senn (Nicholas) High School, Chicago 518-22

Shurtleff School Addition, Chelsea, Mass 384-5

Soldan High School, St. Louis, Mo 545-8

South Bend, Ind., High School 523-6

South Park High School, Buffalo, N. Y 595-8

SouTHWARK School, Philadelphia, Pa 362-3

Stang — Bishop, Day Nursery, Fall River, Mass 362

Stadium High School, Tacoma, Wash 560-4

Stadium, Tacoma, Wash 561

Plan of Stadium and School Site 37

St. Mary's (Par.) School, Marion, Ohio 346

St. Rose's School, Chelsea, Mass 498-9

St. Louis, Mo., Schools.

Bryan Hill 344-5

Carr 410-11

Delaney 338-9

Glasgow 372-3

McKinley High 459

Soldan High 545-9

Ten Room Model School, Fireproof 398-9

Toledo, Jessup W. Scott, High School 505-9

Refectory 69

Virginia, Minn., High School 420-21

Warren Easton High School, New Orleans, La 468-70

Washington School, Marietta, Ohio 340-42

Washington Irving High School, New York 584-90

Auditorium 588

Book Bindery 589

Entrance Foyer 2, 587

Millinery and Sewing' Room 35

Roof Playgrounds 72, 588

615

Watterson School, Cleveland, Ohio 353

Wayne (Anthony) School, Philadelphia, Pa 354-5

West Philadelphia, Pa., High School 491

Westwood School, Cincinnati, Ohio , 408-9

White Plains, N. Y., High School 436-7

WiLLARD (Frances E.) School, Philadelphia, Pa 360-1

Wilkinsburg, Pa., High School 426-7

WiNSOR School, Brookline, Mass 388-9

WooDSiDE School, Newark, Ohio 396-7

Woodward High School, Cincinnati, Ohio 449

616

ROBT. B. Stacy-Jtti

ARCHITECT

3205

1915

THE LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

Santa Barbara

THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW.

eries 9482

■■"■Wv'J

'M*

:vm^:

^t:'J'^^nW

^MKjkS^^

li^^m.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "American school building standards"

See other formats